Age Owner Branch data TLA Line data Source code
1 : : /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 : : *
3 : : * xlog.c
4 : : * PostgreSQL write-ahead log manager
5 : : *
6 : : * The Write-Ahead Log (WAL) functionality is split into several source
7 : : * files, in addition to this one:
8 : : *
9 : : * xloginsert.c - Functions for constructing WAL records
10 : : * xlogrecovery.c - WAL recovery and standby code
11 : : * xlogreader.c - Facility for reading WAL files and parsing WAL records
12 : : * xlogutils.c - Helper functions for WAL redo routines
13 : : *
14 : : * This file contains functions for coordinating database startup and
15 : : * checkpointing, and managing the write-ahead log buffers when the
16 : : * system is running.
17 : : *
18 : : * StartupXLOG() is the main entry point of the startup process. It
19 : : * coordinates database startup, performing WAL recovery, and the
20 : : * transition from WAL recovery into normal operations.
21 : : *
22 : : * XLogInsertRecord() inserts a WAL record into the WAL buffers. Most
23 : : * callers should not call this directly, but use the functions in
24 : : * xloginsert.c to construct the WAL record. XLogFlush() can be used
25 : : * to force the WAL to disk.
26 : : *
27 : : * In addition to those, there are many other functions for interrogating
28 : : * the current system state, and for starting/stopping backups.
29 : : *
30 : : *
31 : : * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2024, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
32 : : * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
33 : : *
34 : : * src/backend/access/transam/xlog.c
35 : : *
36 : : *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
37 : : */
38 : :
39 : : #include "postgres.h"
40 : :
41 : : #include <ctype.h>
42 : : #include <math.h>
43 : : #include <time.h>
44 : : #include <fcntl.h>
45 : : #include <sys/stat.h>
46 : : #include <sys/time.h>
47 : : #include <unistd.h>
48 : :
49 : : #include "access/clog.h"
50 : : #include "access/commit_ts.h"
51 : : #include "access/heaptoast.h"
52 : : #include "access/multixact.h"
53 : : #include "access/rewriteheap.h"
54 : : #include "access/subtrans.h"
55 : : #include "access/timeline.h"
56 : : #include "access/transam.h"
57 : : #include "access/twophase.h"
58 : : #include "access/xact.h"
59 : : #include "access/xlog_internal.h"
60 : : #include "access/xlogarchive.h"
61 : : #include "access/xloginsert.h"
62 : : #include "access/xlogreader.h"
63 : : #include "access/xlogrecovery.h"
64 : : #include "access/xlogutils.h"
65 : : #include "backup/basebackup.h"
66 : : #include "catalog/catversion.h"
67 : : #include "catalog/pg_control.h"
68 : : #include "catalog/pg_database.h"
69 : : #include "common/controldata_utils.h"
70 : : #include "common/file_utils.h"
71 : : #include "executor/instrument.h"
72 : : #include "miscadmin.h"
73 : : #include "pg_trace.h"
74 : : #include "pgstat.h"
75 : : #include "port/atomics.h"
76 : : #include "port/pg_iovec.h"
77 : : #include "postmaster/bgwriter.h"
78 : : #include "postmaster/startup.h"
79 : : #include "postmaster/walsummarizer.h"
80 : : #include "postmaster/walwriter.h"
81 : : #include "replication/origin.h"
82 : : #include "replication/slot.h"
83 : : #include "replication/snapbuild.h"
84 : : #include "replication/walreceiver.h"
85 : : #include "replication/walsender.h"
86 : : #include "storage/bufmgr.h"
87 : : #include "storage/fd.h"
88 : : #include "storage/ipc.h"
89 : : #include "storage/large_object.h"
90 : : #include "storage/latch.h"
91 : : #include "storage/predicate.h"
92 : : #include "storage/proc.h"
93 : : #include "storage/procarray.h"
94 : : #include "storage/reinit.h"
95 : : #include "storage/spin.h"
96 : : #include "storage/sync.h"
97 : : #include "utils/guc_hooks.h"
98 : : #include "utils/guc_tables.h"
99 : : #include "utils/injection_point.h"
100 : : #include "utils/memutils.h"
101 : : #include "utils/ps_status.h"
102 : : #include "utils/relmapper.h"
103 : : #include "utils/snapmgr.h"
104 : : #include "utils/timeout.h"
105 : : #include "utils/timestamp.h"
106 : : #include "utils/varlena.h"
107 : :
108 : : extern uint32 bootstrap_data_checksum_version;
109 : :
110 : : /* timeline ID to be used when bootstrapping */
111 : : #define BootstrapTimeLineID 1
112 : :
113 : : /* User-settable parameters */
114 : : int max_wal_size_mb = 1024; /* 1 GB */
115 : : int min_wal_size_mb = 80; /* 80 MB */
116 : : int wal_keep_size_mb = 0;
117 : : int XLOGbuffers = -1;
118 : : int XLogArchiveTimeout = 0;
119 : : int XLogArchiveMode = ARCHIVE_MODE_OFF;
120 : : char *XLogArchiveCommand = NULL;
121 : : bool EnableHotStandby = false;
122 : : bool fullPageWrites = true;
123 : : bool wal_log_hints = false;
124 : : int wal_compression = WAL_COMPRESSION_NONE;
125 : : char *wal_consistency_checking_string = NULL;
126 : : bool *wal_consistency_checking = NULL;
127 : : bool wal_init_zero = true;
128 : : bool wal_recycle = true;
129 : : bool log_checkpoints = true;
130 : : int wal_sync_method = DEFAULT_WAL_SYNC_METHOD;
131 : : int wal_level = WAL_LEVEL_REPLICA;
132 : : int CommitDelay = 0; /* precommit delay in microseconds */
133 : : int CommitSiblings = 5; /* # concurrent xacts needed to sleep */
134 : : int wal_retrieve_retry_interval = 5000;
135 : : int max_slot_wal_keep_size_mb = -1;
136 : : int wal_decode_buffer_size = 512 * 1024;
137 : : bool track_wal_io_timing = false;
138 : :
139 : : #ifdef WAL_DEBUG
140 : : bool XLOG_DEBUG = false;
141 : : #endif
142 : :
143 : : int wal_segment_size = DEFAULT_XLOG_SEG_SIZE;
144 : :
145 : : /*
146 : : * Number of WAL insertion locks to use. A higher value allows more insertions
147 : : * to happen concurrently, but adds some CPU overhead to flushing the WAL,
148 : : * which needs to iterate all the locks.
149 : : */
150 : : #define NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS 8
151 : :
152 : : /*
153 : : * Max distance from last checkpoint, before triggering a new xlog-based
154 : : * checkpoint.
155 : : */
156 : : int CheckPointSegments;
157 : :
158 : : /* Estimated distance between checkpoints, in bytes */
159 : : static double CheckPointDistanceEstimate = 0;
160 : : static double PrevCheckPointDistance = 0;
161 : :
162 : : /*
163 : : * Track whether there were any deferred checks for custom resource managers
164 : : * specified in wal_consistency_checking.
165 : : */
166 : : static bool check_wal_consistency_checking_deferred = false;
167 : :
168 : : /*
169 : : * GUC support
170 : : */
171 : : const struct config_enum_entry wal_sync_method_options[] = {
172 : : {"fsync", WAL_SYNC_METHOD_FSYNC, false},
173 : : #ifdef HAVE_FSYNC_WRITETHROUGH
174 : : {"fsync_writethrough", WAL_SYNC_METHOD_FSYNC_WRITETHROUGH, false},
175 : : #endif
176 : : {"fdatasync", WAL_SYNC_METHOD_FDATASYNC, false},
177 : : #ifdef O_SYNC
178 : : {"open_sync", WAL_SYNC_METHOD_OPEN, false},
179 : : #endif
180 : : #ifdef O_DSYNC
181 : : {"open_datasync", WAL_SYNC_METHOD_OPEN_DSYNC, false},
182 : : #endif
183 : : {NULL, 0, false}
184 : : };
185 : :
186 : :
187 : : /*
188 : : * Although only "on", "off", and "always" are documented,
189 : : * we accept all the likely variants of "on" and "off".
190 : : */
191 : : const struct config_enum_entry archive_mode_options[] = {
192 : : {"always", ARCHIVE_MODE_ALWAYS, false},
193 : : {"on", ARCHIVE_MODE_ON, false},
194 : : {"off", ARCHIVE_MODE_OFF, false},
195 : : {"true", ARCHIVE_MODE_ON, true},
196 : : {"false", ARCHIVE_MODE_OFF, true},
197 : : {"yes", ARCHIVE_MODE_ON, true},
198 : : {"no", ARCHIVE_MODE_OFF, true},
199 : : {"1", ARCHIVE_MODE_ON, true},
200 : : {"0", ARCHIVE_MODE_OFF, true},
201 : : {NULL, 0, false}
202 : : };
203 : :
204 : : /*
205 : : * Statistics for current checkpoint are collected in this global struct.
206 : : * Because only the checkpointer or a stand-alone backend can perform
207 : : * checkpoints, this will be unused in normal backends.
208 : : */
209 : : CheckpointStatsData CheckpointStats;
210 : :
211 : : /*
212 : : * During recovery, lastFullPageWrites keeps track of full_page_writes that
213 : : * the replayed WAL records indicate. It's initialized with full_page_writes
214 : : * that the recovery starting checkpoint record indicates, and then updated
215 : : * each time XLOG_FPW_CHANGE record is replayed.
216 : : */
217 : : static bool lastFullPageWrites;
218 : :
219 : : /*
220 : : * Local copy of the state tracked by SharedRecoveryState in shared memory,
221 : : * It is false if SharedRecoveryState is RECOVERY_STATE_DONE. True actually
222 : : * means "not known, need to check the shared state".
223 : : */
224 : : static bool LocalRecoveryInProgress = true;
225 : :
226 : : /*
227 : : * Local state for XLogInsertAllowed():
228 : : * 1: unconditionally allowed to insert XLOG
229 : : * 0: unconditionally not allowed to insert XLOG
230 : : * -1: must check RecoveryInProgress(); disallow until it is false
231 : : * Most processes start with -1 and transition to 1 after seeing that recovery
232 : : * is not in progress. But we can also force the value for special cases.
233 : : * The coding in XLogInsertAllowed() depends on the first two of these states
234 : : * being numerically the same as bool true and false.
235 : : */
236 : : static int LocalXLogInsertAllowed = -1;
237 : :
238 : : /*
239 : : * ProcLastRecPtr points to the start of the last XLOG record inserted by the
240 : : * current backend. It is updated for all inserts. XactLastRecEnd points to
241 : : * end+1 of the last record, and is reset when we end a top-level transaction,
242 : : * or start a new one; so it can be used to tell if the current transaction has
243 : : * created any XLOG records.
244 : : *
245 : : * While in parallel mode, this may not be fully up to date. When committing,
246 : : * a transaction can assume this covers all xlog records written either by the
247 : : * user backend or by any parallel worker which was present at any point during
248 : : * the transaction. But when aborting, or when still in parallel mode, other
249 : : * parallel backends may have written WAL records at later LSNs than the value
250 : : * stored here. The parallel leader advances its own copy, when necessary,
251 : : * in WaitForParallelWorkersToFinish.
252 : : */
253 : : XLogRecPtr ProcLastRecPtr = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
254 : : XLogRecPtr XactLastRecEnd = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
255 : : XLogRecPtr XactLastCommitEnd = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
256 : :
257 : : /*
258 : : * RedoRecPtr is this backend's local copy of the REDO record pointer
259 : : * (which is almost but not quite the same as a pointer to the most recent
260 : : * CHECKPOINT record). We update this from the shared-memory copy,
261 : : * XLogCtl->Insert.RedoRecPtr, whenever we can safely do so (ie, when we
262 : : * hold an insertion lock). See XLogInsertRecord for details. We are also
263 : : * allowed to update from XLogCtl->RedoRecPtr if we hold the info_lck;
264 : : * see GetRedoRecPtr.
265 : : *
266 : : * NB: Code that uses this variable must be prepared not only for the
267 : : * possibility that it may be arbitrarily out of date, but also for the
268 : : * possibility that it might be set to InvalidXLogRecPtr. We used to
269 : : * initialize it as a side effect of the first call to RecoveryInProgress(),
270 : : * which meant that most code that might use it could assume that it had a
271 : : * real if perhaps stale value. That's no longer the case.
272 : : */
273 : : static XLogRecPtr RedoRecPtr;
274 : :
275 : : /*
276 : : * doPageWrites is this backend's local copy of (fullPageWrites ||
277 : : * runningBackups > 0). It is used together with RedoRecPtr to decide whether
278 : : * a full-page image of a page need to be taken.
279 : : *
280 : : * NB: Initially this is false, and there's no guarantee that it will be
281 : : * initialized to any other value before it is first used. Any code that
282 : : * makes use of it must recheck the value after obtaining a WALInsertLock,
283 : : * and respond appropriately if it turns out that the previous value wasn't
284 : : * accurate.
285 : : */
286 : : static bool doPageWrites;
287 : :
288 : : /*----------
289 : : * Shared-memory data structures for XLOG control
290 : : *
291 : : * LogwrtRqst indicates a byte position that we need to write and/or fsync
292 : : * the log up to (all records before that point must be written or fsynced).
293 : : * The positions already written/fsynced are maintained in logWriteResult
294 : : * and logFlushResult using atomic access.
295 : : * In addition to the shared variable, each backend has a private copy of
296 : : * both in LogwrtResult, which is updated when convenient.
297 : : *
298 : : * The request bookkeeping is simpler: there is a shared XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst
299 : : * (protected by info_lck), but we don't need to cache any copies of it.
300 : : *
301 : : * info_lck is only held long enough to read/update the protected variables,
302 : : * so it's a plain spinlock. The other locks are held longer (potentially
303 : : * over I/O operations), so we use LWLocks for them. These locks are:
304 : : *
305 : : * WALBufMappingLock: must be held to replace a page in the WAL buffer cache.
306 : : * It is only held while initializing and changing the mapping. If the
307 : : * contents of the buffer being replaced haven't been written yet, the mapping
308 : : * lock is released while the write is done, and reacquired afterwards.
309 : : *
310 : : * WALWriteLock: must be held to write WAL buffers to disk (XLogWrite or
311 : : * XLogFlush).
312 : : *
313 : : * ControlFileLock: must be held to read/update control file or create
314 : : * new log file.
315 : : *
316 : : *----------
317 : : */
318 : :
319 : : typedef struct XLogwrtRqst
320 : : {
321 : : XLogRecPtr Write; /* last byte + 1 to write out */
322 : : XLogRecPtr Flush; /* last byte + 1 to flush */
323 : : } XLogwrtRqst;
324 : :
325 : : typedef struct XLogwrtResult
326 : : {
327 : : XLogRecPtr Write; /* last byte + 1 written out */
328 : : XLogRecPtr Flush; /* last byte + 1 flushed */
329 : : } XLogwrtResult;
330 : :
331 : : /*
332 : : * Inserting to WAL is protected by a small fixed number of WAL insertion
333 : : * locks. To insert to the WAL, you must hold one of the locks - it doesn't
334 : : * matter which one. To lock out other concurrent insertions, you must hold
335 : : * of them. Each WAL insertion lock consists of a lightweight lock, plus an
336 : : * indicator of how far the insertion has progressed (insertingAt).
337 : : *
338 : : * The insertingAt values are read when a process wants to flush WAL from
339 : : * the in-memory buffers to disk, to check that all the insertions to the
340 : : * region the process is about to write out have finished. You could simply
341 : : * wait for all currently in-progress insertions to finish, but the
342 : : * insertingAt indicator allows you to ignore insertions to later in the WAL,
343 : : * so that you only wait for the insertions that are modifying the buffers
344 : : * you're about to write out.
345 : : *
346 : : * This isn't just an optimization. If all the WAL buffers are dirty, an
347 : : * inserter that's holding a WAL insert lock might need to evict an old WAL
348 : : * buffer, which requires flushing the WAL. If it's possible for an inserter
349 : : * to block on another inserter unnecessarily, deadlock can arise when two
350 : : * inserters holding a WAL insert lock wait for each other to finish their
351 : : * insertion.
352 : : *
353 : : * Small WAL records that don't cross a page boundary never update the value,
354 : : * the WAL record is just copied to the page and the lock is released. But
355 : : * to avoid the deadlock-scenario explained above, the indicator is always
356 : : * updated before sleeping while holding an insertion lock.
357 : : *
358 : : * lastImportantAt contains the LSN of the last important WAL record inserted
359 : : * using a given lock. This value is used to detect if there has been
360 : : * important WAL activity since the last time some action, like a checkpoint,
361 : : * was performed - allowing to not repeat the action if not. The LSN is
362 : : * updated for all insertions, unless the XLOG_MARK_UNIMPORTANT flag was
363 : : * set. lastImportantAt is never cleared, only overwritten by the LSN of newer
364 : : * records. Tracking the WAL activity directly in WALInsertLock has the
365 : : * advantage of not needing any additional locks to update the value.
366 : : */
367 : : typedef struct
368 : : {
369 : : LWLock lock;
370 : : pg_atomic_uint64 insertingAt;
371 : : XLogRecPtr lastImportantAt;
372 : : } WALInsertLock;
373 : :
374 : : /*
375 : : * All the WAL insertion locks are allocated as an array in shared memory. We
376 : : * force the array stride to be a power of 2, which saves a few cycles in
377 : : * indexing, but more importantly also ensures that individual slots don't
378 : : * cross cache line boundaries. (Of course, we have to also ensure that the
379 : : * array start address is suitably aligned.)
380 : : */
381 : : typedef union WALInsertLockPadded
382 : : {
383 : : WALInsertLock l;
384 : : char pad[PG_CACHE_LINE_SIZE];
385 : : } WALInsertLockPadded;
386 : :
387 : : /*
388 : : * Session status of running backup, used for sanity checks in SQL-callable
389 : : * functions to start and stop backups.
390 : : */
391 : : static SessionBackupState sessionBackupState = SESSION_BACKUP_NONE;
392 : :
393 : : /*
394 : : * Shared state data for WAL insertion.
395 : : */
396 : : typedef struct XLogCtlInsert
397 : : {
398 : : slock_t insertpos_lck; /* protects CurrBytePos and PrevBytePos */
399 : :
400 : : /*
401 : : * CurrBytePos is the end of reserved WAL. The next record will be
402 : : * inserted at that position. PrevBytePos is the start position of the
403 : : * previously inserted (or rather, reserved) record - it is copied to the
404 : : * prev-link of the next record. These are stored as "usable byte
405 : : * positions" rather than XLogRecPtrs (see XLogBytePosToRecPtr()).
406 : : */
407 : : uint64 CurrBytePos;
408 : : uint64 PrevBytePos;
409 : :
410 : : /*
411 : : * Make sure the above heavily-contended spinlock and byte positions are
412 : : * on their own cache line. In particular, the RedoRecPtr and full page
413 : : * write variables below should be on a different cache line. They are
414 : : * read on every WAL insertion, but updated rarely, and we don't want
415 : : * those reads to steal the cache line containing Curr/PrevBytePos.
416 : : */
417 : : char pad[PG_CACHE_LINE_SIZE];
418 : :
419 : : /*
420 : : * fullPageWrites is the authoritative value used by all backends to
421 : : * determine whether to write full-page image to WAL. This shared value,
422 : : * instead of the process-local fullPageWrites, is required because, when
423 : : * full_page_writes is changed by SIGHUP, we must WAL-log it before it
424 : : * actually affects WAL-logging by backends. Checkpointer sets at startup
425 : : * or after SIGHUP.
426 : : *
427 : : * To read these fields, you must hold an insertion lock. To modify them,
428 : : * you must hold ALL the locks.
429 : : */
430 : : XLogRecPtr RedoRecPtr; /* current redo point for insertions */
431 : : bool fullPageWrites;
432 : :
433 : : /*
434 : : * runningBackups is a counter indicating the number of backups currently
435 : : * in progress. lastBackupStart is the latest checkpoint redo location
436 : : * used as a starting point for an online backup.
437 : : */
438 : : int runningBackups;
439 : : XLogRecPtr lastBackupStart;
440 : :
441 : : /*
442 : : * WAL insertion locks.
443 : : */
444 : : WALInsertLockPadded *WALInsertLocks;
445 : : } XLogCtlInsert;
446 : :
447 : : /*
448 : : * Total shared-memory state for XLOG.
449 : : */
450 : : typedef struct XLogCtlData
451 : : {
452 : : XLogCtlInsert Insert;
453 : :
454 : : /* Protected by info_lck: */
455 : : XLogwrtRqst LogwrtRqst;
456 : : XLogRecPtr RedoRecPtr; /* a recent copy of Insert->RedoRecPtr */
457 : : FullTransactionId ckptFullXid; /* nextXid of latest checkpoint */
458 : : XLogRecPtr asyncXactLSN; /* LSN of newest async commit/abort */
459 : : XLogRecPtr replicationSlotMinLSN; /* oldest LSN needed by any slot */
460 : :
461 : : XLogSegNo lastRemovedSegNo; /* latest removed/recycled XLOG segment */
462 : :
463 : : /* Fake LSN counter, for unlogged relations. */
464 : : pg_atomic_uint64 unloggedLSN;
465 : :
466 : : /* Time and LSN of last xlog segment switch. Protected by WALWriteLock. */
467 : : pg_time_t lastSegSwitchTime;
468 : : XLogRecPtr lastSegSwitchLSN;
469 : :
470 : : /* These are accessed using atomics -- info_lck not needed */
471 : : pg_atomic_uint64 logInsertResult; /* last byte + 1 inserted to buffers */
472 : : pg_atomic_uint64 logWriteResult; /* last byte + 1 written out */
473 : : pg_atomic_uint64 logFlushResult; /* last byte + 1 flushed */
474 : :
475 : : /*
476 : : * Latest initialized page in the cache (last byte position + 1).
477 : : *
478 : : * To change the identity of a buffer (and InitializedUpTo), you need to
479 : : * hold WALBufMappingLock. To change the identity of a buffer that's
480 : : * still dirty, the old page needs to be written out first, and for that
481 : : * you need WALWriteLock, and you need to ensure that there are no
482 : : * in-progress insertions to the page by calling
483 : : * WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish().
484 : : */
485 : : XLogRecPtr InitializedUpTo;
486 : :
487 : : /*
488 : : * These values do not change after startup, although the pointed-to pages
489 : : * and xlblocks values certainly do. xlblocks values are protected by
490 : : * WALBufMappingLock.
491 : : */
492 : : char *pages; /* buffers for unwritten XLOG pages */
493 : : pg_atomic_uint64 *xlblocks; /* 1st byte ptr-s + XLOG_BLCKSZ */
494 : : int XLogCacheBlck; /* highest allocated xlog buffer index */
495 : :
496 : : /*
497 : : * InsertTimeLineID is the timeline into which new WAL is being inserted
498 : : * and flushed. It is zero during recovery, and does not change once set.
499 : : *
500 : : * If we create a new timeline when the system was started up,
501 : : * PrevTimeLineID is the old timeline's ID that we forked off from.
502 : : * Otherwise it's equal to InsertTimeLineID.
503 : : */
504 : : TimeLineID InsertTimeLineID;
505 : : TimeLineID PrevTimeLineID;
506 : :
507 : : /*
508 : : * SharedRecoveryState indicates if we're still in crash or archive
509 : : * recovery. Protected by info_lck.
510 : : */
511 : : RecoveryState SharedRecoveryState;
512 : :
513 : : /*
514 : : * InstallXLogFileSegmentActive indicates whether the checkpointer should
515 : : * arrange for future segments by recycling and/or PreallocXlogFiles().
516 : : * Protected by ControlFileLock. Only the startup process changes it. If
517 : : * true, anyone can use InstallXLogFileSegment(). If false, the startup
518 : : * process owns the exclusive right to install segments, by reading from
519 : : * the archive and possibly replacing existing files.
520 : : */
521 : : bool InstallXLogFileSegmentActive;
522 : :
523 : : /*
524 : : * WalWriterSleeping indicates whether the WAL writer is currently in
525 : : * low-power mode (and hence should be nudged if an async commit occurs).
526 : : * Protected by info_lck.
527 : : */
528 : : bool WalWriterSleeping;
529 : :
530 : : /*
531 : : * During recovery, we keep a copy of the latest checkpoint record here.
532 : : * lastCheckPointRecPtr points to start of checkpoint record and
533 : : * lastCheckPointEndPtr points to end+1 of checkpoint record. Used by the
534 : : * checkpointer when it wants to create a restartpoint.
535 : : *
536 : : * Protected by info_lck.
537 : : */
538 : : XLogRecPtr lastCheckPointRecPtr;
539 : : XLogRecPtr lastCheckPointEndPtr;
540 : : CheckPoint lastCheckPoint;
541 : :
542 : : /*
543 : : * lastFpwDisableRecPtr points to the start of the last replayed
544 : : * XLOG_FPW_CHANGE record that instructs full_page_writes is disabled.
545 : : */
546 : : XLogRecPtr lastFpwDisableRecPtr;
547 : :
548 : : slock_t info_lck; /* locks shared variables shown above */
549 : : } XLogCtlData;
550 : :
551 : : /*
552 : : * Classification of XLogRecordInsert operations.
553 : : */
554 : : typedef enum
555 : : {
556 : : WALINSERT_NORMAL,
557 : : WALINSERT_SPECIAL_SWITCH,
558 : : WALINSERT_SPECIAL_CHECKPOINT
559 : : } WalInsertClass;
560 : :
561 : : static XLogCtlData *XLogCtl = NULL;
562 : :
563 : : /* a private copy of XLogCtl->Insert.WALInsertLocks, for convenience */
564 : : static WALInsertLockPadded *WALInsertLocks = NULL;
565 : :
566 : : /*
567 : : * We maintain an image of pg_control in shared memory.
568 : : */
569 : : static ControlFileData *ControlFile = NULL;
570 : :
571 : : /*
572 : : * Calculate the amount of space left on the page after 'endptr'. Beware
573 : : * multiple evaluation!
574 : : */
575 : : #define INSERT_FREESPACE(endptr) \
576 : : (((endptr) % XLOG_BLCKSZ == 0) ? 0 : (XLOG_BLCKSZ - (endptr) % XLOG_BLCKSZ))
577 : :
578 : : /* Macro to advance to next buffer index. */
579 : : #define NextBufIdx(idx) \
580 : : (((idx) == XLogCtl->XLogCacheBlck) ? 0 : ((idx) + 1))
581 : :
582 : : /*
583 : : * XLogRecPtrToBufIdx returns the index of the WAL buffer that holds, or
584 : : * would hold if it was in cache, the page containing 'recptr'.
585 : : */
586 : : #define XLogRecPtrToBufIdx(recptr) \
587 : : (((recptr) / XLOG_BLCKSZ) % (XLogCtl->XLogCacheBlck + 1))
588 : :
589 : : /*
590 : : * These are the number of bytes in a WAL page usable for WAL data.
591 : : */
592 : : #define UsableBytesInPage (XLOG_BLCKSZ - SizeOfXLogShortPHD)
593 : :
594 : : /*
595 : : * Convert values of GUCs measured in megabytes to equiv. segment count.
596 : : * Rounds down.
597 : : */
598 : : #define ConvertToXSegs(x, segsize) XLogMBVarToSegs((x), (segsize))
599 : :
600 : : /* The number of bytes in a WAL segment usable for WAL data. */
601 : : static int UsableBytesInSegment;
602 : :
603 : : /*
604 : : * Private, possibly out-of-date copy of shared LogwrtResult.
605 : : * See discussion above.
606 : : */
607 : : static XLogwrtResult LogwrtResult = {0, 0};
608 : :
609 : : /*
610 : : * Update local copy of shared XLogCtl->log{Write,Flush}Result
611 : : *
612 : : * It's critical that Flush always trails Write, so the order of the reads is
613 : : * important, as is the barrier. See also XLogWrite.
614 : : */
615 : : #define RefreshXLogWriteResult(_target) \
616 : : do { \
617 : : _target.Flush = pg_atomic_read_u64(&XLogCtl->logFlushResult); \
618 : : pg_read_barrier(); \
619 : : _target.Write = pg_atomic_read_u64(&XLogCtl->logWriteResult); \
620 : : } while (0)
621 : :
622 : : /*
623 : : * openLogFile is -1 or a kernel FD for an open log file segment.
624 : : * openLogSegNo identifies the segment, and openLogTLI the corresponding TLI.
625 : : * These variables are only used to write the XLOG, and so will normally refer
626 : : * to the active segment.
627 : : *
628 : : * Note: call Reserve/ReleaseExternalFD to track consumption of this FD.
629 : : */
630 : : static int openLogFile = -1;
631 : : static XLogSegNo openLogSegNo = 0;
632 : : static TimeLineID openLogTLI = 0;
633 : :
634 : : /*
635 : : * Local copies of equivalent fields in the control file. When running
636 : : * crash recovery, LocalMinRecoveryPoint is set to InvalidXLogRecPtr as we
637 : : * expect to replay all the WAL available, and updateMinRecoveryPoint is
638 : : * switched to false to prevent any updates while replaying records.
639 : : * Those values are kept consistent as long as crash recovery runs.
640 : : */
641 : : static XLogRecPtr LocalMinRecoveryPoint;
642 : : static TimeLineID LocalMinRecoveryPointTLI;
643 : : static bool updateMinRecoveryPoint = true;
644 : :
645 : : /* For WALInsertLockAcquire/Release functions */
646 : : static int MyLockNo = 0;
647 : : static bool holdingAllLocks = false;
648 : :
649 : : #ifdef WAL_DEBUG
650 : : static MemoryContext walDebugCxt = NULL;
651 : : #endif
652 : :
653 : : static void CleanupAfterArchiveRecovery(TimeLineID EndOfLogTLI,
654 : : XLogRecPtr EndOfLog,
655 : : TimeLineID newTLI);
656 : : static void CheckRequiredParameterValues(void);
657 : : static void XLogReportParameters(void);
658 : : static int LocalSetXLogInsertAllowed(void);
659 : : static void CreateEndOfRecoveryRecord(void);
660 : : static XLogRecPtr CreateOverwriteContrecordRecord(XLogRecPtr aborted_lsn,
661 : : XLogRecPtr pagePtr,
662 : : TimeLineID newTLI);
663 : : static void CheckPointGuts(XLogRecPtr checkPointRedo, int flags);
664 : : static void KeepLogSeg(XLogRecPtr recptr, XLogSegNo *logSegNo);
665 : : static XLogRecPtr XLogGetReplicationSlotMinimumLSN(void);
666 : :
667 : : static void AdvanceXLInsertBuffer(XLogRecPtr upto, TimeLineID tli,
668 : : bool opportunistic);
669 : : static void XLogWrite(XLogwrtRqst WriteRqst, TimeLineID tli, bool flexible);
670 : : static bool InstallXLogFileSegment(XLogSegNo *segno, char *tmppath,
671 : : bool find_free, XLogSegNo max_segno,
672 : : TimeLineID tli);
673 : : static void XLogFileClose(void);
674 : : static void PreallocXlogFiles(XLogRecPtr endptr, TimeLineID tli);
675 : : static void RemoveTempXlogFiles(void);
676 : : static void RemoveOldXlogFiles(XLogSegNo segno, XLogRecPtr lastredoptr,
677 : : XLogRecPtr endptr, TimeLineID insertTLI);
678 : : static void RemoveXlogFile(const struct dirent *segment_de,
679 : : XLogSegNo recycleSegNo, XLogSegNo *endlogSegNo,
680 : : TimeLineID insertTLI);
681 : : static void UpdateLastRemovedPtr(char *filename);
682 : : static void ValidateXLOGDirectoryStructure(void);
683 : : static void CleanupBackupHistory(void);
684 : : static void UpdateMinRecoveryPoint(XLogRecPtr lsn, bool force);
685 : : static bool PerformRecoveryXLogAction(void);
686 : : static void InitControlFile(uint64 sysidentifier);
687 : : static void WriteControlFile(void);
688 : : static void ReadControlFile(void);
689 : : static void UpdateControlFile(void);
690 : : static char *str_time(pg_time_t tnow);
691 : :
692 : : static int get_sync_bit(int method);
693 : :
694 : : static void CopyXLogRecordToWAL(int write_len, bool isLogSwitch,
695 : : XLogRecData *rdata,
696 : : XLogRecPtr StartPos, XLogRecPtr EndPos,
697 : : TimeLineID tli);
698 : : static void ReserveXLogInsertLocation(int size, XLogRecPtr *StartPos,
699 : : XLogRecPtr *EndPos, XLogRecPtr *PrevPtr);
700 : : static bool ReserveXLogSwitch(XLogRecPtr *StartPos, XLogRecPtr *EndPos,
701 : : XLogRecPtr *PrevPtr);
702 : : static XLogRecPtr WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish(XLogRecPtr upto);
703 : : static char *GetXLogBuffer(XLogRecPtr ptr, TimeLineID tli);
704 : : static XLogRecPtr XLogBytePosToRecPtr(uint64 bytepos);
705 : : static XLogRecPtr XLogBytePosToEndRecPtr(uint64 bytepos);
706 : : static uint64 XLogRecPtrToBytePos(XLogRecPtr ptr);
707 : :
708 : : static void WALInsertLockAcquire(void);
709 : : static void WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive(void);
710 : : static void WALInsertLockRelease(void);
711 : : static void WALInsertLockUpdateInsertingAt(XLogRecPtr insertingAt);
712 : :
713 : : /*
714 : : * Insert an XLOG record represented by an already-constructed chain of data
715 : : * chunks. This is a low-level routine; to construct the WAL record header
716 : : * and data, use the higher-level routines in xloginsert.c.
717 : : *
718 : : * If 'fpw_lsn' is valid, it is the oldest LSN among the pages that this
719 : : * WAL record applies to, that were not included in the record as full page
720 : : * images. If fpw_lsn <= RedoRecPtr, the function does not perform the
721 : : * insertion and returns InvalidXLogRecPtr. The caller can then recalculate
722 : : * which pages need a full-page image, and retry. If fpw_lsn is invalid, the
723 : : * record is always inserted.
724 : : *
725 : : * 'flags' gives more in-depth control on the record being inserted. See
726 : : * XLogSetRecordFlags() for details.
727 : : *
728 : : * 'topxid_included' tells whether the top-transaction id is logged along with
729 : : * current subtransaction. See XLogRecordAssemble().
730 : : *
731 : : * The first XLogRecData in the chain must be for the record header, and its
732 : : * data must be MAXALIGNed. XLogInsertRecord fills in the xl_prev and
733 : : * xl_crc fields in the header, the rest of the header must already be filled
734 : : * by the caller.
735 : : *
736 : : * Returns XLOG pointer to end of record (beginning of next record).
737 : : * This can be used as LSN for data pages affected by the logged action.
738 : : * (LSN is the XLOG point up to which the XLOG must be flushed to disk
739 : : * before the data page can be written out. This implements the basic
740 : : * WAL rule "write the log before the data".)
741 : : */
742 : : XLogRecPtr
2670 andres@anarazel.de 743 :CBC 13613601 : XLogInsertRecord(XLogRecData *rdata,
744 : : XLogRecPtr fpw_lsn,
745 : : uint8 flags,
746 : : int num_fpi,
747 : : bool topxid_included)
748 : : {
8424 bruce@momjian.us 749 : 13613601 : XLogCtlInsert *Insert = &XLogCtl->Insert;
750 : : pg_crc32c rdata_crc;
751 : : bool inserted;
3447 heikki.linnakangas@i 752 : 13613601 : XLogRecord *rechdr = (XLogRecord *) rdata->data;
2718 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 753 : 13613601 : uint8 info = rechdr->xl_info & ~XLR_INFO_MASK;
178 rhaas@postgresql.org 754 :GNC 13613601 : WalInsertClass class = WALINSERT_NORMAL;
755 : : XLogRecPtr StartPos;
756 : : XLogRecPtr EndPos;
2040 akapila@postgresql.o 757 :CBC 13613601 : bool prevDoPageWrites = doPageWrites;
758 : : TimeLineID insertTLI;
759 : :
760 : : /* Does this record type require special handling? */
178 rhaas@postgresql.org 761 [ + + ]:GNC 13613601 : if (unlikely(rechdr->xl_rmid == RM_XLOG_ID))
762 : : {
763 [ + + ]: 175374 : if (info == XLOG_SWITCH)
764 : 350 : class = WALINSERT_SPECIAL_SWITCH;
765 [ + + ]: 175024 : else if (info == XLOG_CHECKPOINT_REDO)
766 : 530 : class = WALINSERT_SPECIAL_CHECKPOINT;
767 : : }
768 : :
769 : : /* we assume that all of the record header is in the first chunk */
3433 heikki.linnakangas@i 770 [ - + ]:CBC 13613601 : Assert(rdata->len >= SizeOfXLogRecord);
771 : :
772 : : /* cross-check on whether we should be here or not */
5406 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 773 [ - + ]: 13613601 : if (!XLogInsertAllowed())
5406 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 774 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : elog(ERROR, "cannot make new WAL entries during recovery");
775 : :
776 : : /*
777 : : * Given that we're not in recovery, InsertTimeLineID is set and can't
778 : : * change, so we can read it without a lock.
779 : : */
886 rhaas@postgresql.org 780 :CBC 13613601 : insertTLI = XLogCtl->InsertTimeLineID;
781 : :
782 : : /*----------
783 : : *
784 : : * We have now done all the preparatory work we can without holding a
785 : : * lock or modifying shared state. From here on, inserting the new WAL
786 : : * record to the shared WAL buffer cache is a two-step process:
787 : : *
788 : : * 1. Reserve the right amount of space from the WAL. The current head of
789 : : * reserved space is kept in Insert->CurrBytePos, and is protected by
790 : : * insertpos_lck.
791 : : *
792 : : * 2. Copy the record to the reserved WAL space. This involves finding the
793 : : * correct WAL buffer containing the reserved space, and copying the
794 : : * record in place. This can be done concurrently in multiple processes.
795 : : *
796 : : * To keep track of which insertions are still in-progress, each concurrent
797 : : * inserter acquires an insertion lock. In addition to just indicating that
798 : : * an insertion is in progress, the lock tells others how far the inserter
799 : : * has progressed. There is a small fixed number of insertion locks,
800 : : * determined by NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS. When an inserter crosses a page
801 : : * boundary, it updates the value stored in the lock to the how far it has
802 : : * inserted, to allow the previous buffer to be flushed.
803 : : *
804 : : * Holding onto an insertion lock also protects RedoRecPtr and
805 : : * fullPageWrites from changing until the insertion is finished.
806 : : *
807 : : * Step 2 can usually be done completely in parallel. If the required WAL
808 : : * page is not initialized yet, you have to grab WALBufMappingLock to
809 : : * initialize it, but the WAL writer tries to do that ahead of insertions
810 : : * to avoid that from happening in the critical path.
811 : : *
812 : : *----------
813 : : */
4477 heikki.linnakangas@i 814 : 13613601 : START_CRIT_SECTION();
815 : :
178 rhaas@postgresql.org 816 [ + + ]:GNC 13613601 : if (likely(class == WALINSERT_NORMAL))
817 : : {
187 rhaas@postgresql.org 818 :CBC 13612721 : WALInsertLockAcquire();
819 : :
820 : : /*
821 : : * Check to see if my copy of RedoRecPtr is out of date. If so, may
822 : : * have to go back and have the caller recompute everything. This can
823 : : * only happen just after a checkpoint, so it's better to be slow in
824 : : * this case and fast otherwise.
825 : : *
826 : : * Also check to see if fullPageWrites was just turned on or there's a
827 : : * running backup (which forces full-page writes); if we weren't
828 : : * already doing full-page writes then go back and recompute.
829 : : *
830 : : * If we aren't doing full-page writes then RedoRecPtr doesn't
831 : : * actually affect the contents of the XLOG record, so we'll update
832 : : * our local copy but not force a recomputation. (If doPageWrites was
833 : : * just turned off, we could recompute the record without full pages,
834 : : * but we choose not to bother.)
835 : : */
187 rhaas@postgresql.org 836 [ + + ]:GNC 13612721 : if (RedoRecPtr != Insert->RedoRecPtr)
837 : : {
838 [ - + ]: 5414 : Assert(RedoRecPtr < Insert->RedoRecPtr);
839 : 5414 : RedoRecPtr = Insert->RedoRecPtr;
840 : : }
841 [ + + + + ]: 13612721 : doPageWrites = (Insert->fullPageWrites || Insert->runningBackups > 0);
842 : :
843 [ + + ]: 13612721 : if (doPageWrites &&
844 [ + + + + ]: 13401892 : (!prevDoPageWrites ||
845 [ + + ]: 12352919 : (fpw_lsn != InvalidXLogRecPtr && fpw_lsn <= RedoRecPtr)))
846 : : {
847 : : /*
848 : : * Oops, some buffer now needs to be backed up that the caller
849 : : * didn't back up. Start over.
850 : : */
851 : 6216 : WALInsertLockRelease();
852 [ - + ]: 6216 : END_CRIT_SECTION();
853 : 6216 : return InvalidXLogRecPtr;
854 : : }
855 : :
856 : : /*
857 : : * Reserve space for the record in the WAL. This also sets the xl_prev
858 : : * pointer.
859 : : */
3447 heikki.linnakangas@i 860 :CBC 13606505 : ReserveXLogInsertLocation(rechdr->xl_tot_len, &StartPos, &EndPos,
861 : : &rechdr->xl_prev);
862 : :
863 : : /* Normal records are always inserted. */
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 864 :GNC 13606505 : inserted = true;
865 : : }
178 rhaas@postgresql.org 866 [ + + ]: 880 : else if (class == WALINSERT_SPECIAL_SWITCH)
867 : : {
868 : : /*
869 : : * In order to insert an XLOG_SWITCH record, we need to hold all of
870 : : * the WAL insertion locks, not just one, so that no one else can
871 : : * begin inserting a record until we've figured out how much space
872 : : * remains in the current WAL segment and claimed all of it.
873 : : *
874 : : * Nonetheless, this case is simpler than the normal cases handled
875 : : * below, which must check for changes in doPageWrites and RedoRecPtr.
876 : : * Those checks are only needed for records that can contain buffer
877 : : * references, and an XLOG_SWITCH record never does.
878 : : */
187 879 [ - + ]: 350 : Assert(fpw_lsn == InvalidXLogRecPtr);
880 : 350 : WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive();
881 : 350 : inserted = ReserveXLogSwitch(&StartPos, &EndPos, &rechdr->xl_prev);
882 : : }
883 : : else
884 : : {
178 885 [ - + ]: 530 : Assert(class == WALINSERT_SPECIAL_CHECKPOINT);
886 : :
887 : : /*
888 : : * We need to update both the local and shared copies of RedoRecPtr,
889 : : * which means that we need to hold all the WAL insertion locks.
890 : : * However, there can't be any buffer references, so as above, we need
891 : : * not check RedoRecPtr before inserting the record; we just need to
892 : : * update it afterwards.
893 : : */
894 [ - + ]: 530 : Assert(fpw_lsn == InvalidXLogRecPtr);
895 : 530 : WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive();
896 : 530 : ReserveXLogInsertLocation(rechdr->xl_tot_len, &StartPos, &EndPos,
897 : : &rechdr->xl_prev);
898 : 530 : RedoRecPtr = Insert->RedoRecPtr = StartPos;
178 rhaas@postgresql.org 899 :CBC 530 : inserted = true;
900 : : }
901 : :
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 902 [ + + ]: 13607385 : if (inserted)
903 : : {
904 : : /*
905 : : * Now that xl_prev has been filled in, calculate CRC of the record
906 : : * header.
907 : : */
3433 908 : 13607330 : rdata_crc = rechdr->xl_crc;
909 : 13607330 : COMP_CRC32C(rdata_crc, rechdr, offsetof(XLogRecord, xl_crc));
3449 910 : 13607330 : FIN_CRC32C(rdata_crc);
3933 911 : 13607330 : rechdr->xl_crc = rdata_crc;
912 : :
913 : : /*
914 : : * All the record data, including the header, is now ready to be
915 : : * inserted. Copy the record in the space reserved.
916 : : */
178 rhaas@postgresql.org 917 :GNC 13607330 : CopyXLogRecordToWAL(rechdr->xl_tot_len,
918 : : class == WALINSERT_SPECIAL_SWITCH, rdata,
919 : : StartPos, EndPos, insertTLI);
920 : :
921 : : /*
922 : : * Unless record is flagged as not important, update LSN of last
923 : : * important record in the current slot. When holding all locks, just
924 : : * update the first one.
925 : : */
2670 andres@anarazel.de 926 [ + + ]:CBC 13607330 : if ((flags & XLOG_MARK_UNIMPORTANT) == 0)
927 : : {
2524 bruce@momjian.us 928 [ + + ]: 13532805 : int lockno = holdingAllLocks ? 0 : MyLockNo;
929 : :
2670 andres@anarazel.de 930 : 13532805 : WALInsertLocks[lockno].l.lastImportantAt = StartPos;
931 : : }
932 : : }
933 : : else
934 : : {
935 : : /*
936 : : * This was an xlog-switch record, but the current insert location was
937 : : * already exactly at the beginning of a segment, so there was no need
938 : : * to do anything.
939 : : */
940 : : }
941 : :
942 : : /*
943 : : * Done! Let others know that we're finished.
944 : : */
3677 heikki.linnakangas@i 945 : 13607385 : WALInsertLockRelease();
946 : :
3933 947 [ - + ]: 13607385 : END_CRIT_SECTION();
948 : :
894 akapila@postgresql.o 949 : 13607385 : MarkCurrentTransactionIdLoggedIfAny();
950 : :
951 : : /*
952 : : * Mark top transaction id is logged (if needed) so that we should not try
953 : : * to log it again with the next WAL record in the current subtransaction.
954 : : */
955 [ + + ]: 13607385 : if (topxid_included)
956 : 217 : MarkSubxactTopXidLogged();
957 : :
958 : : /*
959 : : * Update shared LogwrtRqst.Write, if we crossed page boundary.
960 : : */
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 961 [ + + ]: 13607385 : if (StartPos / XLOG_BLCKSZ != EndPos / XLOG_BLCKSZ)
962 : : {
3492 andres@anarazel.de 963 [ + + ]: 287190 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
964 : : /* advance global request to include new block(s) */
965 [ + + ]: 287190 : if (XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Write < EndPos)
966 : 287125 : XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Write = EndPos;
967 : 287190 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
9 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 968 :GNC 287190 : RefreshXLogWriteResult(LogwrtResult);
969 : : }
970 : :
971 : : /*
972 : : * If this was an XLOG_SWITCH record, flush the record and the empty
973 : : * padding space that fills the rest of the segment, and perform
974 : : * end-of-segment actions (eg, notifying archiver).
975 : : */
178 rhaas@postgresql.org 976 [ + + ]: 13607385 : if (class == WALINSERT_SPECIAL_SWITCH)
977 : : {
978 : : TRACE_POSTGRESQL_WAL_SWITCH();
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 979 :CBC 350 : XLogFlush(EndPos);
980 : :
981 : : /*
982 : : * Even though we reserved the rest of the segment for us, which is
983 : : * reflected in EndPos, we return a pointer to just the end of the
984 : : * xlog-switch record.
985 : : */
986 [ + + ]: 350 : if (inserted)
987 : : {
988 : 295 : EndPos = StartPos + SizeOfXLogRecord;
989 [ - + ]: 295 : if (StartPos / XLOG_BLCKSZ != EndPos / XLOG_BLCKSZ)
990 : : {
2399 andres@anarazel.de 991 :LBC (1) : uint64 offset = XLogSegmentOffset(EndPos, wal_segment_size);
992 : :
993 [ # # ]: (1) : if (offset == EndPos % XLOG_BLCKSZ)
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 994 :UBC 0 : EndPos += SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
995 : : else
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 996 :LBC (1) : EndPos += SizeOfXLogShortPHD;
997 : : }
998 : : }
999 : : }
1000 : :
1001 : : #ifdef WAL_DEBUG
1002 : : if (XLOG_DEBUG)
1003 : : {
1004 : : static XLogReaderState *debug_reader = NULL;
1005 : : XLogRecord *record;
1006 : : DecodedXLogRecord *decoded;
1007 : : StringInfoData buf;
1008 : : StringInfoData recordBuf;
1009 : : char *errormsg = NULL;
1010 : : MemoryContext oldCxt;
1011 : :
1012 : : oldCxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(walDebugCxt);
1013 : :
1014 : : initStringInfo(&buf);
1015 : : appendStringInfo(&buf, "INSERT @ %X/%X: ", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(EndPos));
1016 : :
1017 : : /*
1018 : : * We have to piece together the WAL record data from the XLogRecData
1019 : : * entries, so that we can pass it to the rm_desc function as one
1020 : : * contiguous chunk.
1021 : : */
1022 : : initStringInfo(&recordBuf);
1023 : : for (; rdata != NULL; rdata = rdata->next)
1024 : : appendBinaryStringInfo(&recordBuf, rdata->data, rdata->len);
1025 : :
1026 : : /* We also need temporary space to decode the record. */
1027 : : record = (XLogRecord *) recordBuf.data;
1028 : : decoded = (DecodedXLogRecord *)
1029 : : palloc(DecodeXLogRecordRequiredSpace(record->xl_tot_len));
1030 : :
1031 : : if (!debug_reader)
1032 : : debug_reader = XLogReaderAllocate(wal_segment_size, NULL,
1033 : : XL_ROUTINE(.page_read = NULL,
1034 : : .segment_open = NULL,
1035 : : .segment_close = NULL),
1036 : : NULL);
1037 : : if (!debug_reader)
1038 : : {
1039 : : appendStringInfoString(&buf, "error decoding record: out of memory while allocating a WAL reading processor");
1040 : : }
1041 : : else if (!DecodeXLogRecord(debug_reader,
1042 : : decoded,
1043 : : record,
1044 : : EndPos,
1045 : : &errormsg))
1046 : : {
1047 : : appendStringInfo(&buf, "error decoding record: %s",
1048 : : errormsg ? errormsg : "no error message");
1049 : : }
1050 : : else
1051 : : {
1052 : : appendStringInfoString(&buf, " - ");
1053 : :
1054 : : debug_reader->record = decoded;
1055 : : xlog_outdesc(&buf, debug_reader);
1056 : : debug_reader->record = NULL;
1057 : : }
1058 : : elog(LOG, "%s", buf.data);
1059 : :
1060 : : pfree(decoded);
1061 : : pfree(buf.data);
1062 : : pfree(recordBuf.data);
1063 : : MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldCxt);
1064 : : }
1065 : : #endif
1066 : :
1067 : : /*
1068 : : * Update our global variables
1069 : : */
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 1070 :CBC 13607385 : ProcLastRecPtr = StartPos;
1071 : 13607385 : XactLastRecEnd = EndPos;
1072 : :
1073 : : /* Report WAL traffic to the instrumentation. */
1471 akapila@postgresql.o 1074 [ + + ]: 13607385 : if (inserted)
1075 : : {
1076 : 13607330 : pgWalUsage.wal_bytes += rechdr->xl_tot_len;
1077 : 13607330 : pgWalUsage.wal_records++;
1440 1078 : 13607330 : pgWalUsage.wal_fpi += num_fpi;
1079 : : }
1080 : :
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 1081 : 13607385 : return EndPos;
1082 : : }
1083 : :
1084 : : /*
1085 : : * Reserves the right amount of space for a record of given size from the WAL.
1086 : : * *StartPos is set to the beginning of the reserved section, *EndPos to
1087 : : * its end+1. *PrevPtr is set to the beginning of the previous record; it is
1088 : : * used to set the xl_prev of this record.
1089 : : *
1090 : : * This is the performance critical part of XLogInsert that must be serialized
1091 : : * across backends. The rest can happen mostly in parallel. Try to keep this
1092 : : * section as short as possible, insertpos_lck can be heavily contended on a
1093 : : * busy system.
1094 : : *
1095 : : * NB: The space calculation here must match the code in CopyXLogRecordToWAL,
1096 : : * where we actually copy the record to the reserved space.
1097 : : *
1098 : : * NB: Testing shows that XLogInsertRecord runs faster if this code is inlined;
1099 : : * however, because there are two call sites, the compiler is reluctant to
1100 : : * inline. We use pg_attribute_always_inline here to try to convince it.
1101 : : */
1102 : : static pg_attribute_always_inline void
1103 : 13607035 : ReserveXLogInsertLocation(int size, XLogRecPtr *StartPos, XLogRecPtr *EndPos,
1104 : : XLogRecPtr *PrevPtr)
1105 : : {
3492 andres@anarazel.de 1106 : 13607035 : XLogCtlInsert *Insert = &XLogCtl->Insert;
1107 : : uint64 startbytepos;
1108 : : uint64 endbytepos;
1109 : : uint64 prevbytepos;
1110 : :
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 1111 : 13607035 : size = MAXALIGN(size);
1112 : :
1113 : : /* All (non xlog-switch) records should contain data. */
1114 [ - + ]: 13607035 : Assert(size > SizeOfXLogRecord);
1115 : :
1116 : : /*
1117 : : * The duration the spinlock needs to be held is minimized by minimizing
1118 : : * the calculations that have to be done while holding the lock. The
1119 : : * current tip of reserved WAL is kept in CurrBytePos, as a byte position
1120 : : * that only counts "usable" bytes in WAL, that is, it excludes all WAL
1121 : : * page headers. The mapping between "usable" byte positions and physical
1122 : : * positions (XLogRecPtrs) can be done outside the locked region, and
1123 : : * because the usable byte position doesn't include any headers, reserving
1124 : : * X bytes from WAL is almost as simple as "CurrBytePos += X".
1125 : : */
1126 [ + + ]: 13607035 : SpinLockAcquire(&Insert->insertpos_lck);
1127 : :
1128 : 13607035 : startbytepos = Insert->CurrBytePos;
1129 : 13607035 : endbytepos = startbytepos + size;
1130 : 13607035 : prevbytepos = Insert->PrevBytePos;
1131 : 13607035 : Insert->CurrBytePos = endbytepos;
1132 : 13607035 : Insert->PrevBytePos = startbytepos;
1133 : :
1134 : 13607035 : SpinLockRelease(&Insert->insertpos_lck);
1135 : :
1136 : 13607035 : *StartPos = XLogBytePosToRecPtr(startbytepos);
1137 : 13607035 : *EndPos = XLogBytePosToEndRecPtr(endbytepos);
1138 : 13607035 : *PrevPtr = XLogBytePosToRecPtr(prevbytepos);
1139 : :
1140 : : /*
1141 : : * Check that the conversions between "usable byte positions" and
1142 : : * XLogRecPtrs work consistently in both directions.
1143 : : */
1144 [ - + ]: 13607035 : Assert(XLogRecPtrToBytePos(*StartPos) == startbytepos);
1145 [ - + ]: 13607035 : Assert(XLogRecPtrToBytePos(*EndPos) == endbytepos);
1146 [ - + ]: 13607035 : Assert(XLogRecPtrToBytePos(*PrevPtr) == prevbytepos);
1147 : 13607035 : }
1148 : :
1149 : : /*
1150 : : * Like ReserveXLogInsertLocation(), but for an xlog-switch record.
1151 : : *
1152 : : * A log-switch record is handled slightly differently. The rest of the
1153 : : * segment will be reserved for this insertion, as indicated by the returned
1154 : : * *EndPos value. However, if we are already at the beginning of the current
1155 : : * segment, *StartPos and *EndPos are set to the current location without
1156 : : * reserving any space, and the function returns false.
1157 : : */
1158 : : static bool
1159 : 350 : ReserveXLogSwitch(XLogRecPtr *StartPos, XLogRecPtr *EndPos, XLogRecPtr *PrevPtr)
1160 : : {
3492 andres@anarazel.de 1161 : 350 : XLogCtlInsert *Insert = &XLogCtl->Insert;
1162 : : uint64 startbytepos;
1163 : : uint64 endbytepos;
1164 : : uint64 prevbytepos;
3433 heikki.linnakangas@i 1165 : 350 : uint32 size = MAXALIGN(SizeOfXLogRecord);
1166 : : XLogRecPtr ptr;
1167 : : uint32 segleft;
1168 : :
1169 : : /*
1170 : : * These calculations are a bit heavy-weight to be done while holding a
1171 : : * spinlock, but since we're holding all the WAL insertion locks, there
1172 : : * are no other inserters competing for it. GetXLogInsertRecPtr() does
1173 : : * compete for it, but that's not called very frequently.
1174 : : */
3933 1175 [ - + ]: 350 : SpinLockAcquire(&Insert->insertpos_lck);
1176 : :
1177 : 350 : startbytepos = Insert->CurrBytePos;
1178 : :
1179 : 350 : ptr = XLogBytePosToEndRecPtr(startbytepos);
2399 andres@anarazel.de 1180 [ + + ]: 350 : if (XLogSegmentOffset(ptr, wal_segment_size) == 0)
1181 : : {
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 1182 : 55 : SpinLockRelease(&Insert->insertpos_lck);
1183 : 55 : *EndPos = *StartPos = ptr;
1184 : 55 : return false;
1185 : : }
1186 : :
1187 : 295 : endbytepos = startbytepos + size;
1188 : 295 : prevbytepos = Insert->PrevBytePos;
1189 : :
1190 : 295 : *StartPos = XLogBytePosToRecPtr(startbytepos);
1191 : 295 : *EndPos = XLogBytePosToEndRecPtr(endbytepos);
1192 : :
2399 andres@anarazel.de 1193 : 295 : segleft = wal_segment_size - XLogSegmentOffset(*EndPos, wal_segment_size);
1194 [ + - ]: 295 : if (segleft != wal_segment_size)
1195 : : {
1196 : : /* consume the rest of the segment */
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 1197 : 295 : *EndPos += segleft;
1198 : 295 : endbytepos = XLogRecPtrToBytePos(*EndPos);
1199 : : }
1200 : 295 : Insert->CurrBytePos = endbytepos;
1201 : 295 : Insert->PrevBytePos = startbytepos;
1202 : :
1203 : 295 : SpinLockRelease(&Insert->insertpos_lck);
1204 : :
1205 : 295 : *PrevPtr = XLogBytePosToRecPtr(prevbytepos);
1206 : :
2399 andres@anarazel.de 1207 [ - + ]: 295 : Assert(XLogSegmentOffset(*EndPos, wal_segment_size) == 0);
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 1208 [ - + ]: 295 : Assert(XLogRecPtrToBytePos(*EndPos) == endbytepos);
1209 [ - + ]: 295 : Assert(XLogRecPtrToBytePos(*StartPos) == startbytepos);
1210 [ - + ]: 295 : Assert(XLogRecPtrToBytePos(*PrevPtr) == prevbytepos);
1211 : :
1212 : 295 : return true;
1213 : : }
1214 : :
1215 : : /*
1216 : : * Subroutine of XLogInsertRecord. Copies a WAL record to an already-reserved
1217 : : * area in the WAL.
1218 : : */
1219 : : static void
1220 : 13607330 : CopyXLogRecordToWAL(int write_len, bool isLogSwitch, XLogRecData *rdata,
1221 : : XLogRecPtr StartPos, XLogRecPtr EndPos, TimeLineID tli)
1222 : : {
1223 : : char *currpos;
1224 : : int freespace;
1225 : : int written;
1226 : : XLogRecPtr CurrPos;
1227 : : XLogPageHeader pagehdr;
1228 : :
1229 : : /*
1230 : : * Get a pointer to the right place in the right WAL buffer to start
1231 : : * inserting to.
1232 : : */
1233 : 13607330 : CurrPos = StartPos;
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 1234 : 13607330 : currpos = GetXLogBuffer(CurrPos, tli);
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 1235 [ + - ]: 13607330 : freespace = INSERT_FREESPACE(CurrPos);
1236 : :
1237 : : /*
1238 : : * there should be enough space for at least the first field (xl_tot_len)
1239 : : * on this page.
1240 : : */
1241 [ - + ]: 13607330 : Assert(freespace >= sizeof(uint32));
1242 : :
1243 : : /* Copy record data */
1244 : 13607330 : written = 0;
1245 [ + + ]: 59884839 : while (rdata != NULL)
1246 : : {
1247 : 46277509 : char *rdata_data = rdata->data;
1248 : 46277509 : int rdata_len = rdata->len;
1249 : :
1250 [ + + ]: 46642851 : while (rdata_len > freespace)
1251 : : {
1252 : : /*
1253 : : * Write what fits on this page, and continue on the next page.
1254 : : */
1255 [ + + - + ]: 365342 : Assert(CurrPos % XLOG_BLCKSZ >= SizeOfXLogShortPHD || freespace == 0);
1256 : 365342 : memcpy(currpos, rdata_data, freespace);
1257 : 365342 : rdata_data += freespace;
1258 : 365342 : rdata_len -= freespace;
1259 : 365342 : written += freespace;
1260 : 365342 : CurrPos += freespace;
1261 : :
1262 : : /*
1263 : : * Get pointer to beginning of next page, and set the xlp_rem_len
1264 : : * in the page header. Set XLP_FIRST_IS_CONTRECORD.
1265 : : *
1266 : : * It's safe to set the contrecord flag and xlp_rem_len without a
1267 : : * lock on the page. All the other flags were already set when the
1268 : : * page was initialized, in AdvanceXLInsertBuffer, and we're the
1269 : : * only backend that needs to set the contrecord flag.
1270 : : */
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 1271 : 365342 : currpos = GetXLogBuffer(CurrPos, tli);
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 1272 : 365342 : pagehdr = (XLogPageHeader) currpos;
1273 : 365342 : pagehdr->xlp_rem_len = write_len - written;
1274 : 365342 : pagehdr->xlp_info |= XLP_FIRST_IS_CONTRECORD;
1275 : :
1276 : : /* skip over the page header */
2399 andres@anarazel.de 1277 [ + + ]: 365342 : if (XLogSegmentOffset(CurrPos, wal_segment_size) == 0)
1278 : : {
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 1279 : 470 : CurrPos += SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
1280 : 470 : currpos += SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
1281 : : }
1282 : : else
1283 : : {
1284 : 364872 : CurrPos += SizeOfXLogShortPHD;
1285 : 364872 : currpos += SizeOfXLogShortPHD;
1286 : : }
1287 [ + - ]: 365342 : freespace = INSERT_FREESPACE(CurrPos);
1288 : : }
1289 : :
1290 [ + + - + ]: 46277509 : Assert(CurrPos % XLOG_BLCKSZ >= SizeOfXLogShortPHD || rdata_len == 0);
1291 : 46277509 : memcpy(currpos, rdata_data, rdata_len);
1292 : 46277509 : currpos += rdata_len;
1293 : 46277509 : CurrPos += rdata_len;
1294 : 46277509 : freespace -= rdata_len;
1295 : 46277509 : written += rdata_len;
1296 : :
1297 : 46277509 : rdata = rdata->next;
1298 : : }
1299 [ - + ]: 13607330 : Assert(written == write_len);
1300 : :
1301 : : /*
1302 : : * If this was an xlog-switch, it's not enough to write the switch record,
1303 : : * we also have to consume all the remaining space in the WAL segment. We
1304 : : * have already reserved that space, but we need to actually fill it.
1305 : : */
2399 andres@anarazel.de 1306 [ + + + - ]: 13607330 : if (isLogSwitch && XLogSegmentOffset(CurrPos, wal_segment_size) != 0)
1307 : : {
1308 : : /* An xlog-switch record doesn't contain any data besides the header */
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 1309 [ - + ]: 295 : Assert(write_len == SizeOfXLogRecord);
1310 : :
1311 : : /* Assert that we did reserve the right amount of space */
2399 andres@anarazel.de 1312 [ - + ]: 295 : Assert(XLogSegmentOffset(EndPos, wal_segment_size) == 0);
1313 : :
1314 : : /* Use up all the remaining space on the current page */
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 1315 : 295 : CurrPos += freespace;
1316 : :
1317 : : /*
1318 : : * Cause all remaining pages in the segment to be flushed, leaving the
1319 : : * XLog position where it should be, at the start of the next segment.
1320 : : * We do this one page at a time, to make sure we don't deadlock
1321 : : * against ourselves if wal_buffers < wal_segment_size.
1322 : : */
1323 [ + + ]: 467819 : while (CurrPos < EndPos)
1324 : : {
1325 : : /*
1326 : : * The minimal action to flush the page would be to call
1327 : : * WALInsertLockUpdateInsertingAt(CurrPos) followed by
1328 : : * AdvanceXLInsertBuffer(...). The page would be left initialized
1329 : : * mostly to zeros, except for the page header (always the short
1330 : : * variant, as this is never a segment's first page).
1331 : : *
1332 : : * The large vistas of zeros are good for compressibility, but the
1333 : : * headers interrupting them every XLOG_BLCKSZ (with values that
1334 : : * differ from page to page) are not. The effect varies with
1335 : : * compression tool, but bzip2 for instance compresses about an
1336 : : * order of magnitude worse if those headers are left in place.
1337 : : *
1338 : : * Rather than complicating AdvanceXLInsertBuffer itself (which is
1339 : : * called in heavily-loaded circumstances as well as this lightly-
1340 : : * loaded one) with variant behavior, we just use GetXLogBuffer
1341 : : * (which itself calls the two methods we need) to get the pointer
1342 : : * and zero most of the page. Then we just zero the page header.
1343 : : */
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 1344 : 467524 : currpos = GetXLogBuffer(CurrPos, tli);
2207 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1345 [ + - + - : 1870096 : MemSet(currpos, 0, SizeOfXLogShortPHD);
+ - + - +
+ ]
1346 : :
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 1347 : 467524 : CurrPos += XLOG_BLCKSZ;
1348 : : }
1349 : : }
1350 : : else
1351 : : {
1352 : : /* Align the end position, so that the next record starts aligned */
3433 1353 : 13607035 : CurrPos = MAXALIGN64(CurrPos);
1354 : : }
1355 : :
3933 1356 [ - + ]: 13607330 : if (CurrPos != EndPos)
11 dgustafsson@postgres 1357 [ # # ]:UNC 0 : ereport(PANIC,
1358 : : errcode(ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED),
1359 : : errmsg_internal("space reserved for WAL record does not match what was written"));
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 1360 :CBC 13607330 : }
1361 : :
1362 : : /*
1363 : : * Acquire a WAL insertion lock, for inserting to WAL.
1364 : : */
1365 : : static void
3677 1366 : 13612731 : WALInsertLockAcquire(void)
1367 : : {
1368 : : bool immed;
1369 : :
1370 : : /*
1371 : : * It doesn't matter which of the WAL insertion locks we acquire, so try
1372 : : * the one we used last time. If the system isn't particularly busy, it's
1373 : : * a good bet that it's still available, and it's good to have some
1374 : : * affinity to a particular lock so that you don't unnecessarily bounce
1375 : : * cache lines between processes when there's no contention.
1376 : : *
1377 : : * If this is the first time through in this backend, pick a lock
1378 : : * (semi-)randomly. This allows the locks to be used evenly if you have a
1379 : : * lot of very short connections.
1380 : : */
1381 : : static int lockToTry = -1;
1382 : :
1383 [ + + ]: 13612731 : if (lockToTry == -1)
52 heikki.linnakangas@i 1384 :GNC 6750 : lockToTry = MyProcNumber % NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS;
3677 heikki.linnakangas@i 1385 :CBC 13612731 : MyLockNo = lockToTry;
1386 : :
1387 : : /*
1388 : : * The insertingAt value is initially set to 0, as we don't know our
1389 : : * insert location yet.
1390 : : */
3180 andres@anarazel.de 1391 : 13612731 : immed = LWLockAcquire(&WALInsertLocks[MyLockNo].l.lock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
3677 heikki.linnakangas@i 1392 [ + + ]: 13612731 : if (!immed)
1393 : : {
1394 : : /*
1395 : : * If we couldn't get the lock immediately, try another lock next
1396 : : * time. On a system with more insertion locks than concurrent
1397 : : * inserters, this causes all the inserters to eventually migrate to a
1398 : : * lock that no-one else is using. On a system with more inserters
1399 : : * than locks, it still helps to distribute the inserters evenly
1400 : : * across the locks.
1401 : : */
3483 1402 : 904 : lockToTry = (lockToTry + 1) % NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS;
1403 : : }
3933 1404 : 13612731 : }
1405 : :
1406 : : /*
1407 : : * Acquire all WAL insertion locks, to prevent other backends from inserting
1408 : : * to WAL.
1409 : : */
1410 : : static void
3677 1411 : 3255 : WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive(void)
1412 : : {
1413 : : int i;
1414 : :
1415 : : /*
1416 : : * When holding all the locks, all but the last lock's insertingAt
1417 : : * indicator is set to 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF, which is higher than any real
1418 : : * XLogRecPtr value, to make sure that no-one blocks waiting on those.
1419 : : */
3483 1420 [ + + ]: 26040 : for (i = 0; i < NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS - 1; i++)
1421 : : {
3180 andres@anarazel.de 1422 : 22785 : LWLockAcquire(&WALInsertLocks[i].l.lock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
1423 : 22785 : LWLockUpdateVar(&WALInsertLocks[i].l.lock,
1424 : 22785 : &WALInsertLocks[i].l.insertingAt,
1425 : : PG_UINT64_MAX);
1426 : : }
1427 : : /* Variable value reset to 0 at release */
1428 : 3255 : LWLockAcquire(&WALInsertLocks[i].l.lock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
1429 : :
3677 heikki.linnakangas@i 1430 : 3255 : holdingAllLocks = true;
3933 1431 : 3255 : }
1432 : :
1433 : : /*
1434 : : * Release our insertion lock (or locks, if we're holding them all).
1435 : : *
1436 : : * NB: Reset all variables to 0, so they cause LWLockWaitForVar to block the
1437 : : * next time the lock is acquired.
1438 : : */
1439 : : static void
3677 1440 : 13615986 : WALInsertLockRelease(void)
1441 : : {
1442 [ + + ]: 13615986 : if (holdingAllLocks)
1443 : : {
1444 : : int i;
1445 : :
3483 1446 [ + + ]: 29295 : for (i = 0; i < NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS; i++)
3180 andres@anarazel.de 1447 : 26040 : LWLockReleaseClearVar(&WALInsertLocks[i].l.lock,
1448 : 26040 : &WALInsertLocks[i].l.insertingAt,
1449 : : 0);
1450 : :
3677 heikki.linnakangas@i 1451 : 3255 : holdingAllLocks = false;
1452 : : }
1453 : : else
1454 : : {
3180 andres@anarazel.de 1455 : 13612731 : LWLockReleaseClearVar(&WALInsertLocks[MyLockNo].l.lock,
1456 : 13612731 : &WALInsertLocks[MyLockNo].l.insertingAt,
1457 : : 0);
1458 : : }
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 1459 : 13615986 : }
1460 : :
1461 : : /*
1462 : : * Update our insertingAt value, to let others know that we've finished
1463 : : * inserting up to that point.
1464 : : */
1465 : : static void
3677 1466 : 683968 : WALInsertLockUpdateInsertingAt(XLogRecPtr insertingAt)
1467 : : {
1468 [ + + ]: 683968 : if (holdingAllLocks)
1469 : : {
1470 : : /*
1471 : : * We use the last lock to mark our actual position, see comments in
1472 : : * WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive.
1473 : : */
3483 1474 : 465303 : LWLockUpdateVar(&WALInsertLocks[NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS - 1].l.lock,
2489 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1475 : 465303 : &WALInsertLocks[NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS - 1].l.insertingAt,
1476 : : insertingAt);
1477 : : }
1478 : : else
3677 heikki.linnakangas@i 1479 : 218665 : LWLockUpdateVar(&WALInsertLocks[MyLockNo].l.lock,
1480 : 218665 : &WALInsertLocks[MyLockNo].l.insertingAt,
1481 : : insertingAt);
3933 1482 : 683968 : }
1483 : :
1484 : : /*
1485 : : * Wait for any WAL insertions < upto to finish.
1486 : : *
1487 : : * Returns the location of the oldest insertion that is still in-progress.
1488 : : * Any WAL prior to that point has been fully copied into WAL buffers, and
1489 : : * can be flushed out to disk. Because this waits for any insertions older
1490 : : * than 'upto' to finish, the return value is always >= 'upto'.
1491 : : *
1492 : : * Note: When you are about to write out WAL, you must call this function
1493 : : * *before* acquiring WALWriteLock, to avoid deadlocks. This function might
1494 : : * need to wait for an insertion to finish (or at least advance to next
1495 : : * uninitialized page), and the inserter might need to evict an old WAL buffer
1496 : : * to make room for a new one, which in turn requires WALWriteLock.
1497 : : */
1498 : : static XLogRecPtr
1499 : 641343 : WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish(XLogRecPtr upto)
1500 : : {
1501 : : uint64 bytepos;
1502 : : XLogRecPtr inserted;
1503 : : XLogRecPtr reservedUpto;
1504 : : XLogRecPtr finishedUpto;
3492 andres@anarazel.de 1505 : 641343 : XLogCtlInsert *Insert = &XLogCtl->Insert;
1506 : : int i;
1507 : :
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 1508 [ - + ]: 641343 : if (MyProc == NULL)
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 1509 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : elog(PANIC, "cannot wait without a PGPROC structure");
1510 : :
1511 : : /*
1512 : : * Check if there's any work to do. Use a barrier to ensure we get the
1513 : : * freshest value.
1514 : : */
7 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 1515 :GNC 641343 : inserted = pg_atomic_read_membarrier_u64(&XLogCtl->logInsertResult);
1516 [ + + ]: 641343 : if (upto <= inserted)
1517 : 474598 : return inserted;
1518 : :
1519 : : /* Read the current insert position */
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 1520 [ + + ]:CBC 166745 : SpinLockAcquire(&Insert->insertpos_lck);
1521 : 166745 : bytepos = Insert->CurrBytePos;
1522 : 166745 : SpinLockRelease(&Insert->insertpos_lck);
1523 : 166745 : reservedUpto = XLogBytePosToEndRecPtr(bytepos);
1524 : :
1525 : : /*
1526 : : * No-one should request to flush a piece of WAL that hasn't even been
1527 : : * reserved yet. However, it can happen if there is a block with a bogus
1528 : : * LSN on disk, for example. XLogFlush checks for that situation and
1529 : : * complains, but only after the flush. Here we just assume that to mean
1530 : : * that all WAL that has been reserved needs to be finished. In this
1531 : : * corner-case, the return value can be smaller than 'upto' argument.
1532 : : */
1533 [ - + ]: 166745 : if (upto > reservedUpto)
1534 : : {
1227 peter@eisentraut.org 1535 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(LOG,
1536 : : (errmsg("request to flush past end of generated WAL; request %X/%X, current position %X/%X",
1537 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(upto), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(reservedUpto))));
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 1538 : 0 : upto = reservedUpto;
1539 : : }
1540 : :
1541 : : /*
1542 : : * Loop through all the locks, sleeping on any in-progress insert older
1543 : : * than 'upto'.
1544 : : *
1545 : : * finishedUpto is our return value, indicating the point upto which all
1546 : : * the WAL insertions have been finished. Initialize it to the head of
1547 : : * reserved WAL, and as we iterate through the insertion locks, back it
1548 : : * out for any insertion that's still in progress.
1549 : : */
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 1550 :CBC 166745 : finishedUpto = reservedUpto;
3483 1551 [ + + ]: 1500705 : for (i = 0; i < NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS; i++)
1552 : : {
3631 bruce@momjian.us 1553 : 1333960 : XLogRecPtr insertingat = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
1554 : :
1555 : : do
1556 : : {
1557 : : /*
1558 : : * See if this insertion is in progress. LWLockWaitForVar will
1559 : : * wait for the lock to be released, or for the 'value' to be set
1560 : : * by a LWLockUpdateVar call. When a lock is initially acquired,
1561 : : * its value is 0 (InvalidXLogRecPtr), which means that we don't
1562 : : * know where it's inserting yet. We will have to wait for it. If
1563 : : * it's a small insertion, the record will most likely fit on the
1564 : : * same page and the inserter will release the lock without ever
1565 : : * calling LWLockUpdateVar. But if it has to sleep, it will
1566 : : * advertise the insertion point with LWLockUpdateVar before
1567 : : * sleeping.
1568 : : *
1569 : : * In this loop we are only waiting for insertions that started
1570 : : * before WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish was called. The lack of
1571 : : * memory barriers in the loop means that we might see locks as
1572 : : * "unused" that have since become used. This is fine because
1573 : : * they only can be used for later insertions that we would not
1574 : : * want to wait on anyway. Not taking a lock to acquire the
1575 : : * current insertingAt value means that we might see older
1576 : : * insertingAt values. This is also fine, because if we read a
1577 : : * value too old, we will add ourselves to the wait queue, which
1578 : : * contains atomic operations.
1579 : : */
3677 heikki.linnakangas@i 1580 [ + + ]: 1334368 : if (LWLockWaitForVar(&WALInsertLocks[i].l.lock,
1581 : 1334368 : &WALInsertLocks[i].l.insertingAt,
1582 : : insertingat, &insertingat))
1583 : : {
1584 : : /* the lock was free, so no insertion in progress */
1585 : 960975 : insertingat = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
1586 : 960975 : break;
1587 : : }
1588 : :
1589 : : /*
1590 : : * This insertion is still in progress. Have to wait, unless the
1591 : : * inserter has proceeded past 'upto'.
1592 : : */
1593 [ + + ]: 373393 : } while (insertingat < upto);
1594 : :
1595 [ + + + + ]: 1333960 : if (insertingat != InvalidXLogRecPtr && insertingat < finishedUpto)
1596 : 52208 : finishedUpto = insertingat;
1597 : : }
1598 : :
1599 : : /*
1600 : : * Advance the limit we know to have been inserted and return the freshest
1601 : : * value we know of, which might be beyond what we requested if somebody
1602 : : * is concurrently doing this with an 'upto' pointer ahead of us.
1603 : : */
7 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 1604 :GNC 166745 : finishedUpto = pg_atomic_monotonic_advance_u64(&XLogCtl->logInsertResult,
1605 : : finishedUpto);
1606 : :
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 1607 :CBC 166745 : return finishedUpto;
1608 : : }
1609 : :
1610 : : /*
1611 : : * Get a pointer to the right location in the WAL buffer containing the
1612 : : * given XLogRecPtr.
1613 : : *
1614 : : * If the page is not initialized yet, it is initialized. That might require
1615 : : * evicting an old dirty buffer from the buffer cache, which means I/O.
1616 : : *
1617 : : * The caller must ensure that the page containing the requested location
1618 : : * isn't evicted yet, and won't be evicted. The way to ensure that is to
1619 : : * hold onto a WAL insertion lock with the insertingAt position set to
1620 : : * something <= ptr. GetXLogBuffer() will update insertingAt if it needs
1621 : : * to evict an old page from the buffer. (This means that once you call
1622 : : * GetXLogBuffer() with a given 'ptr', you must not access anything before
1623 : : * that point anymore, and must not call GetXLogBuffer() with an older 'ptr'
1624 : : * later, because older buffers might be recycled already)
1625 : : */
1626 : : static char *
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 1627 : 14440206 : GetXLogBuffer(XLogRecPtr ptr, TimeLineID tli)
1628 : : {
1629 : : int idx;
1630 : : XLogRecPtr endptr;
1631 : : static uint64 cachedPage = 0;
1632 : : static char *cachedPos = NULL;
1633 : : XLogRecPtr expectedEndPtr;
1634 : :
1635 : : /*
1636 : : * Fast path for the common case that we need to access again the same
1637 : : * page as last time.
1638 : : */
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 1639 [ + + ]: 14440206 : if (ptr / XLOG_BLCKSZ == cachedPage)
1640 : : {
1641 [ - + ]: 13436384 : Assert(((XLogPageHeader) cachedPos)->xlp_magic == XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC);
1642 [ - + ]: 13436384 : Assert(((XLogPageHeader) cachedPos)->xlp_pageaddr == ptr - (ptr % XLOG_BLCKSZ));
1643 : 13436384 : return cachedPos + ptr % XLOG_BLCKSZ;
1644 : : }
1645 : :
1646 : : /*
1647 : : * The XLog buffer cache is organized so that a page is always loaded to a
1648 : : * particular buffer. That way we can easily calculate the buffer a given
1649 : : * page must be loaded into, from the XLogRecPtr alone.
1650 : : */
1651 : 1003822 : idx = XLogRecPtrToBufIdx(ptr);
1652 : :
1653 : : /*
1654 : : * See what page is loaded in the buffer at the moment. It could be the
1655 : : * page we're looking for, or something older. It can't be anything newer
1656 : : * - that would imply the page we're looking for has already been written
1657 : : * out to disk and evicted, and the caller is responsible for making sure
1658 : : * that doesn't happen.
1659 : : *
1660 : : * We don't hold a lock while we read the value. If someone is just about
1661 : : * to initialize or has just initialized the page, it's possible that we
1662 : : * get InvalidXLogRecPtr. That's ok, we'll grab the mapping lock (in
1663 : : * AdvanceXLInsertBuffer) and retry if we see anything other than the page
1664 : : * we're looking for.
1665 : : */
1666 : 1003822 : expectedEndPtr = ptr;
1667 : 1003822 : expectedEndPtr += XLOG_BLCKSZ - ptr % XLOG_BLCKSZ;
1668 : :
117 jdavis@postgresql.or 1669 :GNC 1003822 : endptr = pg_atomic_read_u64(&XLogCtl->xlblocks[idx]);
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 1670 [ + + ]:CBC 1003822 : if (expectedEndPtr != endptr)
1671 : : {
1672 : : XLogRecPtr initializedUpto;
1673 : :
1674 : : /*
1675 : : * Before calling AdvanceXLInsertBuffer(), which can block, let others
1676 : : * know how far we're finished with inserting the record.
1677 : : *
1678 : : * NB: If 'ptr' points to just after the page header, advertise a
1679 : : * position at the beginning of the page rather than 'ptr' itself. If
1680 : : * there are no other insertions running, someone might try to flush
1681 : : * up to our advertised location. If we advertised a position after
1682 : : * the page header, someone might try to flush the page header, even
1683 : : * though page might actually not be initialized yet. As the first
1684 : : * inserter on the page, we are effectively responsible for making
1685 : : * sure that it's initialized, before we let insertingAt to move past
1686 : : * the page header.
1687 : : */
3178 1688 [ + + ]: 683968 : if (ptr % XLOG_BLCKSZ == SizeOfXLogShortPHD &&
2399 andres@anarazel.de 1689 [ + - ]: 4483 : XLogSegmentOffset(ptr, wal_segment_size) > XLOG_BLCKSZ)
3178 heikki.linnakangas@i 1690 : 4483 : initializedUpto = ptr - SizeOfXLogShortPHD;
1691 [ + + ]: 679485 : else if (ptr % XLOG_BLCKSZ == SizeOfXLogLongPHD &&
2399 andres@anarazel.de 1692 [ + + ]: 462 : XLogSegmentOffset(ptr, wal_segment_size) < XLOG_BLCKSZ)
3178 heikki.linnakangas@i 1693 : 299 : initializedUpto = ptr - SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
1694 : : else
1695 : 679186 : initializedUpto = ptr;
1696 : :
1697 : 683968 : WALInsertLockUpdateInsertingAt(initializedUpto);
1698 : :
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 1699 : 683968 : AdvanceXLInsertBuffer(ptr, tli, false);
117 jdavis@postgresql.or 1700 :GNC 683968 : endptr = pg_atomic_read_u64(&XLogCtl->xlblocks[idx]);
1701 : :
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 1702 [ - + ]:CBC 683968 : if (expectedEndPtr != endptr)
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 1703 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : elog(PANIC, "could not find WAL buffer for %X/%X",
1704 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(ptr));
1705 : : }
1706 : : else
1707 : : {
1708 : : /*
1709 : : * Make sure the initialization of the page is visible to us, and
1710 : : * won't arrive later to overwrite the WAL data we write on the page.
1711 : : */
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 1712 :CBC 319854 : pg_memory_barrier();
1713 : : }
1714 : :
1715 : : /*
1716 : : * Found the buffer holding this page. Return a pointer to the right
1717 : : * offset within the page.
1718 : : */
1719 : 1003822 : cachedPage = ptr / XLOG_BLCKSZ;
1720 : 1003822 : cachedPos = XLogCtl->pages + idx * (Size) XLOG_BLCKSZ;
1721 : :
1722 [ - + ]: 1003822 : Assert(((XLogPageHeader) cachedPos)->xlp_magic == XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC);
1723 [ - + ]: 1003822 : Assert(((XLogPageHeader) cachedPos)->xlp_pageaddr == ptr - (ptr % XLOG_BLCKSZ));
1724 : :
1725 : 1003822 : return cachedPos + ptr % XLOG_BLCKSZ;
1726 : : }
1727 : :
1728 : : /*
1729 : : * Read WAL data directly from WAL buffers, if available. Returns the number
1730 : : * of bytes read successfully.
1731 : : *
1732 : : * Fewer than 'count' bytes may be read if some of the requested WAL data has
1733 : : * already been evicted.
1734 : : *
1735 : : * No locks are taken.
1736 : : *
1737 : : * Caller should ensure that it reads no further than LogwrtResult.Write
1738 : : * (which should have been updated by the caller when determining how far to
1739 : : * read). The 'tli' argument is only used as a convenient safety check so that
1740 : : * callers do not read from WAL buffers on a historical timeline.
1741 : : */
1742 : : Size
62 jdavis@postgresql.or 1743 :GNC 30959 : WALReadFromBuffers(char *dstbuf, XLogRecPtr startptr, Size count,
1744 : : TimeLineID tli)
1745 : : {
1746 : 30959 : char *pdst = dstbuf;
1747 : 30959 : XLogRecPtr recptr = startptr;
1748 : : XLogRecPtr inserted;
58 1749 : 30959 : Size nbytes = count;
1750 : :
62 1751 [ + + + + ]: 30959 : if (RecoveryInProgress() || tli != GetWALInsertionTimeLine())
1752 : 923 : return 0;
1753 : :
1754 [ - + ]: 30036 : Assert(!XLogRecPtrIsInvalid(startptr));
1755 : :
1756 : : /*
1757 : : * Caller should ensure that the requested data has been inserted into WAL
1758 : : * buffers before we try to read it.
1759 : : */
7 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 1760 : 30036 : inserted = pg_atomic_read_u64(&XLogCtl->logInsertResult);
1761 [ - + ]: 30036 : if (startptr + count > inserted)
7 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 1762 [ # # ]:UNC 0 : ereport(ERROR,
1763 : : errmsg("cannot read past end of generated WAL: requested %X/%X, current position %X/%X",
1764 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(startptr + count),
1765 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(inserted)));
1766 : :
1767 : : /*
1768 : : * Loop through the buffers without a lock. For each buffer, atomically
1769 : : * read and verify the end pointer, then copy the data out, and finally
1770 : : * re-read and re-verify the end pointer.
1771 : : *
1772 : : * Once a page is evicted, it never returns to the WAL buffers, so if the
1773 : : * end pointer matches the expected end pointer before and after we copy
1774 : : * the data, then the right page must have been present during the data
1775 : : * copy. Read barriers are necessary to ensure that the data copy actually
1776 : : * happens between the two verification steps.
1777 : : *
1778 : : * If either verification fails, we simply terminate the loop and return
1779 : : * with the data that had been already copied out successfully.
1780 : : */
62 jdavis@postgresql.or 1781 [ + + ]:GNC 73191 : while (nbytes > 0)
1782 : : {
1783 : 52916 : uint32 offset = recptr % XLOG_BLCKSZ;
1784 : 52916 : int idx = XLogRecPtrToBufIdx(recptr);
1785 : : XLogRecPtr expectedEndPtr;
1786 : : XLogRecPtr endptr;
1787 : : const char *page;
1788 : : const char *psrc;
1789 : : Size npagebytes;
1790 : :
1791 : : /*
1792 : : * Calculate the end pointer we expect in the xlblocks array if the
1793 : : * correct page is present.
1794 : : */
1795 : 52916 : expectedEndPtr = recptr + (XLOG_BLCKSZ - offset);
1796 : :
1797 : : /*
1798 : : * First verification step: check that the correct page is present in
1799 : : * the WAL buffers.
1800 : : */
1801 : 52916 : endptr = pg_atomic_read_u64(&XLogCtl->xlblocks[idx]);
1802 [ + + ]: 52916 : if (expectedEndPtr != endptr)
1803 : 9752 : break;
1804 : :
1805 : : /*
1806 : : * The correct page is present (or was at the time the endptr was
1807 : : * read; must re-verify later). Calculate pointer to source data and
1808 : : * determine how much data to read from this page.
1809 : : */
1810 : 43164 : page = XLogCtl->pages + idx * (Size) XLOG_BLCKSZ;
1811 : 43164 : psrc = page + offset;
1812 : 43164 : npagebytes = Min(nbytes, XLOG_BLCKSZ - offset);
1813 : :
1814 : : /*
1815 : : * Ensure that the data copy and the first verification step are not
1816 : : * reordered.
1817 : : */
1818 : 43164 : pg_read_barrier();
1819 : :
1820 : : /* data copy */
1821 : 43164 : memcpy(pdst, psrc, npagebytes);
1822 : :
1823 : : /*
1824 : : * Ensure that the data copy and the second verification step are not
1825 : : * reordered.
1826 : : */
1827 : 43164 : pg_read_barrier();
1828 : :
1829 : : /*
1830 : : * Second verification step: check that the page we read from wasn't
1831 : : * evicted while we were copying the data.
1832 : : */
1833 : 43164 : endptr = pg_atomic_read_u64(&XLogCtl->xlblocks[idx]);
1834 [ + + ]: 43164 : if (expectedEndPtr != endptr)
1835 : 9 : break;
1836 : :
1837 : 43155 : pdst += npagebytes;
1838 : 43155 : recptr += npagebytes;
1839 : 43155 : nbytes -= npagebytes;
1840 : : }
1841 : :
1842 [ - + ]: 30036 : Assert(pdst - dstbuf <= count);
1843 : :
1844 : 30036 : return pdst - dstbuf;
1845 : : }
1846 : :
1847 : : /*
1848 : : * Converts a "usable byte position" to XLogRecPtr. A usable byte position
1849 : : * is the position starting from the beginning of WAL, excluding all WAL
1850 : : * page headers.
1851 : : */
1852 : : static XLogRecPtr
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 1853 :CBC 27217531 : XLogBytePosToRecPtr(uint64 bytepos)
1854 : : {
1855 : : uint64 fullsegs;
1856 : : uint64 fullpages;
1857 : : uint64 bytesleft;
1858 : : uint32 seg_offset;
1859 : : XLogRecPtr result;
1860 : :
1861 : 27217531 : fullsegs = bytepos / UsableBytesInSegment;
1862 : 27217531 : bytesleft = bytepos % UsableBytesInSegment;
1863 : :
1864 [ + + ]: 27217531 : if (bytesleft < XLOG_BLCKSZ - SizeOfXLogLongPHD)
1865 : : {
1866 : : /* fits on first page of segment */
1867 : 47455 : seg_offset = bytesleft + SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
1868 : : }
1869 : : else
1870 : : {
1871 : : /* account for the first page on segment with long header */
1872 : 27170076 : seg_offset = XLOG_BLCKSZ;
1873 : 27170076 : bytesleft -= XLOG_BLCKSZ - SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
1874 : :
1875 : 27170076 : fullpages = bytesleft / UsableBytesInPage;
1876 : 27170076 : bytesleft = bytesleft % UsableBytesInPage;
1877 : :
1878 : 27170076 : seg_offset += fullpages * XLOG_BLCKSZ + bytesleft + SizeOfXLogShortPHD;
1879 : : }
1880 : :
2106 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 1881 : 27217531 : XLogSegNoOffsetToRecPtr(fullsegs, seg_offset, wal_segment_size, result);
1882 : :
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 1883 : 27217531 : return result;
1884 : : }
1885 : :
1886 : : /*
1887 : : * Like XLogBytePosToRecPtr, but if the position is at a page boundary,
1888 : : * returns a pointer to the beginning of the page (ie. before page header),
1889 : : * not to where the first xlog record on that page would go to. This is used
1890 : : * when converting a pointer to the end of a record.
1891 : : */
1892 : : static XLogRecPtr
1893 : 13774425 : XLogBytePosToEndRecPtr(uint64 bytepos)
1894 : : {
1895 : : uint64 fullsegs;
1896 : : uint64 fullpages;
1897 : : uint64 bytesleft;
1898 : : uint32 seg_offset;
1899 : : XLogRecPtr result;
1900 : :
1901 : 13774425 : fullsegs = bytepos / UsableBytesInSegment;
1902 : 13774425 : bytesleft = bytepos % UsableBytesInSegment;
1903 : :
1904 [ + + ]: 13774425 : if (bytesleft < XLOG_BLCKSZ - SizeOfXLogLongPHD)
1905 : : {
1906 : : /* fits on first page of segment */
1907 [ + + ]: 70440 : if (bytesleft == 0)
1908 : 46128 : seg_offset = 0;
1909 : : else
1910 : 24312 : seg_offset = bytesleft + SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
1911 : : }
1912 : : else
1913 : : {
1914 : : /* account for the first page on segment with long header */
1915 : 13703985 : seg_offset = XLOG_BLCKSZ;
1916 : 13703985 : bytesleft -= XLOG_BLCKSZ - SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
1917 : :
1918 : 13703985 : fullpages = bytesleft / UsableBytesInPage;
1919 : 13703985 : bytesleft = bytesleft % UsableBytesInPage;
1920 : :
1921 [ + + ]: 13703985 : if (bytesleft == 0)
1922 : 13366 : seg_offset += fullpages * XLOG_BLCKSZ + bytesleft;
1923 : : else
1924 : 13690619 : seg_offset += fullpages * XLOG_BLCKSZ + bytesleft + SizeOfXLogShortPHD;
1925 : : }
1926 : :
2106 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 1927 : 13774425 : XLogSegNoOffsetToRecPtr(fullsegs, seg_offset, wal_segment_size, result);
1928 : :
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 1929 : 13774425 : return result;
1930 : : }
1931 : :
1932 : : /*
1933 : : * Convert an XLogRecPtr to a "usable byte position".
1934 : : */
1935 : : static uint64
1936 : 40823743 : XLogRecPtrToBytePos(XLogRecPtr ptr)
1937 : : {
1938 : : uint64 fullsegs;
1939 : : uint32 fullpages;
1940 : : uint32 offset;
1941 : : uint64 result;
1942 : :
2399 andres@anarazel.de 1943 : 40823743 : XLByteToSeg(ptr, fullsegs, wal_segment_size);
1944 : :
1945 : 40823743 : fullpages = (XLogSegmentOffset(ptr, wal_segment_size)) / XLOG_BLCKSZ;
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 1946 : 40823743 : offset = ptr % XLOG_BLCKSZ;
1947 : :
1948 [ + + ]: 40823743 : if (fullpages == 0)
1949 : : {
1950 : 71547 : result = fullsegs * UsableBytesInSegment;
1951 [ + + ]: 71547 : if (offset > 0)
1952 : : {
1953 [ - + ]: 70925 : Assert(offset >= SizeOfXLogLongPHD);
1954 : 70925 : result += offset - SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
1955 : : }
1956 : : }
1957 : : else
1958 : : {
1959 : 40752196 : result = fullsegs * UsableBytesInSegment +
3631 bruce@momjian.us 1960 : 40752196 : (XLOG_BLCKSZ - SizeOfXLogLongPHD) + /* account for first page */
2489 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1961 : 40752196 : (fullpages - 1) * UsableBytesInPage; /* full pages */
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 1962 [ + + ]: 40752196 : if (offset > 0)
1963 : : {
1964 [ - + ]: 40738923 : Assert(offset >= SizeOfXLogShortPHD);
1965 : 40738923 : result += offset - SizeOfXLogShortPHD;
1966 : : }
1967 : : }
1968 : :
1969 : 40823743 : return result;
1970 : : }
1971 : :
1972 : : /*
1973 : : * Initialize XLOG buffers, writing out old buffers if they still contain
1974 : : * unwritten data, upto the page containing 'upto'. Or if 'opportunistic' is
1975 : : * true, initialize as many pages as we can without having to write out
1976 : : * unwritten data. Any new pages are initialized to zeros, with pages headers
1977 : : * initialized properly.
1978 : : */
1979 : : static void
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 1980 : 687587 : AdvanceXLInsertBuffer(XLogRecPtr upto, TimeLineID tli, bool opportunistic)
1981 : : {
8433 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1982 : 687587 : XLogCtlInsert *Insert = &XLogCtl->Insert;
1983 : : int nextidx;
1984 : : XLogRecPtr OldPageRqstPtr;
1985 : : XLogwrtRqst WriteRqst;
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 1986 : 687587 : XLogRecPtr NewPageEndPtr = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
1987 : : XLogRecPtr NewPageBeginPtr;
1988 : : XLogPageHeader NewPage;
572 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1989 : 687587 : int npages pg_attribute_unused() = 0;
1990 : :
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 1991 : 687587 : LWLockAcquire(WALBufMappingLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
1992 : :
1993 : : /*
1994 : : * Now that we have the lock, check if someone initialized the page
1995 : : * already.
1996 : : */
3924 1997 [ + + + + ]: 2141357 : while (upto >= XLogCtl->InitializedUpTo || opportunistic)
1998 : : {
1999 : 1457389 : nextidx = XLogRecPtrToBufIdx(XLogCtl->InitializedUpTo);
2000 : :
2001 : : /*
2002 : : * Get ending-offset of the buffer page we need to replace (this may
2003 : : * be zero if the buffer hasn't been used yet). Fall through if it's
2004 : : * already written out.
2005 : : */
117 jdavis@postgresql.or 2006 :GNC 1457389 : OldPageRqstPtr = pg_atomic_read_u64(&XLogCtl->xlblocks[nextidx]);
4125 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 2007 [ + + ]:CBC 1457389 : if (LogwrtResult.Write < OldPageRqstPtr)
2008 : : {
2009 : : /*
2010 : : * Nope, got work to do. If we just want to pre-initialize as much
2011 : : * as we can without flushing, give up now.
2012 : : */
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 2013 [ + + ]: 532187 : if (opportunistic)
2014 : 3619 : break;
2015 : :
2016 : : /* Advance shared memory write request position */
3492 andres@anarazel.de 2017 [ + + ]: 528568 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
2018 [ + + ]: 528568 : if (XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Write < OldPageRqstPtr)
2019 : 441311 : XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Write = OldPageRqstPtr;
2020 : 528568 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
2021 : :
2022 : : /*
2023 : : * Acquire an up-to-date LogwrtResult value and see if we still
2024 : : * need to write it or if someone else already did.
2025 : : */
9 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 2026 :GNC 528568 : RefreshXLogWriteResult(LogwrtResult);
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 2027 [ + + ]:CBC 528568 : if (LogwrtResult.Write < OldPageRqstPtr)
2028 : : {
2029 : : /*
2030 : : * Must acquire write lock. Release WALBufMappingLock first,
2031 : : * to make sure that all insertions that we need to wait for
2032 : : * can finish (up to this same position). Otherwise we risk
2033 : : * deadlock.
2034 : : */
2035 : 525751 : LWLockRelease(WALBufMappingLock);
2036 : :
2037 : 525751 : WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish(OldPageRqstPtr);
2038 : :
2039 : 525751 : LWLockAcquire(WALWriteLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
2040 : :
11 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 2041 :GNC 525751 : RefreshXLogWriteResult(LogwrtResult);
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 2042 [ + + ]:CBC 525751 : if (LogwrtResult.Write >= OldPageRqstPtr)
2043 : : {
2044 : : /* OK, someone wrote it already */
2045 : 1282 : LWLockRelease(WALWriteLock);
2046 : : }
2047 : : else
2048 : : {
2049 : : /* Have to write it ourselves */
2050 : : TRACE_POSTGRESQL_WAL_BUFFER_WRITE_DIRTY_START();
2051 : 524469 : WriteRqst.Write = OldPageRqstPtr;
2052 : 524469 : WriteRqst.Flush = 0;
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 2053 : 524469 : XLogWrite(WriteRqst, tli, false);
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 2054 : 524469 : LWLockRelease(WALWriteLock);
739 andres@anarazel.de 2055 : 524469 : PendingWalStats.wal_buffers_full++;
2056 : : TRACE_POSTGRESQL_WAL_BUFFER_WRITE_DIRTY_DONE();
2057 : : }
2058 : : /* Re-acquire WALBufMappingLock and retry */
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 2059 : 525751 : LWLockAcquire(WALBufMappingLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
2060 : 525751 : continue;
2061 : : }
2062 : : }
2063 : :
2064 : : /*
2065 : : * Now the next buffer slot is free and we can set it up to be the
2066 : : * next output page.
2067 : : */
3924 2068 : 928019 : NewPageBeginPtr = XLogCtl->InitializedUpTo;
3933 2069 : 928019 : NewPageEndPtr = NewPageBeginPtr + XLOG_BLCKSZ;
2070 : :
2071 [ - + ]: 928019 : Assert(XLogRecPtrToBufIdx(NewPageBeginPtr) == nextidx);
2072 : :
2073 : 928019 : NewPage = (XLogPageHeader) (XLogCtl->pages + nextidx * (Size) XLOG_BLCKSZ);
2074 : :
2075 : : /*
2076 : : * Mark the xlblock with InvalidXLogRecPtr and issue a write barrier
2077 : : * before initializing. Otherwise, the old page may be partially
2078 : : * zeroed but look valid.
2079 : : */
117 jdavis@postgresql.or 2080 :GNC 928019 : pg_atomic_write_u64(&XLogCtl->xlblocks[nextidx], InvalidXLogRecPtr);
2081 : 928019 : pg_write_barrier();
2082 : :
2083 : : /*
2084 : : * Be sure to re-zero the buffer so that bytes beyond what we've
2085 : : * written will look like zeroes and not valid XLOG records...
2086 : : */
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 2087 [ + - + - :CBC 928019 : MemSet((char *) NewPage, 0, XLOG_BLCKSZ);
+ - - + -
- ]
2088 : :
2089 : : /*
2090 : : * Fill the new page's header
2091 : : */
3249 bruce@momjian.us 2092 : 928019 : NewPage->xlp_magic = XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC;
2093 : :
2094 : : /* NewPage->xlp_info = 0; */ /* done by memset */
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 2095 : 928019 : NewPage->xlp_tli = tli;
3249 bruce@momjian.us 2096 : 928019 : NewPage->xlp_pageaddr = NewPageBeginPtr;
2097 : :
2098 : : /* NewPage->xlp_rem_len = 0; */ /* done by memset */
2099 : :
2100 : : /*
2101 : : * If online backup is not in progress, mark the header to indicate
2102 : : * that WAL records beginning in this page have removable backup
2103 : : * blocks. This allows the WAL archiver to know whether it is safe to
2104 : : * compress archived WAL data by transforming full-block records into
2105 : : * the non-full-block format. It is sufficient to record this at the
2106 : : * page level because we force a page switch (in fact a segment
2107 : : * switch) when starting a backup, so the flag will be off before any
2108 : : * records can be written during the backup. At the end of a backup,
2109 : : * the last page will be marked as all unsafe when perhaps only part
2110 : : * is unsafe, but at worst the archiver would miss the opportunity to
2111 : : * compress a few records.
2112 : : */
543 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 2113 [ + + ]: 928019 : if (Insert->runningBackups == 0)
3249 bruce@momjian.us 2114 : 789859 : NewPage->xlp_info |= XLP_BKP_REMOVABLE;
2115 : :
2116 : : /*
2117 : : * If first page of an XLOG segment file, make it a long header.
2118 : : */
2399 andres@anarazel.de 2119 [ + + ]: 928019 : if ((XLogSegmentOffset(NewPage->xlp_pageaddr, wal_segment_size)) == 0)
2120 : : {
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 2121 : 794 : XLogLongPageHeader NewLongPage = (XLogLongPageHeader) NewPage;
2122 : :
2123 : 794 : NewLongPage->xlp_sysid = ControlFile->system_identifier;
2399 andres@anarazel.de 2124 : 794 : NewLongPage->xlp_seg_size = wal_segment_size;
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 2125 : 794 : NewLongPage->xlp_xlog_blcksz = XLOG_BLCKSZ;
3249 bruce@momjian.us 2126 : 794 : NewPage->xlp_info |= XLP_LONG_HEADER;
2127 : : }
2128 : :
2129 : : /*
2130 : : * Make sure the initialization of the page becomes visible to others
2131 : : * before the xlblocks update. GetXLogBuffer() reads xlblocks without
2132 : : * holding a lock.
2133 : : */
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 2134 : 928019 : pg_write_barrier();
2135 : :
117 jdavis@postgresql.or 2136 :GNC 928019 : pg_atomic_write_u64(&XLogCtl->xlblocks[nextidx], NewPageEndPtr);
3924 heikki.linnakangas@i 2137 :CBC 928019 : XLogCtl->InitializedUpTo = NewPageEndPtr;
2138 : :
3933 2139 : 928019 : npages++;
2140 : : }
2141 : 687587 : LWLockRelease(WALBufMappingLock);
2142 : :
2143 : : #ifdef WAL_DEBUG
2144 : : if (XLOG_DEBUG && npages > 0)
2145 : : {
2146 : : elog(DEBUG1, "initialized %d pages, up to %X/%X",
2147 : : npages, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(NewPageEndPtr));
2148 : : }
2149 : : #endif
8966 vadim4o@yahoo.com 2150 : 687587 : }
2151 : :
2152 : : /*
2153 : : * Calculate CheckPointSegments based on max_wal_size_mb and
2154 : : * checkpoint_completion_target.
2155 : : */
2156 : : static void
3338 heikki.linnakangas@i 2157 : 6957 : CalculateCheckpointSegments(void)
2158 : : {
2159 : : double target;
2160 : :
2161 : : /*-------
2162 : : * Calculate the distance at which to trigger a checkpoint, to avoid
2163 : : * exceeding max_wal_size_mb. This is based on two assumptions:
2164 : : *
2165 : : * a) we keep WAL for only one checkpoint cycle (prior to PG11 we kept
2166 : : * WAL for two checkpoint cycles to allow us to recover from the
2167 : : * secondary checkpoint if the first checkpoint failed, though we
2168 : : * only did this on the primary anyway, not on standby. Keeping just
2169 : : * one checkpoint simplifies processing and reduces disk space in
2170 : : * many smaller databases.)
2171 : : * b) during checkpoint, we consume checkpoint_completion_target *
2172 : : * number of segments consumed between checkpoints.
2173 : : *-------
2174 : : */
2399 andres@anarazel.de 2175 : 6957 : target = (double) ConvertToXSegs(max_wal_size_mb, wal_segment_size) /
2350 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 2176 : 6957 : (1.0 + CheckPointCompletionTarget);
2177 : :
2178 : : /* round down */
3338 heikki.linnakangas@i 2179 : 6957 : CheckPointSegments = (int) target;
2180 : :
2181 [ + + ]: 6957 : if (CheckPointSegments < 1)
2182 : 9 : CheckPointSegments = 1;
2183 : 6957 : }
2184 : :
2185 : : void
2186 : 5203 : assign_max_wal_size(int newval, void *extra)
2187 : : {
2567 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 2188 : 5203 : max_wal_size_mb = newval;
3338 heikki.linnakangas@i 2189 : 5203 : CalculateCheckpointSegments();
2190 : 5203 : }
2191 : :
2192 : : void
2193 : 928 : assign_checkpoint_completion_target(double newval, void *extra)
2194 : : {
2195 : 928 : CheckPointCompletionTarget = newval;
2196 : 928 : CalculateCheckpointSegments();
2197 : 928 : }
2198 : :
2199 : : bool
230 peter@eisentraut.org 2200 :GNC 1794 : check_wal_segment_size(int *newval, void **extra, GucSource source)
2201 : : {
2202 [ + - + - : 1794 : if (!IsValidWalSegSize(*newval))
+ - - + ]
2203 : : {
230 peter@eisentraut.org 2204 :UNC 0 : GUC_check_errdetail("The WAL segment size must be a power of two between 1 MB and 1 GB.");
2205 : 0 : return false;
2206 : : }
2207 : :
230 peter@eisentraut.org 2208 :GNC 1794 : return true;
2209 : : }
2210 : :
2211 : : /*
2212 : : * GUC check_hook for max_slot_wal_keep_size
2213 : : *
2214 : : * We don't allow the value of max_slot_wal_keep_size other than -1 during the
2215 : : * binary upgrade. See start_postmaster() in pg_upgrade for more details.
2216 : : */
2217 : : bool
156 akapila@postgresql.o 2218 : 1032 : check_max_slot_wal_keep_size(int *newval, void **extra, GucSource source)
2219 : : {
2220 [ + + - + ]: 1032 : if (IsBinaryUpgrade && *newval != -1)
2221 : : {
156 akapila@postgresql.o 2222 :UNC 0 : GUC_check_errdetail("\"%s\" must be set to -1 during binary upgrade mode.",
2223 : : "max_slot_wal_keep_size");
2224 : 0 : return false;
2225 : : }
2226 : :
156 akapila@postgresql.o 2227 :GNC 1032 : return true;
2228 : : }
2229 : :
2230 : : /*
2231 : : * At a checkpoint, how many WAL segments to recycle as preallocated future
2232 : : * XLOG segments? Returns the highest segment that should be preallocated.
2233 : : */
2234 : : static XLogSegNo
1579 michael@paquier.xyz 2235 :CBC 1148 : XLOGfileslop(XLogRecPtr lastredoptr)
2236 : : {
2237 : : XLogSegNo minSegNo;
2238 : : XLogSegNo maxSegNo;
2239 : : double distance;
2240 : : XLogSegNo recycleSegNo;
2241 : :
2242 : : /*
2243 : : * Calculate the segment numbers that min_wal_size_mb and max_wal_size_mb
2244 : : * correspond to. Always recycle enough segments to meet the minimum, and
2245 : : * remove enough segments to stay below the maximum.
2246 : : */
2247 : 1148 : minSegNo = lastredoptr / wal_segment_size +
2399 andres@anarazel.de 2248 : 1148 : ConvertToXSegs(min_wal_size_mb, wal_segment_size) - 1;
1579 michael@paquier.xyz 2249 : 1148 : maxSegNo = lastredoptr / wal_segment_size +
2399 andres@anarazel.de 2250 : 1148 : ConvertToXSegs(max_wal_size_mb, wal_segment_size) - 1;
2251 : :
2252 : : /*
2253 : : * Between those limits, recycle enough segments to get us through to the
2254 : : * estimated end of next checkpoint.
2255 : : *
2256 : : * To estimate where the next checkpoint will finish, assume that the
2257 : : * system runs steadily consuming CheckPointDistanceEstimate bytes between
2258 : : * every checkpoint.
2259 : : */
2350 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 2260 : 1148 : distance = (1.0 + CheckPointCompletionTarget) * CheckPointDistanceEstimate;
2261 : : /* add 10% for good measure. */
3338 heikki.linnakangas@i 2262 : 1148 : distance *= 1.10;
2263 : :
1579 michael@paquier.xyz 2264 : 1148 : recycleSegNo = (XLogSegNo) ceil(((double) lastredoptr + distance) /
2265 : : wal_segment_size);
2266 : :
3338 heikki.linnakangas@i 2267 [ + + ]: 1148 : if (recycleSegNo < minSegNo)
2268 : 952 : recycleSegNo = minSegNo;
2269 [ + + ]: 1148 : if (recycleSegNo > maxSegNo)
2270 : 68 : recycleSegNo = maxSegNo;
2271 : :
2272 : 1148 : return recycleSegNo;
2273 : : }
2274 : :
2275 : : /*
2276 : : * Check whether we've consumed enough xlog space that a checkpoint is needed.
2277 : : *
2278 : : * new_segno indicates a log file that has just been filled up (or read
2279 : : * during recovery). We measure the distance from RedoRecPtr to new_segno
2280 : : * and see if that exceeds CheckPointSegments.
2281 : : *
2282 : : * Note: it is caller's responsibility that RedoRecPtr is up-to-date.
2283 : : */
2284 : : bool
4312 2285 : 1038 : XLogCheckpointNeeded(XLogSegNo new_segno)
2286 : : {
2287 : : XLogSegNo old_segno;
2288 : :
2399 andres@anarazel.de 2289 : 1038 : XLByteToSeg(RedoRecPtr, old_segno, wal_segment_size);
2290 : :
4312 heikki.linnakangas@i 2291 [ + + ]: 1038 : if (new_segno >= old_segno + (uint64) (CheckPointSegments - 1))
6029 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2292 : 172 : return true;
2293 : 866 : return false;
2294 : : }
2295 : :
2296 : : /*
2297 : : * Write and/or fsync the log at least as far as WriteRqst indicates.
2298 : : *
2299 : : * If flexible == true, we don't have to write as far as WriteRqst, but
2300 : : * may stop at any convenient boundary (such as a cache or logfile boundary).
2301 : : * This option allows us to avoid uselessly issuing multiple writes when a
2302 : : * single one would do.
2303 : : *
2304 : : * Must be called with WALWriteLock held. WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish(WriteRqst)
2305 : : * must be called before grabbing the lock, to make sure the data is ready to
2306 : : * write.
2307 : : */
2308 : : static void
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 2309 : 638833 : XLogWrite(XLogwrtRqst WriteRqst, TimeLineID tli, bool flexible)
2310 : : {
2311 : : bool ispartialpage;
2312 : : bool last_iteration;
2313 : : bool finishing_seg;
2314 : : int curridx;
2315 : : int npages;
2316 : : int startidx;
2317 : : uint32 startoffset;
2318 : :
2319 : : /* We should always be inside a critical section here */
6939 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2320 [ - + ]: 638833 : Assert(CritSectionCount > 0);
2321 : :
2322 : : /*
2323 : : * Update local LogwrtResult (caller probably did this already, but...)
2324 : : */
11 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 2325 :GNC 638833 : RefreshXLogWriteResult(LogwrtResult);
2326 : :
2327 : : /*
2328 : : * Since successive pages in the xlog cache are consecutively allocated,
2329 : : * we can usually gather multiple pages together and issue just one
2330 : : * write() call. npages is the number of pages we have determined can be
2331 : : * written together; startidx is the cache block index of the first one,
2332 : : * and startoffset is the file offset at which it should go. The latter
2333 : : * two variables are only valid when npages > 0, but we must initialize
2334 : : * all of them to keep the compiler quiet.
2335 : : */
6810 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2336 :CBC 638833 : npages = 0;
2337 : 638833 : startidx = 0;
2338 : 638833 : startoffset = 0;
2339 : :
2340 : : /*
2341 : : * Within the loop, curridx is the cache block index of the page to
2342 : : * consider writing. Begin at the buffer containing the next unwritten
2343 : : * page, or last partially written page.
2344 : : */
3924 heikki.linnakangas@i 2345 : 638833 : curridx = XLogRecPtrToBufIdx(LogwrtResult.Write);
2346 : :
4125 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 2347 [ + + ]: 1483647 : while (LogwrtResult.Write < WriteRqst.Write)
2348 : : {
2349 : : /*
2350 : : * Make sure we're not ahead of the insert process. This could happen
2351 : : * if we're passed a bogus WriteRqst.Write that is past the end of the
2352 : : * last page that's been initialized by AdvanceXLInsertBuffer.
2353 : : */
117 jdavis@postgresql.or 2354 :GNC 958716 : XLogRecPtr EndPtr = pg_atomic_read_u64(&XLogCtl->xlblocks[curridx]);
2355 : :
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 2356 [ - + ]:CBC 958716 : if (LogwrtResult.Write >= EndPtr)
7573 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2357 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : elog(PANIC, "xlog write request %X/%X is past end of log %X/%X",
2358 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(LogwrtResult.Write),
2359 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(EndPtr));
2360 : :
2361 : : /* Advance LogwrtResult.Write to end of current buffer page */
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 2362 :CBC 958716 : LogwrtResult.Write = EndPtr;
4125 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 2363 : 958716 : ispartialpage = WriteRqst.Write < LogwrtResult.Write;
2364 : :
2399 andres@anarazel.de 2365 [ + + ]: 958716 : if (!XLByteInPrevSeg(LogwrtResult.Write, openLogSegNo,
2366 : : wal_segment_size))
2367 : : {
2368 : : /*
2369 : : * Switch to new logfile segment. We cannot have any pending
2370 : : * pages here (since we dump what we have at segment end).
2371 : : */
6810 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2372 [ - + ]: 8192 : Assert(npages == 0);
8433 2373 [ + + ]: 8192 : if (openLogFile >= 0)
6513 bruce@momjian.us 2374 : 1885 : XLogFileClose();
2399 andres@anarazel.de 2375 : 8192 : XLByteToPrevSeg(LogwrtResult.Write, openLogSegNo,
2376 : : wal_segment_size);
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 2377 : 8192 : openLogTLI = tli;
2378 : :
2379 : : /* create/use new log file */
2380 : 8192 : openLogFile = XLogFileInit(openLogSegNo, tli);
1511 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2381 : 8192 : ReserveExternalFD();
2382 : : }
2383 : :
2384 : : /* Make sure we have the current logfile open */
8433 2385 [ - + ]: 958716 : if (openLogFile < 0)
2386 : : {
2399 andres@anarazel.de 2387 :UBC 0 : XLByteToPrevSeg(LogwrtResult.Write, openLogSegNo,
2388 : : wal_segment_size);
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 2389 : 0 : openLogTLI = tli;
2390 : 0 : openLogFile = XLogFileOpen(openLogSegNo, tli);
1511 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2391 : 0 : ReserveExternalFD();
2392 : : }
2393 : :
2394 : : /* Add current page to the set of pending pages-to-dump */
6810 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2395 [ + + ]:CBC 958716 : if (npages == 0)
2396 : : {
2397 : : /* first of group */
2398 : 643833 : startidx = curridx;
2399 andres@anarazel.de 2399 : 643833 : startoffset = XLogSegmentOffset(LogwrtResult.Write - XLOG_BLCKSZ,
2400 : : wal_segment_size);
2401 : : }
6810 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2402 : 958716 : npages++;
2403 : :
2404 : : /*
2405 : : * Dump the set if this will be the last loop iteration, or if we are
2406 : : * at the last page of the cache area (since the next page won't be
2407 : : * contiguous in memory), or if we are at the end of the logfile
2408 : : * segment.
2409 : : */
4125 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 2410 : 958716 : last_iteration = WriteRqst.Write <= LogwrtResult.Write;
2411 : :
6810 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2412 [ + + ]: 1806439 : finishing_seg = !ispartialpage &&
2399 andres@anarazel.de 2413 [ + + ]: 847723 : (startoffset + npages * XLOG_BLCKSZ) >= wal_segment_size;
2414 : :
6461 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2415 [ + + ]: 958716 : if (last_iteration ||
6810 2416 [ + + - + ]: 320367 : curridx == XLogCtl->XLogCacheBlck ||
2417 : : finishing_seg)
2418 : : {
2419 : : char *from;
2420 : : Size nbytes;
2421 : : Size nleft;
2422 : : ssize_t written;
2423 : : instr_time start;
2424 : :
2425 : : /* OK to write the page(s) */
6586 2426 : 643833 : from = XLogCtl->pages + startidx * (Size) XLOG_BLCKSZ;
2427 : 643833 : nbytes = npages * (Size) XLOG_BLCKSZ;
3940 heikki.linnakangas@i 2428 : 643833 : nleft = nbytes;
2429 : : do
2430 : : {
2431 : 643833 : errno = 0;
2432 : :
2433 : : /* Measure I/O timing to write WAL data */
1132 fujii@postgresql.org 2434 [ - + ]: 643833 : if (track_wal_io_timing)
1132 fujii@postgresql.org 2435 :UBC 0 : INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(start);
2436 : : else
450 andres@anarazel.de 2437 :CBC 643833 : INSTR_TIME_SET_ZERO(start);
2438 : :
2584 rhaas@postgresql.org 2439 : 643833 : pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_WAL_WRITE);
563 tmunro@postgresql.or 2440 : 643833 : written = pg_pwrite(openLogFile, from, nleft, startoffset);
2584 rhaas@postgresql.org 2441 : 643833 : pgstat_report_wait_end();
2442 : :
2443 : : /*
2444 : : * Increment the I/O timing and the number of times WAL data
2445 : : * were written out to disk.
2446 : : */
1132 fujii@postgresql.org 2447 [ - + ]: 643833 : if (track_wal_io_timing)
2448 : : {
2449 : : instr_time end;
2450 : :
212 dgustafsson@postgres 2451 :UNC 0 : INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(end);
2452 : 0 : INSTR_TIME_ACCUM_DIFF(PendingWalStats.wal_write_time, end, start);
2453 : : }
2454 : :
739 andres@anarazel.de 2455 :CBC 643833 : PendingWalStats.wal_write++;
2456 : :
3940 heikki.linnakangas@i 2457 [ - + ]: 643833 : if (written <= 0)
2458 : : {
2459 : : char xlogfname[MAXFNAMELEN];
2460 : : int save_errno;
2461 : :
3940 heikki.linnakangas@i 2462 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : if (errno == EINTR)
2463 : 0 : continue;
2464 : :
1594 michael@paquier.xyz 2465 : 0 : save_errno = errno;
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 2466 : 0 : XLogFileName(xlogfname, tli, openLogSegNo,
2467 : : wal_segment_size);
1594 michael@paquier.xyz 2468 : 0 : errno = save_errno;
3940 heikki.linnakangas@i 2469 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(PANIC,
2470 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
2471 : : errmsg("could not write to log file \"%s\" at offset %u, length %zu: %m",
2472 : : xlogfname, startoffset, nleft)));
2473 : : }
3940 heikki.linnakangas@i 2474 :CBC 643833 : nleft -= written;
2475 : 643833 : from += written;
1985 tmunro@postgresql.or 2476 : 643833 : startoffset += written;
3940 heikki.linnakangas@i 2477 [ - + ]: 643833 : } while (nleft > 0);
2478 : :
6810 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2479 : 643833 : npages = 0;
2480 : :
2481 : : /*
2482 : : * If we just wrote the whole last page of a logfile segment,
2483 : : * fsync the segment immediately. This avoids having to go back
2484 : : * and re-open prior segments when an fsync request comes along
2485 : : * later. Doing it here ensures that one and only one backend will
2486 : : * perform this fsync.
2487 : : *
2488 : : * This is also the right place to notify the Archiver that the
2489 : : * segment is ready to copy to archival storage, and to update the
2490 : : * timer for archive_timeout, and to signal for a checkpoint if
2491 : : * too many logfile segments have been used since the last
2492 : : * checkpoint.
2493 : : */
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 2494 [ + + ]: 643833 : if (finishing_seg)
2495 : : {
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 2496 : 781 : issue_xlog_fsync(openLogFile, openLogSegNo, tli);
2497 : :
2498 : : /* signal that we need to wakeup walsenders later */
4304 2499 : 781 : WalSndWakeupRequest();
2500 : :
2489 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2501 : 781 : LogwrtResult.Flush = LogwrtResult.Write; /* end of page */
2502 : :
6810 2503 [ + + - + : 781 : if (XLogArchivingActive())
+ + ]
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 2504 : 64 : XLogArchiveNotifySeg(openLogSegNo, tli);
2505 : :
3924 heikki.linnakangas@i 2506 : 781 : XLogCtl->lastSegSwitchTime = (pg_time_t) time(NULL);
2670 andres@anarazel.de 2507 : 781 : XLogCtl->lastSegSwitchLSN = LogwrtResult.Flush;
2508 : :
2509 : : /*
2510 : : * Request a checkpoint if we've consumed too much xlog since
2511 : : * the last one. For speed, we first check using the local
2512 : : * copy of RedoRecPtr, which might be out of date; if it looks
2513 : : * like a checkpoint is needed, forcibly update RedoRecPtr and
2514 : : * recheck.
2515 : : */
4312 heikki.linnakangas@i 2516 [ + + + + ]: 781 : if (IsUnderPostmaster && XLogCheckpointNeeded(openLogSegNo))
2517 : : {
6029 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2518 : 71 : (void) GetRedoRecPtr();
4312 heikki.linnakangas@i 2519 [ + + ]: 71 : if (XLogCheckpointNeeded(openLogSegNo))
6133 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2520 : 36 : RequestCheckpoint(CHECKPOINT_CAUSE_XLOG);
2521 : : }
2522 : : }
2523 : : }
2524 : :
8433 2525 [ + + ]: 958716 : if (ispartialpage)
2526 : : {
2527 : : /* Only asked to write a partial page */
2528 : 110993 : LogwrtResult.Write = WriteRqst.Write;
2529 : 110993 : break;
2530 : : }
6810 2531 [ + + ]: 847723 : curridx = NextBufIdx(curridx);
2532 : :
2533 : : /* If flexible, break out of loop as soon as we wrote something */
2534 [ + + + + ]: 847723 : if (flexible && npages == 0)
2535 : 2909 : break;
2536 : : }
2537 : :
2538 [ - + ]: 638833 : Assert(npages == 0);
2539 : :
2540 : : /*
2541 : : * If asked to flush, do so
2542 : : */
4125 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 2543 [ + + ]: 638833 : if (LogwrtResult.Flush < WriteRqst.Flush &&
2544 [ + + ]: 114059 : LogwrtResult.Flush < LogwrtResult.Write)
2545 : : {
2546 : : /*
2547 : : * Could get here without iterating above loop, in which case we might
2548 : : * have no open file or the wrong one. However, we do not need to
2549 : : * fsync more than one file.
2550 : : */
184 nathan@postgresql.or 2551 [ + - ]:GNC 113987 : if (wal_sync_method != WAL_SYNC_METHOD_OPEN &&
2552 [ + - ]: 113987 : wal_sync_method != WAL_SYNC_METHOD_OPEN_DSYNC)
2553 : : {
8430 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2554 [ + + ]:CBC 113987 : if (openLogFile >= 0 &&
2399 andres@anarazel.de 2555 [ - + ]: 113974 : !XLByteInPrevSeg(LogwrtResult.Write, openLogSegNo,
2556 : : wal_segment_size))
6513 bruce@momjian.us 2557 :UBC 0 : XLogFileClose();
8430 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2558 [ + + ]:CBC 113987 : if (openLogFile < 0)
2559 : : {
2399 andres@anarazel.de 2560 : 13 : XLByteToPrevSeg(LogwrtResult.Write, openLogSegNo,
2561 : : wal_segment_size);
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 2562 : 13 : openLogTLI = tli;
2563 : 13 : openLogFile = XLogFileOpen(openLogSegNo, tli);
1511 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2564 : 13 : ReserveExternalFD();
2565 : : }
2566 : :
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 2567 : 113987 : issue_xlog_fsync(openLogFile, openLogSegNo, tli);
2568 : : }
2569 : :
2570 : : /* signal that we need to wakeup walsenders later */
4304 2571 : 113987 : WalSndWakeupRequest();
2572 : :
8433 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2573 : 113987 : LogwrtResult.Flush = LogwrtResult.Write;
2574 : : }
2575 : :
2576 : : /*
2577 : : * Update shared-memory status
2578 : : *
2579 : : * We make sure that the shared 'request' values do not fall behind the
2580 : : * 'result' values. This is not absolutely essential, but it saves some
2581 : : * code in a couple of places.
2582 : : */
9 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 2583 [ + + ]:GNC 638833 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
2584 [ + + ]: 638833 : if (XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Write < LogwrtResult.Write)
2585 : 105859 : XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Write = LogwrtResult.Write;
2586 [ + + ]: 638833 : if (XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Flush < LogwrtResult.Flush)
2587 : 114446 : XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Flush = LogwrtResult.Flush;
2588 : 638833 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
2589 : :
2590 : : /*
2591 : : * We write Write first, bar, then Flush. When reading, the opposite must
2592 : : * be done (with a matching barrier in between), so that we always see a
2593 : : * Flush value that trails behind the Write value seen.
2594 : : */
2595 : 638833 : pg_atomic_write_u64(&XLogCtl->logWriteResult, LogwrtResult.Write);
2596 : 638833 : pg_write_barrier();
2597 : 638833 : pg_atomic_write_u64(&XLogCtl->logFlushResult, LogwrtResult.Flush);
2598 : :
2599 : : #ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
2600 : : {
2601 : : XLogRecPtr Flush;
2602 : : XLogRecPtr Write;
2603 : : XLogRecPtr Insert;
2604 : :
2605 : 638833 : Flush = pg_atomic_read_u64(&XLogCtl->logFlushResult);
2606 : 638833 : pg_read_barrier();
2607 : 638833 : Write = pg_atomic_read_u64(&XLogCtl->logWriteResult);
7 2608 : 638833 : pg_read_barrier();
2609 : 638833 : Insert = pg_atomic_read_u64(&XLogCtl->logInsertResult);
2610 : :
2611 : : /* WAL written to disk is always ahead of WAL flushed */
9 2612 [ - + ]: 638833 : Assert(Write >= Flush);
2613 : :
2614 : : /* WAL inserted to buffers is always ahead of WAL written */
7 2615 [ - + ]: 638833 : Assert(Insert >= Write);
2616 : : }
2617 : : #endif
8433 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2618 :CBC 638833 : }
2619 : :
2620 : : /*
2621 : : * Record the LSN for an asynchronous transaction commit/abort
2622 : : * and nudge the WALWriter if there is work for it to do.
2623 : : * (This should not be called for synchronous commits.)
2624 : : */
2625 : : void
5008 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 2626 : 40519 : XLogSetAsyncXactLSN(XLogRecPtr asyncXactLSN)
2627 : : {
4536 2628 : 40519 : XLogRecPtr WriteRqstPtr = asyncXactLSN;
2629 : : bool sleeping;
139 heikki.linnakangas@i 2630 :GNC 40519 : bool wakeup = false;
2631 : : XLogRecPtr prevAsyncXactLSN;
2632 : :
3492 andres@anarazel.de 2633 [ + + ]:CBC 40519 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
2634 : 40519 : sleeping = XLogCtl->WalWriterSleeping;
139 heikki.linnakangas@i 2635 :GNC 40519 : prevAsyncXactLSN = XLogCtl->asyncXactLSN;
3492 andres@anarazel.de 2636 [ + + ]:CBC 40519 : if (XLogCtl->asyncXactLSN < asyncXactLSN)
2637 : 40136 : XLogCtl->asyncXactLSN = asyncXactLSN;
2638 : 40519 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
2639 : :
2640 : : /*
2641 : : * If somebody else already called this function with a more aggressive
2642 : : * LSN, they will have done what we needed (and perhaps more).
2643 : : */
139 heikki.linnakangas@i 2644 [ + + ]:GNC 40519 : if (asyncXactLSN <= prevAsyncXactLSN)
2645 : 383 : return;
2646 : :
2647 : : /*
2648 : : * If the WALWriter is sleeping, kick it to make it come out of low-power
2649 : : * mode, so that this async commit will reach disk within the expected
2650 : : * amount of time. Otherwise, determine whether it has enough WAL
2651 : : * available to flush, the same way that XLogBackgroundFlush() does.
2652 : : */
2653 [ + + ]: 40136 : if (sleeping)
2654 : 24 : wakeup = true;
2655 : : else
2656 : : {
2657 : : int flushblocks;
2658 : :
9 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 2659 : 40112 : RefreshXLogWriteResult(LogwrtResult);
2660 : :
139 heikki.linnakangas@i 2661 : 40112 : flushblocks =
2662 : 40112 : WriteRqstPtr / XLOG_BLCKSZ - LogwrtResult.Flush / XLOG_BLCKSZ;
2663 : :
2664 [ + - + + ]: 40112 : if (WalWriterFlushAfter == 0 || flushblocks >= WalWriterFlushAfter)
2665 : 88 : wakeup = true;
2666 : : }
2667 : :
2668 [ + + + + ]: 40136 : if (wakeup && ProcGlobal->walwriterLatch)
4359 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2669 :CBC 27 : SetLatch(ProcGlobal->walwriterLatch);
2670 : : }
2671 : :
2672 : : /*
2673 : : * Record the LSN up to which we can remove WAL because it's not required by
2674 : : * any replication slot.
2675 : : */
2676 : : void
3726 rhaas@postgresql.org 2677 : 22907 : XLogSetReplicationSlotMinimumLSN(XLogRecPtr lsn)
2678 : : {
3492 andres@anarazel.de 2679 [ + + ]: 22907 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
2680 : 22907 : XLogCtl->replicationSlotMinLSN = lsn;
2681 : 22907 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
3726 rhaas@postgresql.org 2682 : 22907 : }
2683 : :
2684 : :
2685 : : /*
2686 : : * Return the oldest LSN we must retain to satisfy the needs of some
2687 : : * replication slot.
2688 : : */
2689 : : static XLogRecPtr
2690 : 1566 : XLogGetReplicationSlotMinimumLSN(void)
2691 : : {
2692 : : XLogRecPtr retval;
2693 : :
3492 andres@anarazel.de 2694 [ + + ]: 1566 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
2695 : 1566 : retval = XLogCtl->replicationSlotMinLSN;
2696 : 1566 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
2697 : :
3726 rhaas@postgresql.org 2698 : 1566 : return retval;
2699 : : }
2700 : :
2701 : : /*
2702 : : * Advance minRecoveryPoint in control file.
2703 : : *
2704 : : * If we crash during recovery, we must reach this point again before the
2705 : : * database is consistent.
2706 : : *
2707 : : * If 'force' is true, 'lsn' argument is ignored. Otherwise, minRecoveryPoint
2708 : : * is only updated if it's not already greater than or equal to 'lsn'.
2709 : : */
2710 : : static void
5534 heikki.linnakangas@i 2711 : 120964 : UpdateMinRecoveryPoint(XLogRecPtr lsn, bool force)
2712 : : {
2713 : : /* Quick check using our local copy of the variable */
788 2714 [ + + + + : 120964 : if (!updateMinRecoveryPoint || (!force && lsn <= LocalMinRecoveryPoint))
+ + ]
5534 2715 : 113152 : return;
2716 : :
2717 : : /*
2718 : : * An invalid minRecoveryPoint means that we need to recover all the WAL,
2719 : : * i.e., we're doing crash recovery. We never modify the control file's
2720 : : * value in that case, so we can short-circuit future checks here too. The
2721 : : * local values of minRecoveryPoint and minRecoveryPointTLI should not be
2722 : : * updated until crash recovery finishes. We only do this for the startup
2723 : : * process as it should not update its own reference of minRecoveryPoint
2724 : : * until it has finished crash recovery to make sure that all WAL
2725 : : * available is replayed in this case. This also saves from extra locks
2726 : : * taken on the control file from the startup process.
2727 : : */
788 2728 [ + + + + ]: 7812 : if (XLogRecPtrIsInvalid(LocalMinRecoveryPoint) && InRecovery)
2729 : : {
2110 michael@paquier.xyz 2730 : 29 : updateMinRecoveryPoint = false;
2731 : 29 : return;
2732 : : }
2733 : :
5534 heikki.linnakangas@i 2734 : 7783 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
2735 : :
2736 : : /* update local copy */
788 2737 : 7783 : LocalMinRecoveryPoint = ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint;
2738 : 7783 : LocalMinRecoveryPointTLI = ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI;
2739 : :
2740 [ + + ]: 7783 : if (XLogRecPtrIsInvalid(LocalMinRecoveryPoint))
2053 michael@paquier.xyz 2741 : 3 : updateMinRecoveryPoint = false;
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 2742 [ + + + + ]: 7780 : else if (force || LocalMinRecoveryPoint < lsn)
2743 : : {
2744 : : XLogRecPtr newMinRecoveryPoint;
2745 : : TimeLineID newMinRecoveryPointTLI;
2746 : :
2747 : : /*
2748 : : * To avoid having to update the control file too often, we update it
2749 : : * all the way to the last record being replayed, even though 'lsn'
2750 : : * would suffice for correctness. This also allows the 'force' case
2751 : : * to not need a valid 'lsn' value.
2752 : : *
2753 : : * Another important reason for doing it this way is that the passed
2754 : : * 'lsn' value could be bogus, i.e., past the end of available WAL, if
2755 : : * the caller got it from a corrupted heap page. Accepting such a
2756 : : * value as the min recovery point would prevent us from coming up at
2757 : : * all. Instead, we just log a warning and continue with recovery.
2758 : : * (See also the comments about corrupt LSNs in XLogFlush.)
2759 : : */
2760 : 7129 : newMinRecoveryPoint = GetCurrentReplayRecPtr(&newMinRecoveryPointTLI);
4125 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 2761 [ + + - + ]: 7129 : if (!force && newMinRecoveryPoint < lsn)
5406 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2762 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : elog(WARNING,
2763 : : "xlog min recovery request %X/%X is past current point %X/%X",
2764 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lsn), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(newMinRecoveryPoint));
2765 : :
2766 : : /* update control file */
4125 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 2767 [ + + ]:CBC 7129 : if (ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint < newMinRecoveryPoint)
2768 : : {
5534 heikki.linnakangas@i 2769 : 7106 : ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint = newMinRecoveryPoint;
4149 2770 : 7106 : ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI = newMinRecoveryPointTLI;
5534 2771 : 7106 : UpdateControlFile();
788 2772 : 7106 : LocalMinRecoveryPoint = newMinRecoveryPoint;
2773 : 7106 : LocalMinRecoveryPointTLI = newMinRecoveryPointTLI;
2774 : :
5534 2775 [ + + ]: 7106 : ereport(DEBUG2,
2776 : : (errmsg_internal("updated min recovery point to %X/%X on timeline %u",
2777 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(newMinRecoveryPoint),
2778 : : newMinRecoveryPointTLI)));
2779 : : }
2780 : : }
2781 : 7783 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
2782 : : }
2783 : :
2784 : : /*
2785 : : * Ensure that all XLOG data through the given position is flushed to disk.
2786 : : *
2787 : : * NOTE: this differs from XLogWrite mainly in that the WALWriteLock is not
2788 : : * already held, and we try to avoid acquiring it if possible.
2789 : : */
2790 : : void
8433 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2791 : 640332 : XLogFlush(XLogRecPtr record)
2792 : : {
2793 : : XLogRecPtr WriteRqstPtr;
2794 : : XLogwrtRqst WriteRqst;
886 rhaas@postgresql.org 2795 : 640332 : TimeLineID insertTLI = XLogCtl->InsertTimeLineID;
2796 : :
2797 : : /*
2798 : : * During REDO, we are reading not writing WAL. Therefore, instead of
2799 : : * trying to flush the WAL, we should update minRecoveryPoint instead. We
2800 : : * test XLogInsertAllowed(), not InRecovery, because we need checkpointer
2801 : : * to act this way too, and because when it tries to write the
2802 : : * end-of-recovery checkpoint, it should indeed flush.
2803 : : */
5406 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2804 [ + + ]: 640332 : if (!XLogInsertAllowed())
2805 : : {
5534 heikki.linnakangas@i 2806 : 120869 : UpdateMinRecoveryPoint(record, false);
8433 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2807 : 516218 : return;
2808 : : }
2809 : :
2810 : : /* Quick exit if already known flushed */
4125 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 2811 [ + + ]: 519463 : if (record <= LogwrtResult.Flush)
8433 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2812 : 395349 : return;
2813 : :
2814 : : #ifdef WAL_DEBUG
2815 : : if (XLOG_DEBUG)
2816 : : elog(LOG, "xlog flush request %X/%X; write %X/%X; flush %X/%X",
2817 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(record),
2818 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(LogwrtResult.Write),
2819 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(LogwrtResult.Flush));
2820 : : #endif
2821 : :
2822 : 124114 : START_CRIT_SECTION();
2823 : :
2824 : : /*
2825 : : * Since fsync is usually a horribly expensive operation, we try to
2826 : : * piggyback as much data as we can on each fsync: if we see any more data
2827 : : * entered into the xlog buffer, we'll write and fsync that too, so that
2828 : : * the final value of LogwrtResult.Flush is as large as possible. This
2829 : : * gives us some chance of avoiding another fsync immediately after.
2830 : : */
2831 : :
2832 : : /* initialize to given target; may increase below */
2833 : 124114 : WriteRqstPtr = record;
2834 : :
2835 : : /*
2836 : : * Now wait until we get the write lock, or someone else does the flush
2837 : : * for us.
2838 : : */
2839 : : for (;;)
8143 2840 : 1003 : {
2841 : : XLogRecPtr insertpos;
2842 : :
2843 : : /* done already? */
9 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 2844 :GNC 125117 : RefreshXLogWriteResult(LogwrtResult);
4125 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 2845 [ + + ]:CBC 125117 : if (record <= LogwrtResult.Flush)
4458 heikki.linnakangas@i 2846 : 13144 : break;
2847 : :
2848 : : /*
2849 : : * Before actually performing the write, wait for all in-flight
2850 : : * insertions to the pages we're about to write to finish.
2851 : : */
9 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 2852 [ + + ]:GNC 111973 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
2853 [ + + ]: 111973 : if (WriteRqstPtr < XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Write)
2854 : 3713 : WriteRqstPtr = XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Write;
2855 : 111973 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 2856 :CBC 111973 : insertpos = WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish(WriteRqstPtr);
2857 : :
2858 : : /*
2859 : : * Try to get the write lock. If we can't get it immediately, wait
2860 : : * until it's released, and recheck if we still need to do the flush
2861 : : * or if the backend that held the lock did it for us already. This
2862 : : * helps to maintain a good rate of group committing when the system
2863 : : * is bottlenecked by the speed of fsyncing.
2864 : : */
4449 2865 [ + + ]: 111973 : if (!LWLockAcquireOrWait(WALWriteLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE))
2866 : : {
2867 : : /*
2868 : : * The lock is now free, but we didn't acquire it yet. Before we
2869 : : * do, loop back to check if someone else flushed the record for
2870 : : * us already.
2871 : : */
4458 2872 : 1003 : continue;
2873 : : }
2874 : :
2875 : : /* Got the lock; recheck whether request is satisfied */
11 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 2876 :GNC 110970 : RefreshXLogWriteResult(LogwrtResult);
4125 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 2877 [ + + ]:CBC 110970 : if (record <= LogwrtResult.Flush)
2878 : : {
4304 rhaas@postgresql.org 2879 : 206 : LWLockRelease(WALWriteLock);
2880 : 206 : break;
2881 : : }
2882 : :
2883 : : /*
2884 : : * Sleep before flush! By adding a delay here, we may give further
2885 : : * backends the opportunity to join the backlog of group commit
2886 : : * followers; this can significantly improve transaction throughput,
2887 : : * at the risk of increasing transaction latency.
2888 : : *
2889 : : * We do not sleep if enableFsync is not turned on, nor if there are
2890 : : * fewer than CommitSiblings other backends with active transactions.
2891 : : */
2892 [ - + - - : 110764 : if (CommitDelay > 0 && enableFsync &&
- - ]
4304 rhaas@postgresql.org 2893 :UBC 0 : MinimumActiveBackends(CommitSiblings))
2894 : : {
2895 : 0 : pg_usleep(CommitDelay);
2896 : :
2897 : : /*
2898 : : * Re-check how far we can now flush the WAL. It's generally not
2899 : : * safe to call WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish while holding
2900 : : * WALWriteLock, because an in-progress insertion might need to
2901 : : * also grab WALWriteLock to make progress. But we know that all
2902 : : * the insertions up to insertpos have already finished, because
2903 : : * that's what the earlier WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish() returned.
2904 : : * We're only calling it again to allow insertpos to be moved
2905 : : * further forward, not to actually wait for anyone.
2906 : : */
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 2907 : 0 : insertpos = WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish(insertpos);
2908 : : }
2909 : :
2910 : : /* try to write/flush later additions to XLOG as well */
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 2911 :CBC 110764 : WriteRqst.Write = insertpos;
2912 : 110764 : WriteRqst.Flush = insertpos;
2913 : :
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 2914 : 110764 : XLogWrite(WriteRqst, insertTLI, false);
2915 : :
8233 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2916 : 110764 : LWLockRelease(WALWriteLock);
2917 : : /* done */
4458 heikki.linnakangas@i 2918 : 110764 : break;
2919 : : }
2920 : :
8433 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2921 [ - + ]: 124114 : END_CRIT_SECTION();
2922 : :
2923 : : /* wake up walsenders now that we've released heavily contended locks */
372 andres@anarazel.de 2924 : 124114 : WalSndWakeupProcessRequests(true, !RecoveryInProgress());
2925 : :
2926 : : /*
2927 : : * If we still haven't flushed to the request point then we have a
2928 : : * problem; most likely, the requested flush point is past end of XLOG.
2929 : : * This has been seen to occur when a disk page has a corrupted LSN.
2930 : : *
2931 : : * Formerly we treated this as a PANIC condition, but that hurts the
2932 : : * system's robustness rather than helping it: we do not want to take down
2933 : : * the whole system due to corruption on one data page. In particular, if
2934 : : * the bad page is encountered again during recovery then we would be
2935 : : * unable to restart the database at all! (This scenario actually
2936 : : * happened in the field several times with 7.1 releases.) As of 8.4, bad
2937 : : * LSNs encountered during recovery are UpdateMinRecoveryPoint's problem;
2938 : : * the only time we can reach here during recovery is while flushing the
2939 : : * end-of-recovery checkpoint record, and we don't expect that to have a
2940 : : * bad LSN.
2941 : : *
2942 : : * Note that for calls from xact.c, the ERROR will be promoted to PANIC
2943 : : * since xact.c calls this routine inside a critical section. However,
2944 : : * calls from bufmgr.c are not within critical sections and so we will not
2945 : : * force a restart for a bad LSN on a data page.
2946 : : */
4125 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 2947 [ - + ]: 124114 : if (LogwrtResult.Flush < record)
5406 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2948 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : elog(ERROR,
2949 : : "xlog flush request %X/%X is not satisfied --- flushed only to %X/%X",
2950 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(record),
2951 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(LogwrtResult.Flush));
2952 : : }
2953 : :
2954 : : /*
2955 : : * Write & flush xlog, but without specifying exactly where to.
2956 : : *
2957 : : * We normally write only completed blocks; but if there is nothing to do on
2958 : : * that basis, we check for unwritten async commits in the current incomplete
2959 : : * block, and write through the latest one of those. Thus, if async commits
2960 : : * are not being used, we will write complete blocks only.
2961 : : *
2962 : : * If, based on the above, there's anything to write we do so immediately. But
2963 : : * to avoid calling fsync, fdatasync et. al. at a rate that'd impact
2964 : : * concurrent IO, we only flush WAL every wal_writer_delay ms, or if there's
2965 : : * more than wal_writer_flush_after unflushed blocks.
2966 : : *
2967 : : * We can guarantee that async commits reach disk after at most three
2968 : : * wal_writer_delay cycles. (When flushing complete blocks, we allow XLogWrite
2969 : : * to write "flexibly", meaning it can stop at the end of the buffer ring;
2970 : : * this makes a difference only with very high load or long wal_writer_delay,
2971 : : * but imposes one extra cycle for the worst case for async commits.)
2972 : : *
2973 : : * This routine is invoked periodically by the background walwriter process.
2974 : : *
2975 : : * Returns true if there was any work to do, even if we skipped flushing due
2976 : : * to wal_writer_delay/wal_writer_flush_after.
2977 : : */
2978 : : bool
6109 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2979 :CBC 23201 : XLogBackgroundFlush(void)
2980 : : {
2981 : : XLogwrtRqst WriteRqst;
2982 : 23201 : bool flexible = true;
2983 : : static TimestampTz lastflush;
2984 : : TimestampTz now;
2985 : : int flushblocks;
2986 : : TimeLineID insertTLI;
2987 : :
2988 : : /* XLOG doesn't need flushing during recovery */
5534 heikki.linnakangas@i 2989 [ + + ]: 23201 : if (RecoveryInProgress())
4359 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2990 : 8 : return false;
2991 : :
2992 : : /*
2993 : : * Since we're not in recovery, InsertTimeLineID is set and can't change,
2994 : : * so we can read it without a lock.
2995 : : */
886 rhaas@postgresql.org 2996 : 23193 : insertTLI = XLogCtl->InsertTimeLineID;
2997 : :
2998 : : /* read updated LogwrtRqst */
3492 andres@anarazel.de 2999 [ - + ]: 23193 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
2981 3000 : 23193 : WriteRqst = XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst;
3492 3001 : 23193 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
3002 : :
3003 : : /* back off to last completed page boundary */
2981 3004 : 23193 : WriteRqst.Write -= WriteRqst.Write % XLOG_BLCKSZ;
3005 : :
3006 : : /* if we have already flushed that far, consider async commit records */
9 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 3007 :GNC 23193 : RefreshXLogWriteResult(LogwrtResult);
2981 andres@anarazel.de 3008 [ + + ]:CBC 23193 : if (WriteRqst.Write <= LogwrtResult.Flush)
3009 : : {
3492 3010 [ + + ]: 20259 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
2981 3011 : 20259 : WriteRqst.Write = XLogCtl->asyncXactLSN;
3492 3012 : 20259 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
6109 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3013 : 20259 : flexible = false; /* ensure it all gets written */
3014 : : }
3015 : :
3016 : : /*
3017 : : * If already known flushed, we're done. Just need to check if we are
3018 : : * holding an open file handle to a logfile that's no longer in use,
3019 : : * preventing the file from being deleted.
3020 : : */
2981 andres@anarazel.de 3021 [ + + ]: 23193 : if (WriteRqst.Write <= LogwrtResult.Flush)
3022 : : {
5031 bruce@momjian.us 3023 [ + + ]: 19574 : if (openLogFile >= 0)
3024 : : {
2399 andres@anarazel.de 3025 [ + + ]: 5871 : if (!XLByteInPrevSeg(LogwrtResult.Write, openLogSegNo,
3026 : : wal_segment_size))
3027 : : {
5058 magnus@hagander.net 3028 : 144 : XLogFileClose();
3029 : : }
3030 : : }
4359 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3031 : 19574 : return false;
3032 : : }
3033 : :
3034 : : /*
3035 : : * Determine how far to flush WAL, based on the wal_writer_delay and
3036 : : * wal_writer_flush_after GUCs.
3037 : : *
3038 : : * Note that XLogSetAsyncXactLSN() performs similar calculation based on
3039 : : * wal_writer_flush_after, to decide when to wake us up. Make sure the
3040 : : * logic is the same in both places if you change this.
3041 : : */
2981 andres@anarazel.de 3042 : 3619 : now = GetCurrentTimestamp();
139 heikki.linnakangas@i 3043 :GNC 3619 : flushblocks =
2981 andres@anarazel.de 3044 :CBC 3619 : WriteRqst.Write / XLOG_BLCKSZ - LogwrtResult.Flush / XLOG_BLCKSZ;
3045 : :
3046 [ + - + + ]: 3619 : if (WalWriterFlushAfter == 0 || lastflush == 0)
3047 : : {
3048 : : /* first call, or block based limits disabled */
3049 : 298 : WriteRqst.Flush = WriteRqst.Write;
3050 : 298 : lastflush = now;
3051 : : }
3052 [ + + ]: 3321 : else if (TimestampDifferenceExceeds(lastflush, now, WalWriterDelay))
3053 : : {
3054 : : /*
3055 : : * Flush the writes at least every WalWriterDelay ms. This is
3056 : : * important to bound the amount of time it takes for an asynchronous
3057 : : * commit to hit disk.
3058 : : */
3059 : 3312 : WriteRqst.Flush = WriteRqst.Write;
3060 : 3312 : lastflush = now;
3061 : : }
139 heikki.linnakangas@i 3062 [ + + ]:GNC 9 : else if (flushblocks >= WalWriterFlushAfter)
3063 : : {
3064 : : /* exceeded wal_writer_flush_after blocks, flush */
2981 andres@anarazel.de 3065 :GBC 3 : WriteRqst.Flush = WriteRqst.Write;
3066 : 3 : lastflush = now;
3067 : : }
3068 : : else
3069 : : {
3070 : : /* no flushing, this time round */
2981 andres@anarazel.de 3071 :CBC 6 : WriteRqst.Flush = 0;
3072 : : }
3073 : :
3074 : : #ifdef WAL_DEBUG
3075 : : if (XLOG_DEBUG)
3076 : : elog(LOG, "xlog bg flush request write %X/%X; flush: %X/%X, current is write %X/%X; flush %X/%X",
3077 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(WriteRqst.Write),
3078 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(WriteRqst.Flush),
3079 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(LogwrtResult.Write),
3080 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(LogwrtResult.Flush));
3081 : : #endif
3082 : :
6109 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3083 : 3619 : START_CRIT_SECTION();
3084 : :
3085 : : /* now wait for any in-progress insertions to finish and get write lock */
2981 andres@anarazel.de 3086 : 3619 : WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish(WriteRqst.Write);
6109 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3087 : 3619 : LWLockAcquire(WALWriteLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
11 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 3088 :GNC 3619 : RefreshXLogWriteResult(LogwrtResult);
2981 andres@anarazel.de 3089 [ + + ]:CBC 3619 : if (WriteRqst.Write > LogwrtResult.Write ||
3090 [ + + ]: 31 : WriteRqst.Flush > LogwrtResult.Flush)
3091 : : {
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 3092 : 3600 : XLogWrite(WriteRqst, insertTLI, flexible);
3093 : : }
6109 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3094 : 3619 : LWLockRelease(WALWriteLock);
3095 : :
3096 [ - + ]: 3619 : END_CRIT_SECTION();
3097 : :
3098 : : /* wake up walsenders now that we've released heavily contended locks */
372 andres@anarazel.de 3099 : 3619 : WalSndWakeupProcessRequests(true, !RecoveryInProgress());
3100 : :
3101 : : /*
3102 : : * Great, done. To take some work off the critical path, try to initialize
3103 : : * as many of the no-longer-needed WAL buffers for future use as we can.
3104 : : */
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 3105 : 3619 : AdvanceXLInsertBuffer(InvalidXLogRecPtr, insertTLI, true);
3106 : :
3107 : : /*
3108 : : * If we determined that we need to write data, but somebody else
3109 : : * wrote/flushed already, it should be considered as being active, to
3110 : : * avoid hibernating too early.
3111 : : */
2981 andres@anarazel.de 3112 : 3619 : return true;
3113 : : }
3114 : :
3115 : : /*
3116 : : * Test whether XLOG data has been flushed up to (at least) the given position.
3117 : : *
3118 : : * Returns true if a flush is still needed. (It may be that someone else
3119 : : * is already in process of flushing that far, however.)
3120 : : */
3121 : : bool
6164 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3122 : 8107764 : XLogNeedsFlush(XLogRecPtr record)
3123 : : {
3124 : : /*
3125 : : * During recovery, we don't flush WAL but update minRecoveryPoint
3126 : : * instead. So "needs flush" is taken to mean whether minRecoveryPoint
3127 : : * would need to be updated.
3128 : : */
5534 heikki.linnakangas@i 3129 [ + + ]: 8107764 : if (RecoveryInProgress())
3130 : : {
3131 : : /*
3132 : : * An invalid minRecoveryPoint means that we need to recover all the
3133 : : * WAL, i.e., we're doing crash recovery. We never modify the control
3134 : : * file's value in that case, so we can short-circuit future checks
3135 : : * here too. This triggers a quick exit path for the startup process,
3136 : : * which cannot update its local copy of minRecoveryPoint as long as
3137 : : * it has not replayed all WAL available when doing crash recovery.
3138 : : */
788 3139 [ + + - + ]: 605919 : if (XLogRecPtrIsInvalid(LocalMinRecoveryPoint) && InRecovery)
2110 michael@paquier.xyz 3140 :UBC 0 : updateMinRecoveryPoint = false;
3141 : :
3142 : : /* Quick exit if already known to be updated or cannot be updated */
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 3143 [ + + - + ]:CBC 605919 : if (record <= LocalMinRecoveryPoint || !updateMinRecoveryPoint)
5230 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 3144 : 596974 : return false;
3145 : :
3146 : : /*
3147 : : * Update local copy of minRecoveryPoint. But if the lock is busy,
3148 : : * just return a conservative guess.
3149 : : */
3150 [ - + ]: 8945 : if (!LWLockConditionalAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_SHARED))
5230 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 3151 :UBC 0 : return true;
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 3152 :CBC 8945 : LocalMinRecoveryPoint = ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint;
3153 : 8945 : LocalMinRecoveryPointTLI = ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI;
5230 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 3154 : 8945 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
3155 : :
3156 : : /*
3157 : : * Check minRecoveryPoint for any other process than the startup
3158 : : * process doing crash recovery, which should not update the control
3159 : : * file value if crash recovery is still running.
3160 : : */
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 3161 [ - + ]: 8945 : if (XLogRecPtrIsInvalid(LocalMinRecoveryPoint))
2053 michael@paquier.xyz 3162 :UBC 0 : updateMinRecoveryPoint = false;
3163 : :
3164 : : /* check again */
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 3165 [ + + - + ]:CBC 8945 : if (record <= LocalMinRecoveryPoint || !updateMinRecoveryPoint)
2053 michael@paquier.xyz 3166 : 66 : return false;
3167 : : else
3168 : 8879 : return true;
3169 : : }
3170 : :
3171 : : /* Quick exit if already known flushed */
4125 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 3172 [ + + ]: 7501845 : if (record <= LogwrtResult.Flush)
6164 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3173 : 7327403 : return false;
3174 : :
3175 : : /* read LogwrtResult and update local state */
11 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 3176 :GNC 174442 : RefreshXLogWriteResult(LogwrtResult);
3177 : :
3178 : : /* check again */
4125 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 3179 [ + + ]:CBC 174442 : if (record <= LogwrtResult.Flush)
6164 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3180 : 3053 : return false;
3181 : :
3182 : 171389 : return true;
3183 : : }
3184 : :
3185 : : /*
3186 : : * Try to make a given XLOG file segment exist.
3187 : : *
3188 : : * logsegno: identify segment.
3189 : : *
3190 : : * *added: on return, true if this call raised the number of extant segments.
3191 : : *
3192 : : * path: on return, this char[MAXPGPATH] has the path to the logsegno file.
3193 : : *
3194 : : * Returns -1 or FD of opened file. A -1 here is not an error; a caller
3195 : : * wanting an open segment should attempt to open "path", which usually will
3196 : : * succeed. (This is weird, but it's efficient for the callers.)
3197 : : */
3198 : : static int
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 3199 : 8471 : XLogFileInitInternal(XLogSegNo logsegno, TimeLineID logtli,
3200 : : bool *added, char *path)
3201 : : {
3202 : : char tmppath[MAXPGPATH];
3203 : : XLogSegNo installed_segno;
3204 : : XLogSegNo max_segno;
3205 : : int fd;
3206 : : int save_errno;
372 tmunro@postgresql.or 3207 : 8471 : int open_flags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL | PG_BINARY;
3208 : :
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 3209 [ - + ]: 8471 : Assert(logtli != 0);
3210 : :
3211 : 8471 : XLogFilePath(path, logtli, logsegno, wal_segment_size);
3212 : :
3213 : : /*
3214 : : * Try to use existent file (checkpoint maker may have created it already)
3215 : : */
1021 noah@leadboat.com 3216 : 8471 : *added = false;
408 tmunro@postgresql.or 3217 : 8471 : fd = BasicOpenFile(path, O_RDWR | PG_BINARY | O_CLOEXEC |
184 nathan@postgresql.or 3218 :GNC 8471 : get_sync_bit(wal_sync_method));
1021 noah@leadboat.com 3219 [ + + ]:CBC 8471 : if (fd < 0)
3220 : : {
3221 [ - + ]: 512 : if (errno != ENOENT)
1021 noah@leadboat.com 3222 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(ERROR,
3223 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
3224 : : errmsg("could not open file \"%s\": %m", path)));
3225 : : }
3226 : : else
1021 noah@leadboat.com 3227 :CBC 7959 : return fd;
3228 : :
3229 : : /*
3230 : : * Initialize an empty (all zeroes) segment. NOTE: it is possible that
3231 : : * another process is doing the same thing. If so, we will end up
3232 : : * pre-creating an extra log segment. That seems OK, and better than
3233 : : * holding the lock throughout this lengthy process.
3234 : : */
6133 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3235 [ + + ]: 512 : elog(DEBUG2, "creating and filling new WAL file");
3236 : :
6859 3237 : 512 : snprintf(tmppath, MAXPGPATH, XLOGDIR "/xlogtemp.%d", (int) getpid());
3238 : :
8429 3239 : 512 : unlink(tmppath);
3240 : :
372 tmunro@postgresql.or 3241 [ - + ]: 512 : if (io_direct_flags & IO_DIRECT_WAL_INIT)
372 tmunro@postgresql.or 3242 :UBC 0 : open_flags |= PG_O_DIRECT;
3243 : :
3244 : : /* do not use get_sync_bit() here --- want to fsync only at end of fill */
372 tmunro@postgresql.or 3245 :CBC 512 : fd = BasicOpenFile(tmppath, open_flags);
8966 vadim4o@yahoo.com 3246 [ - + ]: 512 : if (fd < 0)
6939 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3247 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(ERROR,
3248 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
3249 : : errmsg("could not create file \"%s\": %m", tmppath)));
3250 : :
1839 tmunro@postgresql.or 3251 :CBC 512 : pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_WAL_INIT_WRITE);
3252 : 512 : save_errno = 0;
3253 [ + - ]: 512 : if (wal_init_zero)
3254 : : {
3255 : : ssize_t rc;
3256 : :
3257 : : /*
3258 : : * Zero-fill the file. With this setting, we do this the hard way to
3259 : : * ensure that all the file space has really been allocated. On
3260 : : * platforms that allow "holes" in files, just seeking to the end
3261 : : * doesn't allocate intermediate space. This way, we know that we
3262 : : * have all the space and (after the fsync below) that all the
3263 : : * indirect blocks are down on disk. Therefore, fdatasync(2) or
3264 : : * O_DSYNC will be sufficient to sync future writes to the log file.
3265 : : */
405 michael@paquier.xyz 3266 : 512 : rc = pg_pwrite_zeros(fd, wal_segment_size, 0);
3267 : :
523 3268 [ - + ]: 512 : if (rc < 0)
523 michael@paquier.xyz 3269 :UBC 0 : save_errno = errno;
3270 : : }
3271 : : else
3272 : : {
3273 : : /*
3274 : : * Otherwise, seeking to the end and writing a solitary byte is
3275 : : * enough.
3276 : : */
3875 jdavis@postgresql.or 3277 : 0 : errno = 0;
523 michael@paquier.xyz 3278 [ # # ]: 0 : if (pg_pwrite(fd, "\0", 1, wal_segment_size - 1) != 1)
3279 : : {
3280 : : /* if write didn't set errno, assume no disk space */
1839 tmunro@postgresql.or 3281 [ # # ]: 0 : save_errno = errno ? errno : ENOSPC;
3282 : : }
3283 : : }
1839 tmunro@postgresql.or 3284 :CBC 512 : pgstat_report_wait_end();
3285 : :
3286 [ - + ]: 512 : if (save_errno)
3287 : : {
3288 : : /*
3289 : : * If we fail to make the file, delete it to release disk space
3290 : : */
1839 tmunro@postgresql.or 3291 :UBC 0 : unlink(tmppath);
3292 : :
3293 : 0 : close(fd);
3294 : :
3295 : 0 : errno = save_errno;
3296 : :
3297 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
3298 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
3299 : : errmsg("could not write to file \"%s\": %m", tmppath)));
3300 : : }
3301 : :
2584 rhaas@postgresql.org 3302 :CBC 512 : pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_WAL_INIT_SYNC);
8528 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3303 [ - + ]: 512 : if (pg_fsync(fd) != 0)
3304 : : {
597 drowley@postgresql.o 3305 :UBC 0 : save_errno = errno;
4156 heikki.linnakangas@i 3306 : 0 : close(fd);
2120 michael@paquier.xyz 3307 : 0 : errno = save_errno;
6939 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3308 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
3309 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
3310 : : errmsg("could not fsync file \"%s\": %m", tmppath)));
3311 : : }
2584 rhaas@postgresql.org 3312 :CBC 512 : pgstat_report_wait_end();
3313 : :
1744 peter@eisentraut.org 3314 [ - + ]: 512 : if (close(fd) != 0)
6939 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3315 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(ERROR,
3316 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
3317 : : errmsg("could not close file \"%s\": %m", tmppath)));
3318 : :
3319 : : /*
3320 : : * Now move the segment into place with its final name. Cope with
3321 : : * possibility that someone else has created the file while we were
3322 : : * filling ours: if so, use ours to pre-create a future log segment.
3323 : : */
4312 heikki.linnakangas@i 3324 :CBC 512 : installed_segno = logsegno;
3325 : :
3326 : : /*
3327 : : * XXX: What should we use as max_segno? We used to use XLOGfileslop when
3328 : : * that was a constant, but that was always a bit dubious: normally, at a
3329 : : * checkpoint, XLOGfileslop was the offset from the checkpoint record, but
3330 : : * here, it was the offset from the insert location. We can't do the
3331 : : * normal XLOGfileslop calculation here because we don't have access to
3332 : : * the prior checkpoint's redo location. So somewhat arbitrarily, just use
3333 : : * CheckPointSegments.
3334 : : */
3338 3335 : 512 : max_segno = logsegno + CheckPointSegments;
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 3336 [ + - ]: 512 : if (InstallXLogFileSegment(&installed_segno, tmppath, true, max_segno,
3337 : : logtli))
3338 : : {
1021 noah@leadboat.com 3339 : 512 : *added = true;
3340 [ + + ]: 512 : elog(DEBUG2, "done creating and filling new WAL file");
3341 : : }
3342 : : else
3343 : : {
3344 : : /*
3345 : : * No need for any more future segments, or InstallXLogFileSegment()
3346 : : * failed to rename the file into place. If the rename failed, a
3347 : : * caller opening the file may fail.
3348 : : */
8305 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3349 :UBC 0 : unlink(tmppath);
1021 noah@leadboat.com 3350 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(DEBUG2, "abandoned new WAL file");
3351 : : }
3352 : :
1021 noah@leadboat.com 3353 :CBC 512 : return -1;
3354 : : }
3355 : :
3356 : : /*
3357 : : * Create a new XLOG file segment, or open a pre-existing one.
3358 : : *
3359 : : * logsegno: identify segment to be created/opened.
3360 : : *
3361 : : * Returns FD of opened file.
3362 : : *
3363 : : * Note: errors here are ERROR not PANIC because we might or might not be
3364 : : * inside a critical section (eg, during checkpoint there is no reason to
3365 : : * take down the system on failure). They will promote to PANIC if we are
3366 : : * in a critical section.
3367 : : */
3368 : : int
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 3369 : 8410 : XLogFileInit(XLogSegNo logsegno, TimeLineID logtli)
3370 : : {
3371 : : bool ignore_added;
3372 : : char path[MAXPGPATH];
3373 : : int fd;
3374 : :
3375 [ - + ]: 8410 : Assert(logtli != 0);
3376 : :
3377 : 8410 : fd = XLogFileInitInternal(logsegno, logtli, &ignore_added, path);
1021 noah@leadboat.com 3378 [ + + ]: 8410 : if (fd >= 0)
3379 : 7912 : return fd;
3380 : :
3381 : : /* Now open original target segment (might not be file I just made) */
408 tmunro@postgresql.or 3382 : 498 : fd = BasicOpenFile(path, O_RDWR | PG_BINARY | O_CLOEXEC |
184 nathan@postgresql.or 3383 :GNC 498 : get_sync_bit(wal_sync_method));
8305 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3384 [ - + ]:CBC 498 : if (fd < 0)
6939 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3385 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(ERROR,
3386 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
3387 : : errmsg("could not open file \"%s\": %m", path)));
6668 neilc@samurai.com 3388 :CBC 498 : return fd;
3389 : : }
3390 : :
3391 : : /*
3392 : : * Create a new XLOG file segment by copying a pre-existing one.
3393 : : *
3394 : : * destsegno: identify segment to be created.
3395 : : *
3396 : : * srcTLI, srcsegno: identify segment to be copied (could be from
3397 : : * a different timeline)
3398 : : *
3399 : : * upto: how much of the source file to copy (the rest is filled with
3400 : : * zeros)
3401 : : *
3402 : : * Currently this is only used during recovery, and so there are no locking
3403 : : * considerations. But we should be just as tense as XLogFileInit to avoid
3404 : : * emplacing a bogus file.
3405 : : */
3406 : : static void
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 3407 : 36 : XLogFileCopy(TimeLineID destTLI, XLogSegNo destsegno,
3408 : : TimeLineID srcTLI, XLogSegNo srcsegno,
3409 : : int upto)
3410 : : {
3411 : : char path[MAXPGPATH];
3412 : : char tmppath[MAXPGPATH];
3413 : : PGAlignedXLogBlock buffer;
3414 : : int srcfd;
3415 : : int fd;
3416 : : int nbytes;
3417 : :
3418 : : /*
3419 : : * Open the source file
3420 : : */
2399 andres@anarazel.de 3421 : 36 : XLogFilePath(path, srcTLI, srcsegno, wal_segment_size);
2395 peter_e@gmx.net 3422 : 36 : srcfd = OpenTransientFile(path, O_RDONLY | PG_BINARY);
7207 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3423 [ - + ]: 36 : if (srcfd < 0)
6939 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3424 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(ERROR,
3425 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
3426 : : errmsg("could not open file \"%s\": %m", path)));
3427 : :
3428 : : /*
3429 : : * Copy into a temp file name.
3430 : : */
6859 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3431 :CBC 36 : snprintf(tmppath, MAXPGPATH, XLOGDIR "/xlogtemp.%d", (int) getpid());
3432 : :
7207 3433 : 36 : unlink(tmppath);
3434 : :
3435 : : /* do not use get_sync_bit() here --- want to fsync only at end of fill */
2395 peter_e@gmx.net 3436 : 36 : fd = OpenTransientFile(tmppath, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL | PG_BINARY);
7207 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3437 [ - + ]: 36 : if (fd < 0)
6939 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3438 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(ERROR,
3439 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
3440 : : errmsg("could not create file \"%s\": %m", tmppath)));
3441 : :
3442 : : /*
3443 : : * Do the data copying.
3444 : : */
2399 andres@anarazel.de 3445 [ + + ]:CBC 73764 : for (nbytes = 0; nbytes < wal_segment_size; nbytes += sizeof(buffer))
3446 : : {
3447 : : int nread;
3448 : :
3405 heikki.linnakangas@i 3449 : 73728 : nread = upto - nbytes;
3450 : :
3451 : : /*
3452 : : * The part that is not read from the source file is filled with
3453 : : * zeros.
3454 : : */
3455 [ + + ]: 73728 : if (nread < sizeof(buffer))
2052 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3456 : 36 : memset(buffer.data, 0, sizeof(buffer));
3457 : :
3405 heikki.linnakangas@i 3458 [ + + ]: 73728 : if (nread > 0)
3459 : : {
3460 : : int r;
3461 : :
3462 [ + + ]: 2640 : if (nread > sizeof(buffer))
3463 : 2604 : nread = sizeof(buffer);
2584 rhaas@postgresql.org 3464 : 2640 : pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_WAL_COPY_READ);
2052 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3465 : 2640 : r = read(srcfd, buffer.data, nread);
2097 michael@paquier.xyz 3466 [ - + ]: 2640 : if (r != nread)
3467 : : {
2097 michael@paquier.xyz 3468 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : if (r < 0)
3405 heikki.linnakangas@i 3469 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
3470 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
3471 : : errmsg("could not read file \"%s\": %m",
3472 : : path)));
3473 : : else
3474 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
3475 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED),
3476 : : errmsg("could not read file \"%s\": read %d of %zu",
3477 : : path, r, (Size) nread)));
3478 : : }
2584 rhaas@postgresql.org 3479 :CBC 2640 : pgstat_report_wait_end();
3480 : : }
7207 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3481 : 73728 : errno = 0;
2584 rhaas@postgresql.org 3482 : 73728 : pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_WAL_COPY_WRITE);
2052 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3483 [ - + ]: 73728 : if ((int) write(fd, buffer.data, sizeof(buffer)) != (int) sizeof(buffer))
3484 : : {
7207 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3485 :UBC 0 : int save_errno = errno;
3486 : :
3487 : : /*
3488 : : * If we fail to make the file, delete it to release disk space
3489 : : */
3490 : 0 : unlink(tmppath);
3491 : : /* if write didn't set errno, assume problem is no disk space */
3492 [ # # ]: 0 : errno = save_errno ? save_errno : ENOSPC;
3493 : :
6939 3494 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
3495 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
3496 : : errmsg("could not write to file \"%s\": %m", tmppath)));
3497 : : }
2584 rhaas@postgresql.org 3498 :CBC 73728 : pgstat_report_wait_end();
3499 : : }
3500 : :
3501 : 36 : pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_WAL_COPY_SYNC);
7207 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3502 [ - + ]: 36 : if (pg_fsync(fd) != 0)
1973 tmunro@postgresql.or 3503 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(data_sync_elevel(ERROR),
3504 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
3505 : : errmsg("could not fsync file \"%s\": %m", tmppath)));
2584 rhaas@postgresql.org 3506 :CBC 36 : pgstat_report_wait_end();
3507 : :
1744 peter@eisentraut.org 3508 [ - + ]: 36 : if (CloseTransientFile(fd) != 0)
6939 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3509 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(ERROR,
3510 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
3511 : : errmsg("could not close file \"%s\": %m", tmppath)));
3512 : :
1744 peter@eisentraut.org 3513 [ - + ]:CBC 36 : if (CloseTransientFile(srcfd) != 0)
1863 michael@paquier.xyz 3514 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(ERROR,
3515 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
3516 : : errmsg("could not close file \"%s\": %m", path)));
3517 : :
3518 : : /*
3519 : : * Now move the segment into place with its final name.
3520 : : */
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 3521 [ - + ]:CBC 36 : if (!InstallXLogFileSegment(&destsegno, tmppath, false, 0, destTLI))
3210 fujii@postgresql.org 3522 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : elog(ERROR, "InstallXLogFileSegment should not have failed");
7207 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3523 :CBC 36 : }
3524 : :
3525 : : /*
3526 : : * Install a new XLOG segment file as a current or future log segment.
3527 : : *
3528 : : * This is used both to install a newly-created segment (which has a temp
3529 : : * filename while it's being created) and to recycle an old segment.
3530 : : *
3531 : : * *segno: identify segment to install as (or first possible target).
3532 : : * When find_free is true, this is modified on return to indicate the
3533 : : * actual installation location or last segment searched.
3534 : : *
3535 : : * tmppath: initial name of file to install. It will be renamed into place.
3536 : : *
3537 : : * find_free: if true, install the new segment at the first empty segno
3538 : : * number at or after the passed numbers. If false, install the new segment
3539 : : * exactly where specified, deleting any existing segment file there.
3540 : : *
3541 : : * max_segno: maximum segment number to install the new file as. Fail if no
3542 : : * free slot is found between *segno and max_segno. (Ignored when find_free
3543 : : * is false.)
3544 : : *
3545 : : * tli: The timeline on which the new segment should be installed.
3546 : : *
3547 : : * Returns true if the file was installed successfully. false indicates that
3548 : : * max_segno limit was exceeded, the startup process has disabled this
3549 : : * function for now, or an error occurred while renaming the file into place.
3550 : : */
3551 : : static bool
4312 heikki.linnakangas@i 3552 : 1266 : InstallXLogFileSegment(XLogSegNo *segno, char *tmppath,
3553 : : bool find_free, XLogSegNo max_segno, TimeLineID tli)
3554 : : {
3555 : : char path[MAXPGPATH];
3556 : : struct stat stat_buf;
3557 : :
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 3558 [ - + ]: 1266 : Assert(tli != 0);
3559 : :
3560 : 1266 : XLogFilePath(path, tli, *segno, wal_segment_size);
3561 : :
1021 noah@leadboat.com 3562 : 1266 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
3563 [ - + ]: 1266 : if (!XLogCtl->InstallXLogFileSegmentActive)
3564 : : {
1021 noah@leadboat.com 3565 :UBC 0 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
3566 : 0 : return false;
3567 : : }
3568 : :
8305 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3569 [ + + ]:CBC 1266 : if (!find_free)
3570 : : {
3571 : : /* Force installation: get rid of any pre-existing segment file */
2575 teodor@sigaev.ru 3572 : 36 : durable_unlink(path, DEBUG1);
3573 : : }
3574 : : else
3575 : : {
3576 : : /* Find a free slot to put it in */
7750 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3577 [ + + ]: 2003 : while (stat(path, &stat_buf) == 0)
3578 : : {
3338 heikki.linnakangas@i 3579 [ + + ]: 782 : if ((*segno) >= max_segno)
3580 : : {
3581 : : /* Failed to find a free slot within specified range */
1021 noah@leadboat.com 3582 : 9 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
8305 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3583 : 9 : return false;
3584 : : }
4312 heikki.linnakangas@i 3585 : 773 : (*segno)++;
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 3586 : 773 : XLogFilePath(path, tli, *segno, wal_segment_size);
3587 : : }
3588 : : }
3589 : :
649 michael@paquier.xyz 3590 [ + - - + ]: 1257 : Assert(access(path, F_OK) != 0 && errno == ENOENT);
3591 [ - + ]: 1257 : if (durable_rename(tmppath, path, LOG) != 0)
3592 : : {
1021 noah@leadboat.com 3593 :UBC 0 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
3594 : : /* durable_rename already emitted log message */
5327 heikki.linnakangas@i 3595 : 0 : return false;
3596 : : }
3597 : :
1021 noah@leadboat.com 3598 :CBC 1257 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
3599 : :
8305 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3600 : 1257 : return true;
3601 : : }
3602 : :
3603 : : /*
3604 : : * Open a pre-existing logfile segment for writing.
3605 : : */
3606 : : int
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 3607 : 13 : XLogFileOpen(XLogSegNo segno, TimeLineID tli)
3608 : : {
3609 : : char path[MAXPGPATH];
3610 : : int fd;
3611 : :
3612 : 13 : XLogFilePath(path, tli, segno, wal_segment_size);
3613 : :
408 tmunro@postgresql.or 3614 : 13 : fd = BasicOpenFile(path, O_RDWR | PG_BINARY | O_CLOEXEC |
184 nathan@postgresql.or 3615 :GNC 13 : get_sync_bit(wal_sync_method));
8966 vadim4o@yahoo.com 3616 [ - + ]:CBC 13 : if (fd < 0)
7573 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3617 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(PANIC,
3618 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
3619 : : errmsg("could not open file \"%s\": %m", path)));
3620 : :
7207 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3621 :CBC 13 : return fd;
3622 : : }
3623 : :
3624 : : /*
3625 : : * Close the current logfile segment for writing.
3626 : : */
3627 : : static void
6513 bruce@momjian.us 3628 : 2029 : XLogFileClose(void)
3629 : : {
3630 [ - + ]: 2029 : Assert(openLogFile >= 0);
3631 : :
3632 : : /*
3633 : : * WAL segment files will not be re-read in normal operation, so we advise
3634 : : * the OS to release any cached pages. But do not do so if WAL archiving
3635 : : * or streaming is active, because archiver and walsender process could
3636 : : * use the cache to read the WAL segment.
3637 : : */
3638 : : #if defined(USE_POSIX_FADVISE) && defined(POSIX_FADV_DONTNEED)
372 tmunro@postgresql.or 3639 [ + + + - ]: 2029 : if (!XLogIsNeeded() && (io_direct_flags & IO_DIRECT_WAL) == 0)
5572 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3640 : 1419 : (void) posix_fadvise(openLogFile, 0, 0, POSIX_FADV_DONTNEED);
3641 : : #endif
3642 : :
1744 peter@eisentraut.org 3643 [ - + ]: 2029 : if (close(openLogFile) != 0)
3644 : : {
3645 : : char xlogfname[MAXFNAMELEN];
1594 michael@paquier.xyz 3646 :UBC 0 : int save_errno = errno;
3647 : :
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 3648 : 0 : XLogFileName(xlogfname, openLogTLI, openLogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
1594 michael@paquier.xyz 3649 : 0 : errno = save_errno;
6513 bruce@momjian.us 3650 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(PANIC,
3651 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
3652 : : errmsg("could not close file \"%s\": %m", xlogfname)));
3653 : : }
3654 : :
6513 bruce@momjian.us 3655 :CBC 2029 : openLogFile = -1;
1511 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3656 : 2029 : ReleaseExternalFD();
6513 bruce@momjian.us 3657 : 2029 : }
3658 : :
3659 : : /*
3660 : : * Preallocate log files beyond the specified log endpoint.
3661 : : *
3662 : : * XXX this is currently extremely conservative, since it forces only one
3663 : : * future log segment to exist, and even that only if we are 75% done with
3664 : : * the current one. This is only appropriate for very low-WAL-volume systems.
3665 : : * High-volume systems will be OK once they've built up a sufficient set of
3666 : : * recycled log segments, but the startup transient is likely to include
3667 : : * a lot of segment creations by foreground processes, which is not so good.
3668 : : *
3669 : : * XLogFileInitInternal() can ereport(ERROR). All known causes indicate big
3670 : : * trouble; for example, a full filesystem is one cause. The checkpoint WAL
3671 : : * and/or ControlFile updates already completed. If a RequestCheckpoint()
3672 : : * initiated the present checkpoint and an ERROR ends this function, the
3673 : : * command that called RequestCheckpoint() fails. That's not ideal, but it's
3674 : : * not worth contorting more functions to use caller-specified elevel values.
3675 : : * (With or without RequestCheckpoint(), an ERROR forestalls some inessential
3676 : : * reporting and resource reclamation.)
3677 : : */
3678 : : static void
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 3679 : 1302 : PreallocXlogFiles(XLogRecPtr endptr, TimeLineID tli)
3680 : : {
3681 : : XLogSegNo _logSegNo;
3682 : : int lf;
3683 : : bool added;
3684 : : char path[MAXPGPATH];
3685 : : uint64 offset;
3686 : :
1021 noah@leadboat.com 3687 [ + + ]: 1302 : if (!XLogCtl->InstallXLogFileSegmentActive)
3688 : 9 : return; /* unlocked check says no */
3689 : :
2399 andres@anarazel.de 3690 : 1293 : XLByteToPrevSeg(endptr, _logSegNo, wal_segment_size);
3691 : 1293 : offset = XLogSegmentOffset(endptr - 1, wal_segment_size);
3692 [ + + ]: 1293 : if (offset >= (uint32) (0.75 * wal_segment_size))
3693 : : {
4312 heikki.linnakangas@i 3694 : 61 : _logSegNo++;
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 3695 : 61 : lf = XLogFileInitInternal(_logSegNo, tli, &added, path);
1021 noah@leadboat.com 3696 [ + + ]: 61 : if (lf >= 0)
3697 : 47 : close(lf);
3698 [ + + ]: 61 : if (added)
6133 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3699 : 14 : CheckpointStats.ckpt_segs_added++;
3700 : : }
3701 : : }
3702 : :
3703 : : /*
3704 : : * Throws an error if the given log segment has already been removed or
3705 : : * recycled. The caller should only pass a segment that it knows to have
3706 : : * existed while the server has been running, as this function always
3707 : : * succeeds if no WAL segments have been removed since startup.
3708 : : * 'tli' is only used in the error message.
3709 : : *
3710 : : * Note: this function guarantees to keep errno unchanged on return.
3711 : : * This supports callers that use this to possibly deliver a better
3712 : : * error message about a missing file, while still being able to throw
3713 : : * a normal file-access error afterwards, if this does return.
3714 : : */
3715 : : void
4119 heikki.linnakangas@i 3716 : 58031 : CheckXLogRemoved(XLogSegNo segno, TimeLineID tli)
3717 : : {
2323 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3718 : 58031 : int save_errno = errno;
3719 : : XLogSegNo lastRemovedSegNo;
3720 : :
3492 andres@anarazel.de 3721 [ + + ]: 58031 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
3722 : 58031 : lastRemovedSegNo = XLogCtl->lastRemovedSegNo;
3723 : 58031 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
3724 : :
4119 heikki.linnakangas@i 3725 [ - + ]: 58031 : if (segno <= lastRemovedSegNo)
3726 : : {
3727 : : char filename[MAXFNAMELEN];
3728 : :
2399 andres@anarazel.de 3729 :UBC 0 : XLogFileName(filename, tli, segno, wal_segment_size);
2323 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3730 : 0 : errno = save_errno;
4119 heikki.linnakangas@i 3731 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
3732 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
3733 : : errmsg("requested WAL segment %s has already been removed",
3734 : : filename)));
3735 : : }
2323 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3736 :CBC 58031 : errno = save_errno;
5116 heikki.linnakangas@i 3737 : 58031 : }
3738 : :
3739 : : /*
3740 : : * Return the last WAL segment removed, or 0 if no segment has been removed
3741 : : * since startup.
3742 : : *
3743 : : * NB: the result can be out of date arbitrarily fast, the caller has to deal
3744 : : * with that.
3745 : : */
3746 : : XLogSegNo
3695 rhaas@postgresql.org 3747 : 949 : XLogGetLastRemovedSegno(void)
3748 : : {
3749 : : XLogSegNo lastRemovedSegNo;
3750 : :
3492 andres@anarazel.de 3751 [ - + ]: 949 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
3752 : 949 : lastRemovedSegNo = XLogCtl->lastRemovedSegNo;
3753 : 949 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
3754 : :
3695 rhaas@postgresql.org 3755 : 949 : return lastRemovedSegNo;
3756 : : }
3757 : :
3758 : : /*
3759 : : * Return the oldest WAL segment on the given TLI that still exists in
3760 : : * XLOGDIR, or 0 if none.
3761 : : */
3762 : : XLogSegNo
116 rhaas@postgresql.org 3763 :GNC 36 : XLogGetOldestSegno(TimeLineID tli)
3764 : : {
3765 : : DIR *xldir;
3766 : : struct dirent *xlde;
3767 : 36 : XLogSegNo oldest_segno = 0;
3768 : :
3769 : 36 : xldir = AllocateDir(XLOGDIR);
3770 [ + + ]: 269 : while ((xlde = ReadDir(xldir, XLOGDIR)) != NULL)
3771 : : {
3772 : : TimeLineID file_tli;
3773 : : XLogSegNo file_segno;
3774 : :
3775 : : /* Ignore files that are not XLOG segments. */
3776 [ + + ]: 233 : if (!IsXLogFileName(xlde->d_name))
3777 : 159 : continue;
3778 : :
3779 : : /* Parse filename to get TLI and segno. */
3780 : 77 : XLogFromFileName(xlde->d_name, &file_tli, &file_segno,
3781 : : wal_segment_size);
3782 : :
3783 : : /* Ignore anything that's not from the TLI of interest. */
3784 [ + + ]: 77 : if (tli != file_tli)
3785 : 3 : continue;
3786 : :
3787 : : /* If it's the oldest so far, update oldest_segno. */
3788 [ + + - + ]: 74 : if (oldest_segno == 0 || file_segno < oldest_segno)
3789 : 36 : oldest_segno = file_segno;
3790 : : }
3791 : :
3792 : 36 : FreeDir(xldir);
3793 : 36 : return oldest_segno;
3794 : : }
3795 : :
3796 : : /*
3797 : : * Update the last removed segno pointer in shared memory, to reflect that the
3798 : : * given XLOG file has been removed.
3799 : : */
3800 : : static void
5116 heikki.linnakangas@i 3801 :CBC 749 : UpdateLastRemovedPtr(char *filename)
3802 : : {
3803 : : uint32 tli;
3804 : : XLogSegNo segno;
3805 : :
2399 andres@anarazel.de 3806 : 749 : XLogFromFileName(filename, &tli, &segno, wal_segment_size);
3807 : :
3492 3808 [ - + ]: 749 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
3809 [ + + ]: 749 : if (segno > XLogCtl->lastRemovedSegNo)
3810 : 677 : XLogCtl->lastRemovedSegNo = segno;
3811 : 749 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
5116 heikki.linnakangas@i 3812 : 749 : }
3813 : :
3814 : : /*
3815 : : * Remove all temporary log files in pg_wal
3816 : : *
3817 : : * This is called at the beginning of recovery after a previous crash,
3818 : : * at a point where no other processes write fresh WAL data.
3819 : : */
3820 : : static void
2102 michael@paquier.xyz 3821 : 201 : RemoveTempXlogFiles(void)
3822 : : {
3823 : : DIR *xldir;
3824 : : struct dirent *xlde;
3825 : :
3826 [ + + ]: 201 : elog(DEBUG2, "removing all temporary WAL segments");
3827 : :
3828 : 201 : xldir = AllocateDir(XLOGDIR);
3829 [ + + ]: 1298 : while ((xlde = ReadDir(xldir, XLOGDIR)) != NULL)
3830 : : {
3831 : : char path[MAXPGPATH];
3832 : :
3833 [ + - ]: 1097 : if (strncmp(xlde->d_name, "xlogtemp.", 9) != 0)
3834 : 1097 : continue;
3835 : :
2102 michael@paquier.xyz 3836 :UBC 0 : snprintf(path, MAXPGPATH, XLOGDIR "/%s", xlde->d_name);
3837 : 0 : unlink(path);
3838 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(DEBUG2, "removed temporary WAL segment \"%s\"", path);
3839 : : }
2102 michael@paquier.xyz 3840 :CBC 201 : FreeDir(xldir);
3841 : 201 : }
3842 : :
3843 : : /*
3844 : : * Recycle or remove all log files older or equal to passed segno.
3845 : : *
3846 : : * endptr is current (or recent) end of xlog, and lastredoptr is the
3847 : : * redo pointer of the last checkpoint. These are used to determine
3848 : : * whether we want to recycle rather than delete no-longer-wanted log files.
3849 : : *
3850 : : * insertTLI is the current timeline for XLOG insertion. Any recycled
3851 : : * segments should be reused for this timeline.
3852 : : */
3853 : : static void
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 3854 : 1148 : RemoveOldXlogFiles(XLogSegNo segno, XLogRecPtr lastredoptr, XLogRecPtr endptr,
3855 : : TimeLineID insertTLI)
3856 : : {
3857 : : DIR *xldir;
3858 : : struct dirent *xlde;
3859 : : char lastoff[MAXFNAMELEN];
3860 : : XLogSegNo endlogSegNo;
3861 : : XLogSegNo recycleSegNo;
3862 : :
3863 : : /* Initialize info about where to try to recycle to */
1185 michael@paquier.xyz 3864 : 1148 : XLByteToSeg(endptr, endlogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
3865 : 1148 : recycleSegNo = XLOGfileslop(lastredoptr);
3866 : :
3867 : : /*
3868 : : * Construct a filename of the last segment to be kept. The timeline ID
3869 : : * doesn't matter, we ignore that in the comparison. (During recovery,
3870 : : * InsertTimeLineID isn't set, so we can't use that.)
3871 : : */
2399 andres@anarazel.de 3872 : 1148 : XLogFileName(lastoff, 0, segno, wal_segment_size);
3873 : :
4976 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 3874 [ + + ]: 1148 : elog(DEBUG2, "attempting to remove WAL segments older than log file %s",
3875 : : lastoff);
3876 : :
2323 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3877 : 1148 : xldir = AllocateDir(XLOGDIR);
3878 : :
6859 3879 [ + + ]: 9703 : while ((xlde = ReadDir(xldir, XLOGDIR)) != NULL)
3880 : : {
3881 : : /* Ignore files that are not XLOG segments */
3264 heikki.linnakangas@i 3882 [ + + ]: 8555 : if (!IsXLogFileName(xlde->d_name) &&
3883 [ + + ]: 4724 : !IsPartialXLogFileName(xlde->d_name))
3289 3884 : 4720 : continue;
3885 : :
3886 : : /*
3887 : : * We ignore the timeline part of the XLOG segment identifiers in
3888 : : * deciding whether a segment is still needed. This ensures that we
3889 : : * won't prematurely remove a segment from a parent timeline. We could
3890 : : * probably be a little more proactive about removing segments of
3891 : : * non-parent timelines, but that would be a whole lot more
3892 : : * complicated.
3893 : : *
3894 : : * We use the alphanumeric sorting property of the filenames to decide
3895 : : * which ones are earlier than the lastoff segment.
3896 : : */
3897 [ + + ]: 3835 : if (strcmp(xlde->d_name + 8, lastoff + 8) <= 0)
3898 : : {
4076 3899 [ + + ]: 765 : if (XLogArchiveCheckDone(xlde->d_name))
3900 : : {
3901 : : /* Update the last removed location in shared memory first */
5116 3902 : 749 : UpdateLastRemovedPtr(xlde->d_name);
3903 : :
590 michael@paquier.xyz 3904 : 749 : RemoveXlogFile(xlde, recycleSegNo, &endlogSegNo, insertTLI);
3905 : : }
3906 : : }
3907 : : }
3908 : :
3289 heikki.linnakangas@i 3909 : 1148 : FreeDir(xldir);
3910 : 1148 : }
3911 : :
3912 : : /*
3913 : : * Recycle or remove WAL files that are not part of the given timeline's
3914 : : * history.
3915 : : *
3916 : : * This is called during recovery, whenever we switch to follow a new
3917 : : * timeline, and at the end of recovery when we create a new timeline. We
3918 : : * wouldn't otherwise care about extra WAL files lying in pg_wal, but they
3919 : : * might be leftover pre-allocated or recycled WAL segments on the old timeline
3920 : : * that we haven't used yet, and contain garbage. If we just leave them in
3921 : : * pg_wal, they will eventually be archived, and we can't let that happen.
3922 : : * Files that belong to our timeline history are valid, because we have
3923 : : * successfully replayed them, but from others we can't be sure.
3924 : : *
3925 : : * 'switchpoint' is the current point in WAL where we switch to new timeline,
3926 : : * and 'newTLI' is the new timeline we switch to.
3927 : : */
3928 : : void
3929 : 72 : RemoveNonParentXlogFiles(XLogRecPtr switchpoint, TimeLineID newTLI)
3930 : : {
3931 : : DIR *xldir;
3932 : : struct dirent *xlde;
3933 : : char switchseg[MAXFNAMELEN];
3934 : : XLogSegNo endLogSegNo;
3935 : : XLogSegNo switchLogSegNo;
3936 : : XLogSegNo recycleSegNo;
3937 : :
3938 : : /*
3939 : : * Initialize info about where to begin the work. This will recycle,
3940 : : * somewhat arbitrarily, 10 future segments.
3941 : : */
1185 michael@paquier.xyz 3942 : 72 : XLByteToPrevSeg(switchpoint, switchLogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
3943 : 72 : XLByteToSeg(switchpoint, endLogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
3944 : 72 : recycleSegNo = endLogSegNo + 10;
3945 : :
3946 : : /*
3947 : : * Construct a filename of the last segment to be kept.
3948 : : */
3949 : 72 : XLogFileName(switchseg, newTLI, switchLogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
3950 : :
3289 heikki.linnakangas@i 3951 [ + + ]: 72 : elog(DEBUG2, "attempting to remove WAL segments newer than log file %s",
3952 : : switchseg);
3953 : :
2323 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3954 : 72 : xldir = AllocateDir(XLOGDIR);
3955 : :
3289 heikki.linnakangas@i 3956 [ + + ]: 680 : while ((xlde = ReadDir(xldir, XLOGDIR)) != NULL)
3957 : : {
3958 : : /* Ignore files that are not XLOG segments */
3264 3959 [ + + ]: 608 : if (!IsXLogFileName(xlde->d_name))
3289 3960 : 381 : continue;
3961 : :
3962 : : /*
3963 : : * Remove files that are on a timeline older than the new one we're
3964 : : * switching to, but with a segment number >= the first segment on the
3965 : : * new timeline.
3966 : : */
3967 [ + + ]: 227 : if (strncmp(xlde->d_name, switchseg, 8) < 0 &&
3968 [ + + ]: 147 : strcmp(xlde->d_name + 8, switchseg + 8) > 0)
3969 : : {
3970 : : /*
3971 : : * If the file has already been marked as .ready, however, don't
3972 : : * remove it yet. It should be OK to remove it - files that are
3973 : : * not part of our timeline history are not required for recovery
3974 : : * - but seems safer to let them be archived and removed later.
3975 : : */
3976 [ + - ]: 18 : if (!XLogArchiveIsReady(xlde->d_name))
590 michael@paquier.xyz 3977 : 18 : RemoveXlogFile(xlde, recycleSegNo, &endLogSegNo, newTLI);
3978 : : }
3979 : : }
3980 : :
3289 heikki.linnakangas@i 3981 : 72 : FreeDir(xldir);
3982 : 72 : }
3983 : :
3984 : : /*
3985 : : * Recycle or remove a log file that's no longer needed.
3986 : : *
3987 : : * segment_de is the dirent structure of the segment to recycle or remove.
3988 : : * recycleSegNo is the segment number to recycle up to. endlogSegNo is
3989 : : * the segment number of the current (or recent) end of WAL.
3990 : : *
3991 : : * endlogSegNo gets incremented if the segment is recycled so as it is not
3992 : : * checked again with future callers of this function.
3993 : : *
3994 : : * insertTLI is the current timeline for XLOG insertion. Any recycled segments
3995 : : * should be used for this timeline.
3996 : : */
3997 : : static void
590 michael@paquier.xyz 3998 : 767 : RemoveXlogFile(const struct dirent *segment_de,
3999 : : XLogSegNo recycleSegNo, XLogSegNo *endlogSegNo,
4000 : : TimeLineID insertTLI)
4001 : : {
4002 : : char path[MAXPGPATH];
4003 : : #ifdef WIN32
4004 : : char newpath[MAXPGPATH];
4005 : : #endif
4006 : 767 : const char *segname = segment_de->d_name;
4007 : :
3289 heikki.linnakangas@i 4008 : 767 : snprintf(path, MAXPGPATH, XLOGDIR "/%s", segname);
4009 : :
4010 : : /*
4011 : : * Before deleting the file, see if it can be recycled as a future log
4012 : : * segment. Only recycle normal files, because we don't want to recycle
4013 : : * symbolic links pointing to a separate archive directory.
4014 : : */
1839 tmunro@postgresql.or 4015 [ + - ]: 767 : if (wal_recycle &&
1185 michael@paquier.xyz 4016 [ + + ]: 767 : *endlogSegNo <= recycleSegNo &&
1021 noah@leadboat.com 4017 [ + + + - ]: 1441 : XLogCtl->InstallXLogFileSegmentActive && /* callee rechecks this */
590 michael@paquier.xyz 4018 [ + + ]: 1436 : get_dirent_type(path, segment_de, false, DEBUG2) == PGFILETYPE_REG &&
1185 4019 : 718 : InstallXLogFileSegment(endlogSegNo, path,
4020 : : true, recycleSegNo, insertTLI))
4021 : : {
3289 heikki.linnakangas@i 4022 [ + + ]: 709 : ereport(DEBUG2,
4023 : : (errmsg_internal("recycled write-ahead log file \"%s\"",
4024 : : segname)));
4025 : 709 : CheckpointStats.ckpt_segs_recycled++;
4026 : : /* Needn't recheck that slot on future iterations */
1185 michael@paquier.xyz 4027 : 709 : (*endlogSegNo)++;
4028 : : }
4029 : : else
4030 : : {
4031 : : /* No need for any more future segments, or recycling failed ... */
4032 : : int rc;
4033 : :
3289 heikki.linnakangas@i 4034 [ - + ]: 58 : ereport(DEBUG2,
4035 : : (errmsg_internal("removing write-ahead log file \"%s\"",
4036 : : segname)));
4037 : :
4038 : : #ifdef WIN32
4039 : :
4040 : : /*
4041 : : * On Windows, if another process (e.g another backend) holds the file
4042 : : * open in FILE_SHARE_DELETE mode, unlink will succeed, but the file
4043 : : * will still show up in directory listing until the last handle is
4044 : : * closed. To avoid confusing the lingering deleted file for a live
4045 : : * WAL file that needs to be archived, rename it before deleting it.
4046 : : *
4047 : : * If another process holds the file open without FILE_SHARE_DELETE
4048 : : * flag, rename will fail. We'll try again at the next checkpoint.
4049 : : */
4050 : : snprintf(newpath, MAXPGPATH, "%s.deleted", path);
4051 : : if (rename(path, newpath) != 0)
4052 : : {
4053 : : ereport(LOG,
4054 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
4055 : : errmsg("could not rename file \"%s\": %m",
4056 : : path)));
4057 : : return;
4058 : : }
4059 : : rc = durable_unlink(newpath, LOG);
4060 : : #else
2575 teodor@sigaev.ru 4061 : 58 : rc = durable_unlink(path, LOG);
4062 : : #endif
3289 heikki.linnakangas@i 4063 [ - + ]: 58 : if (rc != 0)
4064 : : {
4065 : : /* Message already logged by durable_unlink() */
3289 heikki.linnakangas@i 4066 :UBC 0 : return;
4067 : : }
3289 heikki.linnakangas@i 4068 :CBC 58 : CheckpointStats.ckpt_segs_removed++;
4069 : : }
4070 : :
4071 : 767 : XLogArchiveCleanup(segname);
4072 : : }
4073 : :
4074 : : /*
4075 : : * Verify whether pg_wal, pg_wal/archive_status, and pg_wal/summaries exist.
4076 : : * If the latter do not exist, recreate them.
4077 : : *
4078 : : * It is not the goal of this function to verify the contents of these
4079 : : * directories, but to help in cases where someone has performed a cluster
4080 : : * copy for PITR purposes but omitted pg_wal from the copy.
4081 : : *
4082 : : * We could also recreate pg_wal if it doesn't exist, but a deliberate
4083 : : * policy decision was made not to. It is fairly common for pg_wal to be
4084 : : * a symlink, and if that was the DBA's intent then automatically making a
4085 : : * plain directory would result in degraded performance with no notice.
4086 : : */
4087 : : static void
5635 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4088 : 823 : ValidateXLOGDirectoryStructure(void)
4089 : : {
4090 : : char path[MAXPGPATH];
4091 : : struct stat stat_buf;
4092 : :
4093 : : /* Check for pg_wal; if it doesn't exist, error out */
4094 [ + - ]: 823 : if (stat(XLOGDIR, &stat_buf) != 0 ||
4095 [ - + ]: 823 : !S_ISDIR(stat_buf.st_mode))
5421 bruce@momjian.us 4096 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(FATAL,
4097 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
4098 : : errmsg("required WAL directory \"%s\" does not exist",
4099 : : XLOGDIR)));
4100 : :
4101 : : /* Check for archive_status */
5635 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4102 :CBC 823 : snprintf(path, MAXPGPATH, XLOGDIR "/archive_status");
4103 [ + + ]: 823 : if (stat(path, &stat_buf) == 0)
4104 : : {
4105 : : /* Check for weird cases where it exists but isn't a directory */
5635 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4106 [ - + ]:GNC 821 : if (!S_ISDIR(stat_buf.st_mode))
5421 bruce@momjian.us 4107 [ # # ]:UNC 0 : ereport(FATAL,
4108 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
4109 : : errmsg("required WAL directory \"%s\" does not exist",
4110 : : path)));
4111 : : }
4112 : : else
4113 : : {
5635 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4114 [ + - ]:GNC 2 : ereport(LOG,
4115 : : (errmsg("creating missing WAL directory \"%s\"", path)));
2199 sfrost@snowman.net 4116 [ - + ]: 2 : if (MakePGDirectory(path) < 0)
5421 bruce@momjian.us 4117 [ # # ]:UNC 0 : ereport(FATAL,
4118 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
4119 : : errmsg("could not create missing directory \"%s\": %m",
4120 : : path)));
4121 : : }
4122 : :
4123 : : /* Check for summaries */
116 rhaas@postgresql.org 4124 :GNC 823 : snprintf(path, MAXPGPATH, XLOGDIR "/summaries");
4125 [ + + ]: 823 : if (stat(path, &stat_buf) == 0)
4126 : : {
4127 : : /* Check for weird cases where it exists but isn't a directory */
116 rhaas@postgresql.org 4128 [ - + ]:CBC 821 : if (!S_ISDIR(stat_buf.st_mode))
116 rhaas@postgresql.org 4129 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(FATAL,
4130 : : (errmsg("required WAL directory \"%s\" does not exist",
4131 : : path)));
4132 : : }
4133 : : else
4134 : : {
116 rhaas@postgresql.org 4135 [ + - ]:GBC 2 : ereport(LOG,
4136 : : (errmsg("creating missing WAL directory \"%s\"", path)));
4137 [ - + ]: 2 : if (MakePGDirectory(path) < 0)
116 rhaas@postgresql.org 4138 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(FATAL,
4139 : : (errmsg("could not create missing directory \"%s\": %m",
4140 : : path)));
4141 : : }
5635 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4142 :CBC 823 : }
4143 : :
4144 : : /*
4145 : : * Remove previous backup history files. This also retries creation of
4146 : : * .ready files for any backup history files for which XLogArchiveNotify
4147 : : * failed earlier.
4148 : : */
4149 : : static void
6506 4150 : 138 : CleanupBackupHistory(void)
4151 : : {
4152 : : DIR *xldir;
4153 : : struct dirent *xlde;
4154 : : char path[MAXPGPATH + sizeof(XLOGDIR)];
4155 : :
6859 4156 : 138 : xldir = AllocateDir(XLOGDIR);
4157 : :
4158 [ + + ]: 1383 : while ((xlde = ReadDir(xldir, XLOGDIR)) != NULL)
4159 : : {
3264 heikki.linnakangas@i 4160 [ + + ]: 1107 : if (IsBackupHistoryFileName(xlde->d_name))
4161 : : {
5697 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4162 [ + + ]: 144 : if (XLogArchiveCheckDone(xlde->d_name))
4163 : : {
2529 peter_e@gmx.net 4164 [ + + ]: 120 : elog(DEBUG2, "removing WAL backup history file \"%s\"",
4165 : : xlde->d_name);
2560 4166 : 120 : snprintf(path, sizeof(path), XLOGDIR "/%s", xlde->d_name);
6878 bruce@momjian.us 4167 : 120 : unlink(path);
4168 : 120 : XLogArchiveCleanup(xlde->d_name);
4169 : : }
4170 : : }
4171 : : }
4172 : :
4173 : 138 : FreeDir(xldir);
4174 : 138 : }
4175 : :
4176 : : /*
4177 : : * I/O routines for pg_control
4178 : : *
4179 : : * *ControlFile is a buffer in shared memory that holds an image of the
4180 : : * contents of pg_control. WriteControlFile() initializes pg_control
4181 : : * given a preloaded buffer, ReadControlFile() loads the buffer from
4182 : : * the pg_control file (during postmaster or standalone-backend startup),
4183 : : * and UpdateControlFile() rewrites pg_control after we modify xlog state.
4184 : : * InitControlFile() fills the buffer with initial values.
4185 : : *
4186 : : * For simplicity, WriteControlFile() initializes the fields of pg_control
4187 : : * that are related to checking backend/database compatibility, and
4188 : : * ReadControlFile() verifies they are correct. We could split out the
4189 : : * I/O and compatibility-check functions, but there seems no need currently.
4190 : : */
4191 : :
4192 : : static void
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 4193 : 39 : InitControlFile(uint64 sysidentifier)
4194 : : {
4195 : : char mock_auth_nonce[MOCK_AUTH_NONCE_LEN];
4196 : :
4197 : : /*
4198 : : * Generate a random nonce. This is used for authentication requests that
4199 : : * will fail because the user does not exist. The nonce is used to create
4200 : : * a genuine-looking password challenge for the non-existent user, in lieu
4201 : : * of an actual stored password.
4202 : : */
4203 [ - + ]: 39 : if (!pg_strong_random(mock_auth_nonce, MOCK_AUTH_NONCE_LEN))
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 4204 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(PANIC,
4205 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_INTERNAL_ERROR),
4206 : : errmsg("could not generate secret authorization token")));
4207 : :
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 4208 :CBC 39 : memset(ControlFile, 0, sizeof(ControlFileData));
4209 : : /* Initialize pg_control status fields */
4210 : 39 : ControlFile->system_identifier = sysidentifier;
4211 : 39 : memcpy(ControlFile->mock_authentication_nonce, mock_auth_nonce, MOCK_AUTH_NONCE_LEN);
4212 : 39 : ControlFile->state = DB_SHUTDOWNED;
4213 : 39 : ControlFile->unloggedLSN = FirstNormalUnloggedLSN;
4214 : :
4215 : : /* Set important parameter values for use when replaying WAL */
1518 peter@eisentraut.org 4216 : 39 : ControlFile->MaxConnections = MaxConnections;
4217 : 39 : ControlFile->max_worker_processes = max_worker_processes;
4218 : 39 : ControlFile->max_wal_senders = max_wal_senders;
4219 : 39 : ControlFile->max_prepared_xacts = max_prepared_xacts;
4220 : 39 : ControlFile->max_locks_per_xact = max_locks_per_xact;
4221 : 39 : ControlFile->wal_level = wal_level;
4222 : 39 : ControlFile->wal_log_hints = wal_log_hints;
4223 : 39 : ControlFile->track_commit_timestamp = track_commit_timestamp;
4224 : 39 : ControlFile->data_checksum_version = bootstrap_data_checksum_version;
4225 : 39 : }
4226 : :
4227 : : static void
8541 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4228 : 39 : WriteControlFile(void)
4229 : : {
4230 : : int fd;
4231 : : char buffer[PG_CONTROL_FILE_SIZE]; /* need not be aligned */
4232 : :
4233 : : /*
4234 : : * Initialize version and compatibility-check fields
4235 : : */
8433 4236 : 39 : ControlFile->pg_control_version = PG_CONTROL_VERSION;
4237 : 39 : ControlFile->catalog_version_no = CATALOG_VERSION_NO;
4238 : :
6768 4239 : 39 : ControlFile->maxAlign = MAXIMUM_ALIGNOF;
4240 : 39 : ControlFile->floatFormat = FLOATFORMAT_VALUE;
4241 : :
8541 4242 : 39 : ControlFile->blcksz = BLCKSZ;
4243 : 39 : ControlFile->relseg_size = RELSEG_SIZE;
6586 4244 : 39 : ControlFile->xlog_blcksz = XLOG_BLCKSZ;
2399 andres@anarazel.de 4245 : 39 : ControlFile->xlog_seg_size = wal_segment_size;
4246 : :
8029 lockhart@fourpalms.o 4247 : 39 : ControlFile->nameDataLen = NAMEDATALEN;
6956 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4248 : 39 : ControlFile->indexMaxKeys = INDEX_MAX_KEYS;
4249 : :
6221 4250 : 39 : ControlFile->toast_max_chunk_size = TOAST_MAX_CHUNK_SIZE;
3601 4251 : 39 : ControlFile->loblksize = LOBLKSIZE;
4252 : :
5837 4253 : 39 : ControlFile->float8ByVal = FLOAT8PASSBYVAL;
4254 : :
4255 : : /* Contents are protected with a CRC */
3449 heikki.linnakangas@i 4256 : 39 : INIT_CRC32C(ControlFile->crc);
4257 : 39 : COMP_CRC32C(ControlFile->crc,
4258 : : (char *) ControlFile,
4259 : : offsetof(ControlFileData, crc));
4260 : 39 : FIN_CRC32C(ControlFile->crc);
4261 : :
4262 : : /*
4263 : : * We write out PG_CONTROL_FILE_SIZE bytes into pg_control, zero-padding
4264 : : * the excess over sizeof(ControlFileData). This reduces the odds of
4265 : : * premature-EOF errors when reading pg_control. We'll still fail when we
4266 : : * check the contents of the file, but hopefully with a more specific
4267 : : * error than "couldn't read pg_control".
4268 : : */
2461 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4269 : 39 : memset(buffer, 0, PG_CONTROL_FILE_SIZE);
8541 4270 : 39 : memcpy(buffer, ControlFile, sizeof(ControlFileData));
4271 : :
6859 4272 : 39 : fd = BasicOpenFile(XLOG_CONTROL_FILE,
4273 : : O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL | PG_BINARY);
8541 4274 [ - + ]: 39 : if (fd < 0)
7573 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4275 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(PANIC,
4276 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
4277 : : errmsg("could not create file \"%s\": %m",
4278 : : XLOG_CONTROL_FILE)));
4279 : :
8348 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4280 :CBC 39 : errno = 0;
2584 rhaas@postgresql.org 4281 : 39 : pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_CONTROL_FILE_WRITE);
2461 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4282 [ - + ]: 39 : if (write(fd, buffer, PG_CONTROL_FILE_SIZE) != PG_CONTROL_FILE_SIZE)
4283 : : {
4284 : : /* if write didn't set errno, assume problem is no disk space */
8348 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4285 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : if (errno == 0)
4286 : 0 : errno = ENOSPC;
7573 4287 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(PANIC,
4288 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
4289 : : errmsg("could not write to file \"%s\": %m",
4290 : : XLOG_CONTROL_FILE)));
4291 : : }
2584 rhaas@postgresql.org 4292 :CBC 39 : pgstat_report_wait_end();
4293 : :
4294 : 39 : pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_CONTROL_FILE_SYNC);
8528 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4295 [ - + ]: 39 : if (pg_fsync(fd) != 0)
7573 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4296 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(PANIC,
4297 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
4298 : : errmsg("could not fsync file \"%s\": %m",
4299 : : XLOG_CONTROL_FILE)));
2584 rhaas@postgresql.org 4300 :CBC 39 : pgstat_report_wait_end();
4301 : :
1744 peter@eisentraut.org 4302 [ - + ]: 39 : if (close(fd) != 0)
7384 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4303 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(PANIC,
4304 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
4305 : : errmsg("could not close file \"%s\": %m",
4306 : : XLOG_CONTROL_FILE)));
8541 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4307 :CBC 39 : }
4308 : :
4309 : : static void
4310 : 826 : ReadControlFile(void)
4311 : : {
4312 : : pg_crc32c crc;
4313 : : int fd;
4314 : : static char wal_segsz_str[20];
4315 : : int r;
4316 : :
4317 : : /*
4318 : : * Read data...
4319 : : */
6859 4320 : 826 : fd = BasicOpenFile(XLOG_CONTROL_FILE,
4321 : : O_RDWR | PG_BINARY);
8541 4322 [ - + ]: 826 : if (fd < 0)
7573 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4323 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(PANIC,
4324 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
4325 : : errmsg("could not open file \"%s\": %m",
4326 : : XLOG_CONTROL_FILE)));
4327 : :
2584 rhaas@postgresql.org 4328 :CBC 826 : pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_CONTROL_FILE_READ);
2158 magnus@hagander.net 4329 : 826 : r = read(fd, ControlFile, sizeof(ControlFileData));
4330 [ - + ]: 826 : if (r != sizeof(ControlFileData))
4331 : : {
2158 magnus@hagander.net 4332 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : if (r < 0)
4333 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(PANIC,
4334 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
4335 : : errmsg("could not read file \"%s\": %m",
4336 : : XLOG_CONTROL_FILE)));
4337 : : else
4338 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(PANIC,
4339 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED),
4340 : : errmsg("could not read file \"%s\": read %d of %zu",
4341 : : XLOG_CONTROL_FILE, r, sizeof(ControlFileData))));
4342 : : }
2584 rhaas@postgresql.org 4343 :CBC 826 : pgstat_report_wait_end();
4344 : :
8541 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4345 : 826 : close(fd);
4346 : :
4347 : : /*
4348 : : * Check for expected pg_control format version. If this is wrong, the
4349 : : * CRC check will likely fail because we'll be checking the wrong number
4350 : : * of bytes. Complaining about wrong version will probably be more
4351 : : * enlightening than complaining about wrong CRC.
4352 : : */
4353 : :
5928 peter_e@gmx.net 4354 [ - + - - : 826 : if (ControlFile->pg_control_version != PG_CONTROL_VERSION && ControlFile->pg_control_version % 65536 == 0 && ControlFile->pg_control_version / 65536 != 0)
- - ]
5928 peter_e@gmx.net 4355 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(FATAL,
4356 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4357 : : errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
4358 : : errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with PG_CONTROL_VERSION %d (0x%08x),"
4359 : : " but the server was compiled with PG_CONTROL_VERSION %d (0x%08x).",
4360 : : ControlFile->pg_control_version, ControlFile->pg_control_version,
4361 : : PG_CONTROL_VERSION, PG_CONTROL_VERSION),
4362 : : errhint("This could be a problem of mismatched byte ordering. It looks like you need to initdb.")));
4363 : :
8433 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4364 [ - + ]:CBC 826 : if (ControlFile->pg_control_version != PG_CONTROL_VERSION)
7573 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4365 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(FATAL,
4366 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4367 : : errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
4368 : : errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with PG_CONTROL_VERSION %d,"
4369 : : " but the server was compiled with PG_CONTROL_VERSION %d.",
4370 : : ControlFile->pg_control_version, PG_CONTROL_VERSION),
4371 : : errhint("It looks like you need to initdb.")));
4372 : :
4373 : : /* Now check the CRC. */
3449 heikki.linnakangas@i 4374 :CBC 826 : INIT_CRC32C(crc);
4375 : 826 : COMP_CRC32C(crc,
4376 : : (char *) ControlFile,
4377 : : offsetof(ControlFileData, crc));
4378 : 826 : FIN_CRC32C(crc);
4379 : :
4380 [ - + ]: 826 : if (!EQ_CRC32C(crc, ControlFile->crc))
7573 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4381 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(FATAL,
4382 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4383 : : errmsg("incorrect checksum in control file")));
4384 : :
4385 : : /*
4386 : : * Do compatibility checking immediately. If the database isn't
4387 : : * compatible with the backend executable, we want to abort before we can
4388 : : * possibly do any damage.
4389 : : */
8433 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4390 [ - + ]:CBC 826 : if (ControlFile->catalog_version_no != CATALOG_VERSION_NO)
7573 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4391 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(FATAL,
4392 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4393 : : errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
4394 : : errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with CATALOG_VERSION_NO %d,"
4395 : : " but the server was compiled with CATALOG_VERSION_NO %d.",
4396 : : ControlFile->catalog_version_no, CATALOG_VERSION_NO),
4397 : : errhint("It looks like you need to initdb.")));
6768 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4398 [ - + ]:CBC 826 : if (ControlFile->maxAlign != MAXIMUM_ALIGNOF)
6768 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4399 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(FATAL,
4400 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4401 : : errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
4402 : : errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with MAXALIGN %d,"
4403 : : " but the server was compiled with MAXALIGN %d.",
4404 : : ControlFile->maxAlign, MAXIMUM_ALIGNOF),
4405 : : errhint("It looks like you need to initdb.")));
6768 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4406 [ - + ]:CBC 826 : if (ControlFile->floatFormat != FLOATFORMAT_VALUE)
6768 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4407 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(FATAL,
4408 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4409 : : errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
4410 : : errdetail("The database cluster appears to use a different floating-point number format than the server executable."),
4411 : : errhint("It looks like you need to initdb.")));
8541 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4412 [ - + ]:CBC 826 : if (ControlFile->blcksz != BLCKSZ)
7573 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4413 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(FATAL,
4414 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4415 : : errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
4416 : : errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with BLCKSZ %d,"
4417 : : " but the server was compiled with BLCKSZ %d.",
4418 : : ControlFile->blcksz, BLCKSZ),
4419 : : errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
8541 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4420 [ - + ]:CBC 826 : if (ControlFile->relseg_size != RELSEG_SIZE)
7573 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4421 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(FATAL,
4422 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4423 : : errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
4424 : : errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with RELSEG_SIZE %d,"
4425 : : " but the server was compiled with RELSEG_SIZE %d.",
4426 : : ControlFile->relseg_size, RELSEG_SIZE),
4427 : : errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
6586 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4428 [ - + ]:CBC 826 : if (ControlFile->xlog_blcksz != XLOG_BLCKSZ)
6586 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4429 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(FATAL,
4430 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4431 : : errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
4432 : : errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with XLOG_BLCKSZ %d,"
4433 : : " but the server was compiled with XLOG_BLCKSZ %d.",
4434 : : ControlFile->xlog_blcksz, XLOG_BLCKSZ),
4435 : : errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
8029 lockhart@fourpalms.o 4436 [ - + ]:CBC 826 : if (ControlFile->nameDataLen != NAMEDATALEN)
7573 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4437 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(FATAL,
4438 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4439 : : errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
4440 : : errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with NAMEDATALEN %d,"
4441 : : " but the server was compiled with NAMEDATALEN %d.",
4442 : : ControlFile->nameDataLen, NAMEDATALEN),
4443 : : errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
6956 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4444 [ - + ]:CBC 826 : if (ControlFile->indexMaxKeys != INDEX_MAX_KEYS)
7573 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4445 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(FATAL,
4446 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4447 : : errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
4448 : : errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with INDEX_MAX_KEYS %d,"
4449 : : " but the server was compiled with INDEX_MAX_KEYS %d.",
4450 : : ControlFile->indexMaxKeys, INDEX_MAX_KEYS),
4451 : : errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
6221 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4452 [ - + ]:CBC 826 : if (ControlFile->toast_max_chunk_size != TOAST_MAX_CHUNK_SIZE)
6221 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4453 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(FATAL,
4454 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4455 : : errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
4456 : : errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with TOAST_MAX_CHUNK_SIZE %d,"
4457 : : " but the server was compiled with TOAST_MAX_CHUNK_SIZE %d.",
4458 : : ControlFile->toast_max_chunk_size, (int) TOAST_MAX_CHUNK_SIZE),
4459 : : errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
3601 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4460 [ - + ]:CBC 826 : if (ControlFile->loblksize != LOBLKSIZE)
3601 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4461 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(FATAL,
4462 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4463 : : errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
4464 : : errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with LOBLKSIZE %d,"
4465 : : " but the server was compiled with LOBLKSIZE %d.",
4466 : : ControlFile->loblksize, (int) LOBLKSIZE),
4467 : : errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
4468 : :
4469 : : #ifdef USE_FLOAT8_BYVAL
5837 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4470 [ - + ]:CBC 826 : if (ControlFile->float8ByVal != true)
5837 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4471 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(FATAL,
4472 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4473 : : errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
4474 : : errdetail("The database cluster was initialized without USE_FLOAT8_BYVAL"
4475 : : " but the server was compiled with USE_FLOAT8_BYVAL."),
4476 : : errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
4477 : : #else
4478 : : if (ControlFile->float8ByVal != false)
4479 : : ereport(FATAL,
4480 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4481 : : errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
4482 : : errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with USE_FLOAT8_BYVAL"
4483 : : " but the server was compiled without USE_FLOAT8_BYVAL."),
4484 : : errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
4485 : : #endif
4486 : :
2399 andres@anarazel.de 4487 :CBC 826 : wal_segment_size = ControlFile->xlog_seg_size;
4488 : :
4489 [ + - + - : 826 : if (!IsValidWalSegSize(wal_segment_size))
+ - - + ]
2399 andres@anarazel.de 4490 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
4491 : : errmsg_plural("invalid WAL segment size in control file (%d byte)",
4492 : : "invalid WAL segment size in control file (%d bytes)",
4493 : : wal_segment_size,
4494 : : wal_segment_size),
4495 : : errdetail("The WAL segment size must be a power of two between 1 MB and 1 GB.")));
4496 : :
2399 andres@anarazel.de 4497 :CBC 826 : snprintf(wal_segsz_str, sizeof(wal_segsz_str), "%d", wal_segment_size);
4498 : 826 : SetConfigOption("wal_segment_size", wal_segsz_str, PGC_INTERNAL,
4499 : : PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT);
4500 : :
4501 : : /* check and update variables dependent on wal_segment_size */
4502 [ - + ]: 826 : if (ConvertToXSegs(min_wal_size_mb, wal_segment_size) < 2)
2399 andres@anarazel.de 4503 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
4504 : : errmsg("min_wal_size must be at least twice wal_segment_size")));
4505 : :
2399 andres@anarazel.de 4506 [ - + ]:CBC 826 : if (ConvertToXSegs(max_wal_size_mb, wal_segment_size) < 2)
2399 andres@anarazel.de 4507 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
4508 : : errmsg("max_wal_size must be at least twice wal_segment_size")));
4509 : :
2399 andres@anarazel.de 4510 :CBC 826 : UsableBytesInSegment =
4511 : 826 : (wal_segment_size / XLOG_BLCKSZ * UsableBytesInPage) -
4512 : : (SizeOfXLogLongPHD - SizeOfXLogShortPHD);
4513 : :
4514 : 826 : CalculateCheckpointSegments();
4515 : :
4516 : : /* Make the initdb settings visible as GUC variables, too */
2197 magnus@hagander.net 4517 [ + + ]: 826 : SetConfigOption("data_checksums", DataChecksumsEnabled() ? "yes" : "no",
4518 : : PGC_INTERNAL, PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT);
8541 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4519 : 826 : }
4520 : :
4521 : : /*
4522 : : * Utility wrapper to update the control file. Note that the control
4523 : : * file gets flushed.
4524 : : */
4525 : : static void
4526 : 10366 : UpdateControlFile(void)
4527 : : {
1840 peter@eisentraut.org 4528 : 10366 : update_controlfile(DataDir, ControlFile, true);
8957 vadim4o@yahoo.com 4529 : 10366 : }
4530 : :
4531 : : /*
4532 : : * Returns the unique system identifier from control file.
4533 : : */
4534 : : uint64
5203 heikki.linnakangas@i 4535 : 1285 : GetSystemIdentifier(void)
4536 : : {
4537 [ - + ]: 1285 : Assert(ControlFile != NULL);
4538 : 1285 : return ControlFile->system_identifier;
4539 : : }
4540 : :
4541 : : /*
4542 : : * Returns the random nonce from control file.
4543 : : */
4544 : : char *
2595 4545 : 1 : GetMockAuthenticationNonce(void)
4546 : : {
4547 [ - + ]: 1 : Assert(ControlFile != NULL);
4548 : 1 : return ControlFile->mock_authentication_nonce;
4549 : : }
4550 : :
4551 : : /*
4552 : : * Are checksums enabled for data pages?
4553 : : */
4554 : : bool
2197 magnus@hagander.net 4555 : 10465402 : DataChecksumsEnabled(void)
4556 : : {
4041 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 4557 [ - + ]: 10465402 : Assert(ControlFile != NULL);
4002 4558 : 10465402 : return (ControlFile->data_checksum_version > 0);
4559 : : }
4560 : :
4561 : : /*
4562 : : * Returns a fake LSN for unlogged relations.
4563 : : *
4564 : : * Each call generates an LSN that is greater than any previous value
4565 : : * returned. The current counter value is saved and restored across clean
4566 : : * shutdowns, but like unlogged relations, does not survive a crash. This can
4567 : : * be used in lieu of real LSN values returned by XLogInsert, if you need an
4568 : : * LSN-like increasing sequence of numbers without writing any WAL.
4569 : : */
4570 : : XLogRecPtr
4080 heikki.linnakangas@i 4571 : 33 : GetFakeLSNForUnloggedRel(void)
4572 : : {
45 nathan@postgresql.or 4573 :GNC 33 : return pg_atomic_fetch_add_u64(&XLogCtl->unloggedLSN, 1);
4574 : : }
4575 : :
4576 : : /*
4577 : : * Auto-tune the number of XLOG buffers.
4578 : : *
4579 : : * The preferred setting for wal_buffers is about 3% of shared_buffers, with
4580 : : * a maximum of one XLOG segment (there is little reason to think that more
4581 : : * is helpful, at least so long as we force an fsync when switching log files)
4582 : : * and a minimum of 8 blocks (which was the default value prior to PostgreSQL
4583 : : * 9.1, when auto-tuning was added).
4584 : : *
4585 : : * This should not be called until NBuffers has received its final value.
4586 : : */
4587 : : static int
4756 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4588 :CBC 896 : XLOGChooseNumBuffers(void)
4589 : : {
4590 : : int xbuffers;
4591 : :
4592 : 896 : xbuffers = NBuffers / 32;
2399 andres@anarazel.de 4593 [ + + ]: 896 : if (xbuffers > (wal_segment_size / XLOG_BLCKSZ))
4594 : 21 : xbuffers = (wal_segment_size / XLOG_BLCKSZ);
4756 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4595 [ + + ]: 896 : if (xbuffers < 8)
4596 : 356 : xbuffers = 8;
4597 : 896 : return xbuffers;
4598 : : }
4599 : :
4600 : : /*
4601 : : * GUC check_hook for wal_buffers
4602 : : */
4603 : : bool
4604 : 1824 : check_wal_buffers(int *newval, void **extra, GucSource source)
4605 : : {
4606 : : /*
4607 : : * -1 indicates a request for auto-tune.
4608 : : */
4609 [ + + ]: 1824 : if (*newval == -1)
4610 : : {
4611 : : /*
4612 : : * If we haven't yet changed the boot_val default of -1, just let it
4613 : : * be. We'll fix it when XLOGShmemSize is called.
4614 : : */
4615 [ + - ]: 928 : if (XLOGbuffers == -1)
4616 : 928 : return true;
4617 : :
4618 : : /* Otherwise, substitute the auto-tune value */
4756 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4619 :UBC 0 : *newval = XLOGChooseNumBuffers();
4620 : : }
4621 : :
4622 : : /*
4623 : : * We clamp manually-set values to at least 4 blocks. Prior to PostgreSQL
4624 : : * 9.1, a minimum of 4 was enforced by guc.c, but since that is no longer
4625 : : * the case, we just silently treat such values as a request for the
4626 : : * minimum. (We could throw an error instead, but that doesn't seem very
4627 : : * helpful.)
4628 : : */
4756 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4629 [ - + ]:CBC 896 : if (*newval < 4)
4756 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4630 :UBC 0 : *newval = 4;
4631 : :
4756 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4632 :CBC 896 : return true;
4633 : : }
4634 : :
4635 : : /*
4636 : : * GUC check_hook for wal_consistency_checking
4637 : : */
4638 : : bool
579 4639 : 930 : check_wal_consistency_checking(char **newval, void **extra, GucSource source)
4640 : : {
4641 : : char *rawstring;
4642 : : List *elemlist;
4643 : : ListCell *l;
4644 : : bool newwalconsistency[RM_MAX_ID + 1];
4645 : :
4646 : : /* Initialize the array */
4647 [ + - + - : 30690 : MemSet(newwalconsistency, 0, (RM_MAX_ID + 1) * sizeof(bool));
+ - + - +
+ ]
4648 : :
4649 : : /* Need a modifiable copy of string */
4650 : 930 : rawstring = pstrdup(*newval);
4651 : :
4652 : : /* Parse string into list of identifiers */
4653 [ - + ]: 930 : if (!SplitIdentifierString(rawstring, ',', &elemlist))
4654 : : {
4655 : : /* syntax error in list */
579 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4656 :UBC 0 : GUC_check_errdetail("List syntax is invalid.");
4657 : 0 : pfree(rawstring);
4658 : 0 : list_free(elemlist);
4659 : 0 : return false;
4660 : : }
4661 : :
579 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4662 [ + + + + :CBC 932 : foreach(l, elemlist)
+ + ]
4663 : : {
4664 : 2 : char *tok = (char *) lfirst(l);
4665 : : int rmid;
4666 : :
4667 : : /* Check for 'all'. */
4668 [ - + ]: 2 : if (pg_strcasecmp(tok, "all") == 0)
4669 : : {
579 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4670 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : for (rmid = 0; rmid <= RM_MAX_ID; rmid++)
4671 [ # # # # ]: 0 : if (RmgrIdExists(rmid) && GetRmgr(rmid).rm_mask != NULL)
4672 : 0 : newwalconsistency[rmid] = true;
4673 : : }
4674 : : else
4675 : : {
4676 : : /* Check if the token matches any known resource manager. */
579 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4677 :CBC 2 : bool found = false;
4678 : :
4679 [ + - ]: 36 : for (rmid = 0; rmid <= RM_MAX_ID; rmid++)
4680 : : {
4681 [ + - + + : 54 : if (RmgrIdExists(rmid) && GetRmgr(rmid).rm_mask != NULL &&
+ + ]
4682 : 18 : pg_strcasecmp(tok, GetRmgr(rmid).rm_name) == 0)
4683 : : {
4684 : 2 : newwalconsistency[rmid] = true;
4685 : 2 : found = true;
4686 : 2 : break;
4687 : : }
4688 : : }
4689 [ - + ]: 2 : if (!found)
4690 : : {
4691 : : /*
4692 : : * During startup, it might be a not-yet-loaded custom
4693 : : * resource manager. Defer checking until
4694 : : * InitializeWalConsistencyChecking().
4695 : : */
579 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4696 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : if (!process_shared_preload_libraries_done)
4697 : : {
4698 : 0 : check_wal_consistency_checking_deferred = true;
4699 : : }
4700 : : else
4701 : : {
4702 : 0 : GUC_check_errdetail("Unrecognized key word: \"%s\".", tok);
4703 : 0 : pfree(rawstring);
4704 : 0 : list_free(elemlist);
4705 : 0 : return false;
4706 : : }
4707 : : }
4708 : : }
4709 : : }
4710 : :
579 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4711 :CBC 930 : pfree(rawstring);
4712 : 930 : list_free(elemlist);
4713 : :
4714 : : /* assign new value */
4715 : 930 : *extra = guc_malloc(ERROR, (RM_MAX_ID + 1) * sizeof(bool));
4716 : 930 : memcpy(*extra, newwalconsistency, (RM_MAX_ID + 1) * sizeof(bool));
4717 : 930 : return true;
4718 : : }
4719 : :
4720 : : /*
4721 : : * GUC assign_hook for wal_consistency_checking
4722 : : */
4723 : : void
4724 : 930 : assign_wal_consistency_checking(const char *newval, void *extra)
4725 : : {
4726 : : /*
4727 : : * If some checks were deferred, it's possible that the checks will fail
4728 : : * later during InitializeWalConsistencyChecking(). But in that case, the
4729 : : * postmaster will exit anyway, so it's safe to proceed with the
4730 : : * assignment.
4731 : : *
4732 : : * Any built-in resource managers specified are assigned immediately,
4733 : : * which affects WAL created before shared_preload_libraries are
4734 : : * processed. Any custom resource managers specified won't be assigned
4735 : : * until after shared_preload_libraries are processed, but that's OK
4736 : : * because WAL for a custom resource manager can't be written before the
4737 : : * module is loaded anyway.
4738 : : */
4739 : 930 : wal_consistency_checking = extra;
4740 : 930 : }
4741 : :
4742 : : /*
4743 : : * InitializeWalConsistencyChecking: run after loading custom resource managers
4744 : : *
4745 : : * If any unknown resource managers were specified in the
4746 : : * wal_consistency_checking GUC, processing was deferred. Now that
4747 : : * shared_preload_libraries have been loaded, process wal_consistency_checking
4748 : : * again.
4749 : : */
4750 : : void
4751 : 779 : InitializeWalConsistencyChecking(void)
4752 : : {
4753 [ - + ]: 779 : Assert(process_shared_preload_libraries_done);
4754 : :
4755 [ - + ]: 779 : if (check_wal_consistency_checking_deferred)
4756 : : {
4757 : : struct config_generic *guc;
4758 : :
579 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4759 :UBC 0 : guc = find_option("wal_consistency_checking", false, false, ERROR);
4760 : :
4761 : 0 : check_wal_consistency_checking_deferred = false;
4762 : :
4763 : 0 : set_config_option_ext("wal_consistency_checking",
4764 : : wal_consistency_checking_string,
4765 : : guc->scontext, guc->source, guc->srole,
4766 : : GUC_ACTION_SET, true, ERROR, false);
4767 : :
4768 : : /* checking should not be deferred again */
4769 [ # # ]: 0 : Assert(!check_wal_consistency_checking_deferred);
4770 : : }
579 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4771 :CBC 779 : }
4772 : :
4773 : : /*
4774 : : * GUC show_hook for archive_command
4775 : : */
4776 : : const char *
4777 : 1892 : show_archive_command(void)
4778 : : {
4779 [ - + - - : 1892 : if (XLogArchivingActive())
- + ]
579 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4780 :UBC 0 : return XLogArchiveCommand;
4781 : : else
579 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4782 :CBC 1892 : return "(disabled)";
4783 : : }
4784 : :
4785 : : /*
4786 : : * GUC show_hook for in_hot_standby
4787 : : */
4788 : : const char *
4789 : 13355 : show_in_hot_standby(void)
4790 : : {
4791 : : /*
4792 : : * We display the actual state based on shared memory, so that this GUC
4793 : : * reports up-to-date state if examined intra-query. The underlying
4794 : : * variable (in_hot_standby_guc) changes only when we transmit a new value
4795 : : * to the client.
4796 : : */
4797 [ + + ]: 13355 : return RecoveryInProgress() ? "on" : "off";
4798 : : }
4799 : :
4800 : : /*
4801 : : * Read the control file, set respective GUCs.
4802 : : *
4803 : : * This is to be called during startup, including a crash recovery cycle,
4804 : : * unless in bootstrap mode, where no control file yet exists. As there's no
4805 : : * usable shared memory yet (its sizing can depend on the contents of the
4806 : : * control file!), first store the contents in local memory. XLOGShmemInit()
4807 : : * will then copy it to shared memory later.
4808 : : *
4809 : : * reset just controls whether previous contents are to be expected (in the
4810 : : * reset case, there's a dangling pointer into old shared memory), or not.
4811 : : */
4812 : : void
2401 andres@anarazel.de 4813 : 787 : LocalProcessControlFile(bool reset)
4814 : : {
4815 [ + + - + ]: 787 : Assert(reset || ControlFile == NULL);
2405 4816 : 787 : ControlFile = palloc(sizeof(ControlFileData));
4817 : 787 : ReadControlFile();
4818 : 787 : }
4819 : :
4820 : : /*
4821 : : * Get the wal_level from the control file. For a standby, this value should be
4822 : : * considered as its active wal_level, because it may be different from what
4823 : : * was originally configured on standby.
4824 : : */
4825 : : WalLevel
372 4826 : 68 : GetActiveWalLevelOnStandby(void)
4827 : : {
4828 : 68 : return ControlFile->wal_level;
4829 : : }
4830 : :
4831 : : /*
4832 : : * Initialization of shared memory for XLOG
4833 : : */
4834 : : Size
8545 peter_e@gmx.net 4835 : 2577 : XLOGShmemSize(void)
4836 : : {
4837 : : Size size;
4838 : :
4839 : : /*
4840 : : * If the value of wal_buffers is -1, use the preferred auto-tune value.
4841 : : * This isn't an amazingly clean place to do this, but we must wait till
4842 : : * NBuffers has received its final value, and must do it before using the
4843 : : * value of XLOGbuffers to do anything important.
4844 : : *
4845 : : * We prefer to report this value's source as PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT.
4846 : : * However, if the DBA explicitly set wal_buffers = -1 in the config file,
4847 : : * then PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT will fail to override that and we must force
4848 : : * the matter with PGC_S_OVERRIDE.
4849 : : */
4756 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4850 [ + + ]: 2577 : if (XLOGbuffers == -1)
4851 : : {
4852 : : char buf[32];
4853 : :
4854 : 896 : snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%d", XLOGChooseNumBuffers());
676 4855 : 896 : SetConfigOption("wal_buffers", buf, PGC_POSTMASTER,
4856 : : PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT);
4857 [ - + ]: 896 : if (XLOGbuffers == -1) /* failed to apply it? */
676 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4858 :UBC 0 : SetConfigOption("wal_buffers", buf, PGC_POSTMASTER,
4859 : : PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
4860 : : }
4831 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4861 [ - + ]:CBC 2577 : Assert(XLOGbuffers > 0);
4862 : :
4863 : : /* XLogCtl */
6812 4864 : 2577 : size = sizeof(XLogCtlData);
4865 : :
4866 : : /* WAL insertion locks, plus alignment */
3483 heikki.linnakangas@i 4867 : 2577 : size = add_size(size, mul_size(sizeof(WALInsertLockPadded), NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS + 1));
4868 : : /* xlblocks array */
117 jdavis@postgresql.or 4869 :GNC 2577 : size = add_size(size, mul_size(sizeof(pg_atomic_uint64), XLOGbuffers));
4870 : : /* extra alignment padding for XLOG I/O buffers */
372 tmunro@postgresql.or 4871 :CBC 2577 : size = add_size(size, Max(XLOG_BLCKSZ, PG_IO_ALIGN_SIZE));
4872 : : /* and the buffers themselves */
6586 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4873 : 2577 : size = add_size(size, mul_size(XLOG_BLCKSZ, XLOGbuffers));
4874 : :
4875 : : /*
4876 : : * Note: we don't count ControlFileData, it comes out of the "slop factor"
4877 : : * added by CreateSharedMemoryAndSemaphores. This lets us use this
4878 : : * routine again below to compute the actual allocation size.
4879 : : */
4880 : :
6812 4881 : 2577 : return size;
4882 : : }
4883 : :
4884 : : void
8957 vadim4o@yahoo.com 4885 : 898 : XLOGShmemInit(void)
4886 : : {
4887 : : bool foundCFile,
4888 : : foundXLog;
4889 : : char *allocptr;
4890 : : int i;
4891 : : ControlFileData *localControlFile;
4892 : :
4893 : : #ifdef WAL_DEBUG
4894 : :
4895 : : /*
4896 : : * Create a memory context for WAL debugging that's exempt from the normal
4897 : : * "no pallocs in critical section" rule. Yes, that can lead to a PANIC if
4898 : : * an allocation fails, but wal_debug is not for production use anyway.
4899 : : */
4900 : : if (walDebugCxt == NULL)
4901 : : {
4902 : : walDebugCxt = AllocSetContextCreate(TopMemoryContext,
4903 : : "WAL Debug",
4904 : : ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES);
4905 : : MemoryContextAllowInCriticalSection(walDebugCxt, true);
4906 : : }
4907 : : #endif
4908 : :
4909 : :
2401 andres@anarazel.de 4910 : 898 : XLogCtl = (XLogCtlData *)
4911 : 898 : ShmemInitStruct("XLOG Ctl", XLOGShmemSize(), &foundXLog);
4912 : :
2405 4913 : 898 : localControlFile = ControlFile;
8541 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4914 : 898 : ControlFile = (ControlFileData *)
7421 bruce@momjian.us 4915 : 898 : ShmemInitStruct("Control File", sizeof(ControlFileData), &foundCFile);
4916 : :
6810 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4917 [ + - - + ]: 898 : if (foundCFile || foundXLog)
4918 : : {
4919 : : /* both should be present or neither */
6810 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4920 [ # # # # ]:UBC 0 : Assert(foundCFile && foundXLog);
4921 : :
4922 : : /* Initialize local copy of WALInsertLocks */
3552 rhaas@postgresql.org 4923 : 0 : WALInsertLocks = XLogCtl->Insert.WALInsertLocks;
4924 : :
2401 andres@anarazel.de 4925 [ # # ]: 0 : if (localControlFile)
4926 : 0 : pfree(localControlFile);
7421 bruce@momjian.us 4927 : 0 : return;
4928 : : }
8433 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4929 :CBC 898 : memset(XLogCtl, 0, sizeof(XLogCtlData));
4930 : :
4931 : : /*
4932 : : * Already have read control file locally, unless in bootstrap mode. Move
4933 : : * contents into shared memory.
4934 : : */
2401 andres@anarazel.de 4935 [ + + ]: 898 : if (localControlFile)
4936 : : {
4937 : 781 : memcpy(ControlFile, localControlFile, sizeof(ControlFileData));
4938 : 781 : pfree(localControlFile);
4939 : : }
4940 : :
4941 : : /*
4942 : : * Since XLogCtlData contains XLogRecPtr fields, its sizeof should be a
4943 : : * multiple of the alignment for same, so no extra alignment padding is
4944 : : * needed here.
4945 : : */
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 4946 : 898 : allocptr = ((char *) XLogCtl) + sizeof(XLogCtlData);
117 jdavis@postgresql.or 4947 :GNC 898 : XLogCtl->xlblocks = (pg_atomic_uint64 *) allocptr;
4948 : 898 : allocptr += sizeof(pg_atomic_uint64) * XLOGbuffers;
4949 : :
4950 [ + + ]: 252915 : for (i = 0; i < XLOGbuffers; i++)
4951 : : {
4952 : 252017 : pg_atomic_init_u64(&XLogCtl->xlblocks[i], InvalidXLogRecPtr);
4953 : : }
4954 : :
4955 : : /* WAL insertion locks. Ensure they're aligned to the full padded size */
3677 heikki.linnakangas@i 4956 :CBC 898 : allocptr += sizeof(WALInsertLockPadded) -
2489 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4957 : 898 : ((uintptr_t) allocptr) % sizeof(WALInsertLockPadded);
3677 heikki.linnakangas@i 4958 : 898 : WALInsertLocks = XLogCtl->Insert.WALInsertLocks =
4959 : : (WALInsertLockPadded *) allocptr;
3483 4960 : 898 : allocptr += sizeof(WALInsertLockPadded) * NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS;
4961 : :
4962 [ + + ]: 8082 : for (i = 0; i < NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS; i++)
4963 : : {
3043 rhaas@postgresql.org 4964 : 7184 : LWLockInitialize(&WALInsertLocks[i].l.lock, LWTRANCHE_WAL_INSERT);
264 michael@paquier.xyz 4965 :GNC 7184 : pg_atomic_init_u64(&WALInsertLocks[i].l.insertingAt, InvalidXLogRecPtr);
2670 andres@anarazel.de 4966 :CBC 7184 : WALInsertLocks[i].l.lastImportantAt = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
4967 : : }
4968 : :
4969 : : /*
4970 : : * Align the start of the page buffers to a full xlog block size boundary.
4971 : : * This simplifies some calculations in XLOG insertion. It is also
4972 : : * required for O_DIRECT.
4973 : : */
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 4974 : 898 : allocptr = (char *) TYPEALIGN(XLOG_BLCKSZ, allocptr);
6812 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4975 : 898 : XLogCtl->pages = allocptr;
6586 4976 : 898 : memset(XLogCtl->pages, 0, (Size) XLOG_BLCKSZ * XLOGbuffers);
4977 : :
4978 : : /*
4979 : : * Do basic initialization of XLogCtl shared data. (StartupXLOG will fill
4980 : : * in additional info.)
4981 : : */
8433 4982 : 898 : XLogCtl->XLogCacheBlck = XLOGbuffers - 1;
1451 michael@paquier.xyz 4983 : 898 : XLogCtl->SharedRecoveryState = RECOVERY_STATE_CRASH;
1021 noah@leadboat.com 4984 : 898 : XLogCtl->InstallXLogFileSegmentActive = false;
4359 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4985 : 898 : XLogCtl->WalWriterSleeping = false;
4986 : :
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 4987 : 898 : SpinLockInit(&XLogCtl->Insert.insertpos_lck);
8233 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4988 : 898 : SpinLockInit(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
7 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 4989 :GNC 898 : pg_atomic_init_u64(&XLogCtl->logInsertResult, InvalidXLogRecPtr);
9 4990 : 898 : pg_atomic_init_u64(&XLogCtl->logWriteResult, InvalidXLogRecPtr);
4991 : 898 : pg_atomic_init_u64(&XLogCtl->logFlushResult, InvalidXLogRecPtr);
45 nathan@postgresql.or 4992 : 898 : pg_atomic_init_u64(&XLogCtl->unloggedLSN, InvalidXLogRecPtr);
4993 : : }
4994 : :
4995 : : /*
4996 : : * This func must be called ONCE on system install. It creates pg_control
4997 : : * and the initial XLOG segment.
4998 : : */
4999 : : void
8433 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5000 :CBC 39 : BootStrapXLOG(void)
5001 : : {
5002 : : CheckPoint checkPoint;
5003 : : char *buffer;
5004 : : XLogPageHeader page;
5005 : : XLogLongPageHeader longpage;
5006 : : XLogRecord *record;
5007 : : char *recptr;
5008 : : uint64 sysidentifier;
5009 : : struct timeval tv;
5010 : : pg_crc32c crc;
5011 : :
5012 : : /* allow ordinary WAL segment creation, like StartupXLOG() would */
606 michael@paquier.xyz 5013 : 39 : SetInstallXLogFileSegmentActive();
5014 : :
5015 : : /*
5016 : : * Select a hopefully-unique system identifier code for this installation.
5017 : : * We use the result of gettimeofday(), including the fractional seconds
5018 : : * field, as being about as unique as we can easily get. (Think not to
5019 : : * use random(), since it hasn't been seeded and there's no portable way
5020 : : * to seed it other than the system clock value...) The upper half of the
5021 : : * uint64 value is just the tv_sec part, while the lower half contains the
5022 : : * tv_usec part (which must fit in 20 bits), plus 12 bits from our current
5023 : : * PID for a little extra uniqueness. A person knowing this encoding can
5024 : : * determine the initialization time of the installation, which could
5025 : : * perhaps be useful sometimes.
5026 : : */
7368 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5027 : 39 : gettimeofday(&tv, NULL);
5028 : 39 : sysidentifier = ((uint64) tv.tv_sec) << 32;
3641 5029 : 39 : sysidentifier |= ((uint64) tv.tv_usec) << 12;
5030 : 39 : sysidentifier |= getpid() & 0xFFF;
5031 : :
5032 : : /* page buffer must be aligned suitably for O_DIRECT */
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 5033 : 39 : buffer = (char *) palloc(XLOG_BLCKSZ + XLOG_BLCKSZ);
5034 : 39 : page = (XLogPageHeader) TYPEALIGN(XLOG_BLCKSZ, buffer);
6586 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5035 : 39 : memset(page, 0, XLOG_BLCKSZ);
5036 : :
5037 : : /*
5038 : : * Set up information for the initial checkpoint record
5039 : : *
5040 : : * The initial checkpoint record is written to the beginning of the WAL
5041 : : * segment with logid=0 logseg=1. The very first WAL segment, 0/0, is not
5042 : : * used, so that we can use 0/0 to mean "before any valid WAL segment".
5043 : : */
2399 andres@anarazel.de 5044 : 39 : checkPoint.redo = wal_segment_size + SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 5045 : 39 : checkPoint.ThisTimeLineID = BootstrapTimeLineID;
5046 : 39 : checkPoint.PrevTimeLineID = BootstrapTimeLineID;
4463 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 5047 : 39 : checkPoint.fullPageWrites = fullPageWrites;
5048 : : checkPoint.nextXid =
1844 tmunro@postgresql.or 5049 : 39 : FullTransactionIdFromEpochAndXid(0, FirstNormalTransactionId);
1004 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5050 : 39 : checkPoint.nextOid = FirstGenbkiObjectId;
6926 5051 : 39 : checkPoint.nextMulti = FirstMultiXactId;
6885 5052 : 39 : checkPoint.nextMultiOffset = 0;
5340 5053 : 39 : checkPoint.oldestXid = FirstNormalTransactionId;
724 5054 : 39 : checkPoint.oldestXidDB = Template1DbOid;
4099 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 5055 : 39 : checkPoint.oldestMulti = FirstMultiXactId;
724 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5056 : 39 : checkPoint.oldestMultiDB = Template1DbOid;
3030 mail@joeconway.com 5057 : 39 : checkPoint.oldestCommitTsXid = InvalidTransactionId;
5058 : 39 : checkPoint.newestCommitTsXid = InvalidTransactionId;
5901 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5059 : 39 : checkPoint.time = (pg_time_t) time(NULL);
5230 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 5060 : 39 : checkPoint.oldestActiveXid = InvalidTransactionId;
5061 : :
128 heikki.linnakangas@i 5062 :GNC 39 : TransamVariables->nextXid = checkPoint.nextXid;
5063 : 39 : TransamVariables->nextOid = checkPoint.nextOid;
5064 : 39 : TransamVariables->oidCount = 0;
6885 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5065 :CBC 39 : MultiXactSetNextMXact(checkPoint.nextMulti, checkPoint.nextMultiOffset);
2579 rhaas@postgresql.org 5066 : 39 : AdvanceOldestClogXid(checkPoint.oldestXid);
5170 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5067 : 39 : SetTransactionIdLimit(checkPoint.oldestXid, checkPoint.oldestXidDB);
2588 5068 : 39 : SetMultiXactIdLimit(checkPoint.oldestMulti, checkPoint.oldestMultiDB, true);
3420 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 5069 : 39 : SetCommitTsLimit(InvalidTransactionId, InvalidTransactionId);
5070 : :
5071 : : /* Set up the XLOG page header */
8957 vadim4o@yahoo.com 5072 : 39 : page->xlp_magic = XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC;
7207 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5073 : 39 : page->xlp_info = XLP_LONG_HEADER;
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 5074 : 39 : page->xlp_tli = BootstrapTimeLineID;
2399 andres@anarazel.de 5075 : 39 : page->xlp_pageaddr = wal_segment_size;
7207 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5076 : 39 : longpage = (XLogLongPageHeader) page;
5077 : 39 : longpage->xlp_sysid = sysidentifier;
2399 andres@anarazel.de 5078 : 39 : longpage->xlp_seg_size = wal_segment_size;
6584 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5079 : 39 : longpage->xlp_xlog_blcksz = XLOG_BLCKSZ;
5080 : :
5081 : : /* Insert the initial checkpoint record */
3433 heikki.linnakangas@i 5082 : 39 : recptr = ((char *) page + SizeOfXLogLongPHD);
5083 : 39 : record = (XLogRecord *) recptr;
4312 5084 : 39 : record->xl_prev = 0;
8957 vadim4o@yahoo.com 5085 : 39 : record->xl_xid = InvalidTransactionId;
3433 heikki.linnakangas@i 5086 : 39 : record->xl_tot_len = SizeOfXLogRecord + SizeOfXLogRecordDataHeaderShort + sizeof(checkPoint);
8433 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5087 : 39 : record->xl_info = XLOG_CHECKPOINT_SHUTDOWN;
8957 vadim4o@yahoo.com 5088 : 39 : record->xl_rmid = RM_XLOG_ID;
3433 heikki.linnakangas@i 5089 : 39 : recptr += SizeOfXLogRecord;
5090 : : /* fill the XLogRecordDataHeaderShort struct */
2574 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5091 : 39 : *(recptr++) = (char) XLR_BLOCK_ID_DATA_SHORT;
3433 heikki.linnakangas@i 5092 : 39 : *(recptr++) = sizeof(checkPoint);
5093 : 39 : memcpy(recptr, &checkPoint, sizeof(checkPoint));
5094 : 39 : recptr += sizeof(checkPoint);
5095 [ - + ]: 39 : Assert(recptr - (char *) record == record->xl_tot_len);
5096 : :
3449 5097 : 39 : INIT_CRC32C(crc);
3433 5098 : 39 : COMP_CRC32C(crc, ((char *) record) + SizeOfXLogRecord, record->xl_tot_len - SizeOfXLogRecord);
3449 5099 : 39 : COMP_CRC32C(crc, (char *) record, offsetof(XLogRecord, xl_crc));
5100 : 39 : FIN_CRC32C(crc);
8508 vadim4o@yahoo.com 5101 : 39 : record->xl_crc = crc;
5102 : :
5103 : : /* Create first XLOG segment file */
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 5104 : 39 : openLogTLI = BootstrapTimeLineID;
5105 : 39 : openLogFile = XLogFileInit(1, BootstrapTimeLineID);
5106 : :
5107 : : /*
5108 : : * We needn't bother with Reserve/ReleaseExternalFD here, since we'll
5109 : : * close the file again in a moment.
5110 : : */
5111 : :
5112 : : /* Write the first page with the initial record */
8348 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5113 : 39 : errno = 0;
2584 rhaas@postgresql.org 5114 : 39 : pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_WAL_BOOTSTRAP_WRITE);
6586 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5115 [ - + ]: 39 : if (write(openLogFile, page, XLOG_BLCKSZ) != XLOG_BLCKSZ)
5116 : : {
5117 : : /* if write didn't set errno, assume problem is no disk space */
8348 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5118 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : if (errno == 0)
5119 : 0 : errno = ENOSPC;
7573 5120 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(PANIC,
5121 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
5122 : : errmsg("could not write bootstrap write-ahead log file: %m")));
5123 : : }
2584 rhaas@postgresql.org 5124 :CBC 39 : pgstat_report_wait_end();
5125 : :
5126 : 39 : pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_WAL_BOOTSTRAP_SYNC);
8433 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5127 [ - + ]: 39 : if (pg_fsync(openLogFile) != 0)
7573 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5128 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(PANIC,
5129 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
5130 : : errmsg("could not fsync bootstrap write-ahead log file: %m")));
2584 rhaas@postgresql.org 5131 :CBC 39 : pgstat_report_wait_end();
5132 : :
1744 peter@eisentraut.org 5133 [ - + ]: 39 : if (close(openLogFile) != 0)
7384 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5134 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(PANIC,
5135 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
5136 : : errmsg("could not close bootstrap write-ahead log file: %m")));
5137 : :
8433 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5138 :CBC 39 : openLogFile = -1;
5139 : :
5140 : : /* Now create pg_control */
1518 peter@eisentraut.org 5141 : 39 : InitControlFile(sysidentifier);
8433 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5142 : 39 : ControlFile->time = checkPoint.time;
8957 vadim4o@yahoo.com 5143 : 39 : ControlFile->checkPoint = checkPoint.redo;
8433 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5144 : 39 : ControlFile->checkPointCopy = checkPoint;
5145 : :
5146 : : /* some additional ControlFile fields are set in WriteControlFile() */
8541 5147 : 39 : WriteControlFile();
5148 : :
5149 : : /* Bootstrap the commit log, too */
8268 5150 : 39 : BootStrapCLOG();
3420 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 5151 : 39 : BootStrapCommitTs();
7227 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5152 : 39 : BootStrapSUBTRANS();
6926 5153 : 39 : BootStrapMultiXact();
5154 : :
6812 5155 : 39 : pfree(buffer);
5156 : :
5157 : : /*
5158 : : * Force control file to be read - in contrast to normal processing we'd
5159 : : * otherwise never run the checks and GUC related initializations therein.
5160 : : */
2405 andres@anarazel.de 5161 : 39 : ReadControlFile();
8957 vadim4o@yahoo.com 5162 : 39 : }
5163 : :
5164 : : static char *
6098 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5165 : 745 : str_time(pg_time_t tnow)
5166 : : {
5167 : : static char buf[128];
5168 : :
5169 : 745 : pg_strftime(buf, sizeof(buf),
5170 : : "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S %Z",
5171 : 745 : pg_localtime(&tnow, log_timezone));
5172 : :
8545 peter_e@gmx.net 5173 : 745 : return buf;
5174 : : }
5175 : :
5176 : : /*
5177 : : * Initialize the first WAL segment on new timeline.
5178 : : */
5179 : : static void
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 5180 : 46 : XLogInitNewTimeline(TimeLineID endTLI, XLogRecPtr endOfLog, TimeLineID newTLI)
5181 : : {
5182 : : char xlogfname[MAXFNAMELEN];
5183 : : XLogSegNo endLogSegNo;
5184 : : XLogSegNo startLogSegNo;
5185 : :
5186 : : /* we always switch to a new timeline after archive recovery */
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 5187 [ - + ]: 46 : Assert(endTLI != newTLI);
5188 : :
5189 : : /*
5190 : : * Update min recovery point one last time.
5191 : : */
5407 heikki.linnakangas@i 5192 : 46 : UpdateMinRecoveryPoint(InvalidXLogRecPtr, true);
5193 : :
5194 : : /*
5195 : : * Calculate the last segment on the old timeline, and the first segment
5196 : : * on the new timeline. If the switch happens in the middle of a segment,
5197 : : * they are the same, but if the switch happens exactly at a segment
5198 : : * boundary, startLogSegNo will be endLogSegNo + 1.
5199 : : */
2399 andres@anarazel.de 5200 : 46 : XLByteToPrevSeg(endOfLog, endLogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
5201 : 46 : XLByteToSeg(endOfLog, startLogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
5202 : :
5203 : : /*
5204 : : * Initialize the starting WAL segment for the new timeline. If the switch
5205 : : * happens in the middle of a segment, copy data from the last WAL segment
5206 : : * of the old timeline up to the switch point, to the starting WAL segment
5207 : : * on the new timeline.
5208 : : */
3405 heikki.linnakangas@i 5209 [ + + ]: 46 : if (endLogSegNo == startLogSegNo)
5210 : : {
5211 : : /*
5212 : : * Make a copy of the file on the new timeline.
5213 : : *
5214 : : * Writing WAL isn't allowed yet, so there are no locking
5215 : : * considerations. But we should be just as tense as XLogFileInit to
5216 : : * avoid emplacing a bogus file.
5217 : : */
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 5218 : 36 : XLogFileCopy(newTLI, endLogSegNo, endTLI, endLogSegNo,
2399 andres@anarazel.de 5219 : 36 : XLogSegmentOffset(endOfLog, wal_segment_size));
5220 : : }
5221 : : else
5222 : : {
5223 : : /*
5224 : : * The switch happened at a segment boundary, so just create the next
5225 : : * segment on the new timeline.
5226 : : */
5227 : : int fd;
5228 : :
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 5229 : 10 : fd = XLogFileInit(startLogSegNo, newTLI);
5230 : :
1744 peter@eisentraut.org 5231 [ - + ]: 10 : if (close(fd) != 0)
5232 : : {
1594 michael@paquier.xyz 5233 :UBC 0 : int save_errno = errno;
5234 : :
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 5235 : 0 : XLogFileName(xlogfname, newTLI, startLogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
1594 michael@paquier.xyz 5236 : 0 : errno = save_errno;
3402 heikki.linnakangas@i 5237 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
5238 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
5239 : : errmsg("could not close file \"%s\": %m", xlogfname)));
5240 : : }
5241 : : }
5242 : :
5243 : : /*
5244 : : * Let's just make real sure there are not .ready or .done flags posted
5245 : : * for the new segment.
5246 : : */
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 5247 :CBC 46 : XLogFileName(xlogfname, newTLI, startLogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
3461 fujii@postgresql.org 5248 : 46 : XLogArchiveCleanup(xlogfname);
7209 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5249 : 46 : }
5250 : :
5251 : : /*
5252 : : * Perform cleanup actions at the conclusion of archive recovery.
5253 : : */
5254 : : static void
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 5255 : 46 : CleanupAfterArchiveRecovery(TimeLineID EndOfLogTLI, XLogRecPtr EndOfLog,
5256 : : TimeLineID newTLI)
5257 : : {
5258 : : /*
5259 : : * Execute the recovery_end_command, if any.
5260 : : */
914 5261 [ + - + + ]: 46 : if (recoveryEndCommand && strcmp(recoveryEndCommand, "") != 0)
433 michael@paquier.xyz 5262 : 2 : ExecuteRecoveryCommand(recoveryEndCommand,
5263 : : "recovery_end_command",
5264 : : true,
5265 : : WAIT_EVENT_RECOVERY_END_COMMAND);
5266 : :
5267 : : /*
5268 : : * We switched to a new timeline. Clean up segments on the old timeline.
5269 : : *
5270 : : * If there are any higher-numbered segments on the old timeline, remove
5271 : : * them. They might contain valid WAL, but they might also be
5272 : : * pre-allocated files containing garbage. In any case, they are not part
5273 : : * of the new timeline's history so we don't need them.
5274 : : */
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 5275 : 46 : RemoveNonParentXlogFiles(EndOfLog, newTLI);
5276 : :
5277 : : /*
5278 : : * If the switch happened in the middle of a segment, what to do with the
5279 : : * last, partial segment on the old timeline? If we don't archive it, and
5280 : : * the server that created the WAL never archives it either (e.g. because
5281 : : * it was hit by a meteor), it will never make it to the archive. That's
5282 : : * OK from our point of view, because the new segment that we created with
5283 : : * the new TLI contains all the WAL from the old timeline up to the switch
5284 : : * point. But if you later try to do PITR to the "missing" WAL on the old
5285 : : * timeline, recovery won't find it in the archive. It's physically
5286 : : * present in the new file with new TLI, but recovery won't look there
5287 : : * when it's recovering to the older timeline. On the other hand, if we
5288 : : * archive the partial segment, and the original server on that timeline
5289 : : * is still running and archives the completed version of the same segment
5290 : : * later, it will fail. (We used to do that in 9.4 and below, and it
5291 : : * caused such problems).
5292 : : *
5293 : : * As a compromise, we rename the last segment with the .partial suffix,
5294 : : * and archive it. Archive recovery will never try to read .partial
5295 : : * segments, so they will normally go unused. But in the odd PITR case,
5296 : : * the administrator can copy them manually to the pg_wal directory
5297 : : * (removing the suffix). They can be useful in debugging, too.
5298 : : *
5299 : : * If a .done or .ready file already exists for the old timeline, however,
5300 : : * we had already determined that the segment is complete, so we can let
5301 : : * it be archived normally. (In particular, if it was restored from the
5302 : : * archive to begin with, it's expected to have a .done file).
5303 : : */
914 5304 [ + + + + ]: 82 : if (XLogSegmentOffset(EndOfLog, wal_segment_size) != 0 &&
5305 [ + + - + ]: 36 : XLogArchivingActive())
5306 : : {
5307 : : char origfname[MAXFNAMELEN];
5308 : : XLogSegNo endLogSegNo;
5309 : :
5310 : 7 : XLByteToPrevSeg(EndOfLog, endLogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
5311 : 7 : XLogFileName(origfname, EndOfLogTLI, endLogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
5312 : :
5313 [ + + ]: 7 : if (!XLogArchiveIsReadyOrDone(origfname))
5314 : : {
5315 : : char origpath[MAXPGPATH];
5316 : : char partialfname[MAXFNAMELEN];
5317 : : char partialpath[MAXPGPATH];
5318 : :
5319 : 4 : XLogFilePath(origpath, EndOfLogTLI, endLogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
5320 : 4 : snprintf(partialfname, MAXFNAMELEN, "%s.partial", origfname);
5321 : 4 : snprintf(partialpath, MAXPGPATH, "%s.partial", origpath);
5322 : :
5323 : : /*
5324 : : * Make sure there's no .done or .ready file for the .partial
5325 : : * file.
5326 : : */
5327 : 4 : XLogArchiveCleanup(partialfname);
5328 : :
5329 : 4 : durable_rename(origpath, partialpath, ERROR);
5330 : 4 : XLogArchiveNotify(partialfname);
5331 : : }
5332 : : }
5333 : 46 : }
5334 : :
5335 : : /*
5336 : : * Check to see if required parameters are set high enough on this server
5337 : : * for various aspects of recovery operation.
5338 : : *
5339 : : * Note that all the parameters which this function tests need to be
5340 : : * listed in Administrator's Overview section in high-availability.sgml.
5341 : : * If you change them, don't forget to update the list.
5342 : : */
5343 : : static void
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 5344 : 273 : CheckRequiredParameterValues(void)
5345 : : {
5346 : : /*
5347 : : * For archive recovery, the WAL must be generated with at least 'replica'
5348 : : * wal_level.
5349 : : */
5350 [ + + + + ]: 273 : if (ArchiveRecoveryRequested && ControlFile->wal_level == WAL_LEVEL_MINIMAL)
5351 : : {
5352 [ + - ]: 2 : ereport(FATAL,
5353 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
5354 : : errmsg("WAL was generated with wal_level=minimal, cannot continue recovering"),
5355 : : errdetail("This happens if you temporarily set wal_level=minimal on the server."),
5356 : : errhint("Use a backup taken after setting wal_level to higher than minimal.")));
5357 : : }
5358 : :
5359 : : /*
5360 : : * For Hot Standby, the WAL must be generated with 'replica' mode, and we
5361 : : * must have at least as many backend slots as the primary.
5362 : : */
3693 5363 [ + + + + ]: 271 : if (ArchiveRecoveryRequested && EnableHotStandby)
5364 : : {
5365 : : /* We ignore autovacuum_max_workers when we make this test. */
5100 5366 : 153 : RecoveryRequiresIntParameter("max_connections",
5367 : : MaxConnections,
5099 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5368 : 153 : ControlFile->MaxConnections);
3937 rhaas@postgresql.org 5369 : 153 : RecoveryRequiresIntParameter("max_worker_processes",
5370 : : max_worker_processes,
5371 : 153 : ControlFile->max_worker_processes);
1888 michael@paquier.xyz 5372 : 153 : RecoveryRequiresIntParameter("max_wal_senders",
5373 : : max_wal_senders,
5374 : 153 : ControlFile->max_wal_senders);
4239 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5375 : 153 : RecoveryRequiresIntParameter("max_prepared_transactions",
5376 : : max_prepared_xacts,
5099 5377 : 153 : ControlFile->max_prepared_xacts);
4239 5378 : 153 : RecoveryRequiresIntParameter("max_locks_per_transaction",
5379 : : max_locks_per_xact,
5099 5380 : 153 : ControlFile->max_locks_per_xact);
5381 : : }
5230 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 5382 : 271 : }
5383 : :
5384 : : /*
5385 : : * This must be called ONCE during postmaster or standalone-backend startup
5386 : : */
5387 : : void
8433 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5388 : 823 : StartupXLOG(void)
5389 : : {
5390 : : XLogCtlInsert *Insert;
5391 : : CheckPoint checkPoint;
5392 : : bool wasShutdown;
5393 : : bool didCrash;
5394 : : bool haveTblspcMap;
5395 : : bool haveBackupLabel;
5396 : : XLogRecPtr EndOfLog;
5397 : : TimeLineID EndOfLogTLI;
5398 : : TimeLineID newTLI;
5399 : : bool performedWalRecovery;
5400 : : EndOfWalRecoveryInfo *endOfRecoveryInfo;
5401 : : XLogRecPtr abortedRecPtr;
5402 : : XLogRecPtr missingContrecPtr;
5403 : : TransactionId oldestActiveXID;
1355 fujii@postgresql.org 5404 : 823 : bool promoted = false;
5405 : :
5406 : : /*
5407 : : * We should have an aux process resource owner to use, and we should not
5408 : : * be in a transaction that's installed some other resowner.
5409 : : */
2097 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5410 [ - + ]: 823 : Assert(AuxProcessResourceOwner != NULL);
5411 [ + - - + ]: 823 : Assert(CurrentResourceOwner == NULL ||
5412 : : CurrentResourceOwner == AuxProcessResourceOwner);
5413 : 823 : CurrentResourceOwner = AuxProcessResourceOwner;
5414 : :
5415 : : /*
5416 : : * Check that contents look valid.
5417 : : */
1619 peter@eisentraut.org 5418 [ - + ]: 823 : if (!XRecOffIsValid(ControlFile->checkPoint))
7573 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5419 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(FATAL,
5420 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED),
5421 : : errmsg("control file contains invalid checkpoint location")));
5422 : :
1619 peter@eisentraut.org 5423 [ + + - - :CBC 823 : switch (ControlFile->state)
+ + - ]
5424 : : {
5425 : 591 : case DB_SHUTDOWNED:
5426 : :
5427 : : /*
5428 : : * This is the expected case, so don't be chatty in standalone
5429 : : * mode
5430 : : */
5431 [ + + + + ]: 591 : ereport(IsPostmasterEnvironment ? LOG : NOTICE,
5432 : : (errmsg("database system was shut down at %s",
5433 : : str_time(ControlFile->time))));
5434 : 591 : break;
5435 : :
5436 : 31 : case DB_SHUTDOWNED_IN_RECOVERY:
5437 [ + - ]: 31 : ereport(LOG,
5438 : : (errmsg("database system was shut down in recovery at %s",
5439 : : str_time(ControlFile->time))));
5440 : 31 : break;
5441 : :
1619 peter@eisentraut.org 5442 :UBC 0 : case DB_SHUTDOWNING:
5443 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(LOG,
5444 : : (errmsg("database system shutdown was interrupted; last known up at %s",
5445 : : str_time(ControlFile->time))));
5446 : 0 : break;
5447 : :
5448 : 0 : case DB_IN_CRASH_RECOVERY:
5449 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(LOG,
5450 : : (errmsg("database system was interrupted while in recovery at %s",
5451 : : str_time(ControlFile->time)),
5452 : : errhint("This probably means that some data is corrupted and"
5453 : : " you will have to use the last backup for recovery.")));
5454 : 0 : break;
5455 : :
1619 peter@eisentraut.org 5456 :CBC 22 : case DB_IN_ARCHIVE_RECOVERY:
5457 [ + - ]: 22 : ereport(LOG,
5458 : : (errmsg("database system was interrupted while in recovery at log time %s",
5459 : : str_time(ControlFile->checkPointCopy.time)),
5460 : : errhint("If this has occurred more than once some data might be corrupted"
5461 : : " and you might need to choose an earlier recovery target.")));
5462 : 22 : break;
5463 : :
5464 : 179 : case DB_IN_PRODUCTION:
5465 [ + - ]: 179 : ereport(LOG,
5466 : : (errmsg("database system was interrupted; last known up at %s",
5467 : : str_time(ControlFile->time))));
5468 : 179 : break;
5469 : :
1619 peter@eisentraut.org 5470 :UBC 0 : default:
5471 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(FATAL,
5472 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED),
5473 : : errmsg("control file contains invalid database cluster state")));
5474 : : }
5475 : :
5476 : : /* This is just to allow attaching to startup process with a debugger */
5477 : : #ifdef XLOG_REPLAY_DELAY
5478 : : if (ControlFile->state != DB_SHUTDOWNED)
5479 : : pg_usleep(60000000L);
5480 : : #endif
5481 : :
5482 : : /*
5483 : : * Verify that pg_wal, pg_wal/archive_status, and pg_wal/summaries exist.
5484 : : * In cases where someone has performed a copy for PITR, these directories
5485 : : * may have been excluded and need to be re-created.
5486 : : */
5635 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5487 :CBC 823 : ValidateXLOGDirectoryStructure();
5488 : :
5489 : : /* Set up timeout handler needed to report startup progress. */
902 rhaas@postgresql.org 5490 [ + + ]: 823 : if (!IsBootstrapProcessingMode())
5491 : 784 : RegisterTimeout(STARTUP_PROGRESS_TIMEOUT,
5492 : : startup_progress_timeout_handler);
5493 : :
5494 : : /*----------
5495 : : * If we previously crashed, perform a couple of actions:
5496 : : *
5497 : : * - The pg_wal directory may still include some temporary WAL segments
5498 : : * used when creating a new segment, so perform some clean up to not
5499 : : * bloat this path. This is done first as there is no point to sync
5500 : : * this temporary data.
5501 : : *
5502 : : * - There might be data which we had written, intending to fsync it, but
5503 : : * which we had not actually fsync'd yet. Therefore, a power failure in
5504 : : * the near future might cause earlier unflushed writes to be lost, even
5505 : : * though more recent data written to disk from here on would be
5506 : : * persisted. To avoid that, fsync the entire data directory.
5507 : : */
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 5508 [ + + ]: 823 : if (ControlFile->state != DB_SHUTDOWNED &&
5509 [ + + ]: 232 : ControlFile->state != DB_SHUTDOWNED_IN_RECOVERY)
5510 : : {
5511 : 201 : RemoveTempXlogFiles();
5512 : 201 : SyncDataDirectory();
739 andres@anarazel.de 5513 : 201 : didCrash = true;
5514 : : }
5515 : : else
5516 : 622 : didCrash = false;
5517 : :
5518 : : /*
5519 : : * Prepare for WAL recovery if needed.
5520 : : *
5521 : : * InitWalRecovery analyzes the control file and the backup label file, if
5522 : : * any. It updates the in-memory ControlFile buffer according to the
5523 : : * starting checkpoint, and sets InRecovery and ArchiveRecoveryRequested.
5524 : : * It also applies the tablespace map file, if any.
5525 : : */
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 5526 : 823 : InitWalRecovery(ControlFile, &wasShutdown,
5527 : : &haveBackupLabel, &haveTblspcMap);
5528 : 823 : checkPoint = ControlFile->checkPointCopy;
5529 : :
5530 : : /* initialize shared memory variables from the checkpoint record */
128 heikki.linnakangas@i 5531 :GNC 823 : TransamVariables->nextXid = checkPoint.nextXid;
5532 : 823 : TransamVariables->nextOid = checkPoint.nextOid;
5533 : 823 : TransamVariables->oidCount = 0;
6885 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5534 :CBC 823 : MultiXactSetNextMXact(checkPoint.nextMulti, checkPoint.nextMultiOffset);
2579 rhaas@postgresql.org 5535 : 823 : AdvanceOldestClogXid(checkPoint.oldestXid);
5170 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5536 : 823 : SetTransactionIdLimit(checkPoint.oldestXid, checkPoint.oldestXidDB);
2588 5537 : 823 : SetMultiXactIdLimit(checkPoint.oldestMulti, checkPoint.oldestMultiDB, true);
3030 mail@joeconway.com 5538 : 823 : SetCommitTsLimit(checkPoint.oldestCommitTsXid,
5539 : : checkPoint.newestCommitTsXid);
1342 andres@anarazel.de 5540 : 823 : XLogCtl->ckptFullXid = checkPoint.nextXid;
5541 : :
5542 : : /*
5543 : : * Clear out any old relcache cache files. This is *necessary* if we do
5544 : : * any WAL replay, since that would probably result in the cache files
5545 : : * being out of sync with database reality. In theory we could leave them
5546 : : * in place if the database had been cleanly shut down, but it seems
5547 : : * safest to just remove them always and let them be rebuilt during the
5548 : : * first backend startup. These files needs to be removed from all
5549 : : * directories including pg_tblspc, however the symlinks are created only
5550 : : * after reading tablespace_map file in case of archive recovery from
5551 : : * backup, so needs to clear old relcache files here after creating
5552 : : * symlinks.
5553 : : */
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 5554 : 823 : RelationCacheInitFileRemove();
5555 : :
5556 : : /*
5557 : : * Initialize replication slots, before there's a chance to remove
5558 : : * required resources.
5559 : : */
3594 andres@anarazel.de 5560 : 823 : StartupReplicationSlots();
5561 : :
5562 : : /*
5563 : : * Startup logical state, needs to be setup now so we have proper data
5564 : : * during crash recovery.
5565 : : */
3695 rhaas@postgresql.org 5566 : 823 : StartupReorderBuffer();
5567 : :
5568 : : /*
5569 : : * Startup CLOG. This must be done after TransamVariables->nextXid has
5570 : : * been initialized and before we accept connections or begin WAL replay.
5571 : : */
1173 5572 : 823 : StartupCLOG();
5573 : :
5574 : : /*
5575 : : * Startup MultiXact. We need to do this early to be able to replay
5576 : : * truncations.
5577 : : */
3789 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 5578 : 823 : StartupMultiXact();
5579 : :
5580 : : /*
5581 : : * Ditto for commit timestamps. Activate the facility if the setting is
5582 : : * enabled in the control file, as there should be no tracking of commit
5583 : : * timestamps done when the setting was disabled. This facility can be
5584 : : * started or stopped when replaying a XLOG_PARAMETER_CHANGE record.
5585 : : */
2027 michael@paquier.xyz 5586 [ + + ]: 823 : if (ControlFile->track_commit_timestamp)
3047 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 5587 : 9 : StartupCommitTs();
5588 : :
5589 : : /*
5590 : : * Recover knowledge about replay progress of known replication partners.
5591 : : */
3273 andres@anarazel.de 5592 : 823 : StartupReplicationOrigin();
5593 : :
5594 : : /*
5595 : : * Initialize unlogged LSN. On a clean shutdown, it's restored from the
5596 : : * control file. On recovery, all unlogged relations are blown away, so
5597 : : * the unlogged LSN counter can be reset too.
5598 : : */
4080 heikki.linnakangas@i 5599 [ + + ]: 823 : if (ControlFile->state == DB_SHUTDOWNED)
45 nathan@postgresql.or 5600 :GNC 581 : pg_atomic_write_membarrier_u64(&XLogCtl->unloggedLSN,
5601 : 581 : ControlFile->unloggedLSN);
5602 : : else
5603 : 242 : pg_atomic_write_membarrier_u64(&XLogCtl->unloggedLSN,
5604 : : FirstNormalUnloggedLSN);
5605 : :
5606 : : /*
5607 : : * Copy any missing timeline history files between 'now' and the recovery
5608 : : * target timeline from archive to pg_wal. While we don't need those files
5609 : : * ourselves - the history file of the recovery target timeline covers all
5610 : : * the previous timelines in the history too - a cascading standby server
5611 : : * might be interested in them. Or, if you archive the WAL from this
5612 : : * server to a different archive than the primary, it'd be good for all
5613 : : * the history files to get archived there after failover, so that you can
5614 : : * use one of the old timelines as a PITR target. Timeline history files
5615 : : * are small, so it's better to copy them unnecessarily than not copy them
5616 : : * and regret later.
5617 : : */
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 5618 :CBC 823 : restoreTimeLineHistoryFiles(checkPoint.ThisTimeLineID, recoveryTargetTLI);
5619 : :
5620 : : /*
5621 : : * Before running in recovery, scan pg_twophase and fill in its status to
5622 : : * be able to work on entries generated by redo. Doing a scan before
5623 : : * taking any recovery action has the merit to discard any 2PC files that
5624 : : * are newer than the first record to replay, saving from any conflicts at
5625 : : * replay. This avoids as well any subsequent scans when doing recovery
5626 : : * of the on-disk two-phase data.
5627 : : */
2567 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 5628 : 823 : restoreTwoPhaseData();
5629 : :
5630 : : /*
5631 : : * When starting with crash recovery, reset pgstat data - it might not be
5632 : : * valid. Otherwise restore pgstat data. It's safe to do this here,
5633 : : * because postmaster will not yet have started any other processes.
5634 : : *
5635 : : * NB: Restoring replication slot stats relies on slot state to have
5636 : : * already been restored from disk.
5637 : : *
5638 : : * TODO: With a bit of extra work we could just start with a pgstat file
5639 : : * associated with the checkpoint redo location we're starting from.
5640 : : */
739 andres@anarazel.de 5641 [ + + ]: 823 : if (didCrash)
5642 : 201 : pgstat_discard_stats();
5643 : : else
5644 : 622 : pgstat_restore_stats();
5645 : :
4463 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 5646 : 823 : lastFullPageWrites = checkPoint.fullPageWrites;
5647 : :
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 5648 : 823 : RedoRecPtr = XLogCtl->RedoRecPtr = XLogCtl->Insert.RedoRecPtr = checkPoint.redo;
3447 5649 : 823 : doPageWrites = lastFullPageWrites;
5650 : :
5651 : : /* REDO */
7193 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5652 [ + + ]: 823 : if (InRecovery)
5653 : : {
5654 : : /* Initialize state for RecoveryInProgress() */
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 5655 [ - + ]: 242 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
5656 [ + + ]: 242 : if (InArchiveRecovery)
5657 : 141 : XLogCtl->SharedRecoveryState = RECOVERY_STATE_ARCHIVE;
5658 : : else
5659 : 101 : XLogCtl->SharedRecoveryState = RECOVERY_STATE_CRASH;
5660 : 242 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
5661 : :
5662 : : /*
5663 : : * Update pg_control to show that we are recovering and to show the
5664 : : * selected checkpoint as the place we are starting from. We also mark
5665 : : * pg_control with any minimum recovery stop point obtained from a
5666 : : * backup history file.
5667 : : *
5668 : : * No need to hold ControlFileLock yet, we aren't up far enough.
5669 : : */
5670 : 242 : UpdateControlFile();
5671 : :
5672 : : /*
5673 : : * If there was a backup label file, it's done its job and the info
5674 : : * has now been propagated into pg_control. We must get rid of the
5675 : : * label file so that if we crash during recovery, we'll pick up at
5676 : : * the latest recovery restartpoint instead of going all the way back
5677 : : * to the backup start point. It seems prudent though to just rename
5678 : : * the file out of the way rather than delete it completely.
5679 : : */
5680 [ + + ]: 242 : if (haveBackupLabel)
5681 : : {
5682 : 95 : unlink(BACKUP_LABEL_OLD);
5683 : 95 : durable_rename(BACKUP_LABEL_FILE, BACKUP_LABEL_OLD, FATAL);
5684 : : }
5685 : :
5686 : : /*
5687 : : * If there was a tablespace_map file, it's done its job and the
5688 : : * symlinks have been created. We must get rid of the map file so
5689 : : * that if we crash during recovery, we don't create symlinks again.
5690 : : * It seems prudent though to just rename the file out of the way
5691 : : * rather than delete it completely.
5692 : : */
5693 [ + + ]: 242 : if (haveTblspcMap)
5694 : : {
5695 : 1 : unlink(TABLESPACE_MAP_OLD);
5696 : 1 : durable_rename(TABLESPACE_MAP, TABLESPACE_MAP_OLD, FATAL);
5697 : : }
5698 : :
5699 : : /*
5700 : : * Initialize our local copy of minRecoveryPoint. When doing crash
5701 : : * recovery we want to replay up to the end of WAL. Particularly, in
5702 : : * the case of a promoted standby minRecoveryPoint value in the
5703 : : * control file is only updated after the first checkpoint. However,
5704 : : * if the instance crashes before the first post-recovery checkpoint
5705 : : * is completed then recovery will use a stale location causing the
5706 : : * startup process to think that there are still invalid page
5707 : : * references when checking for data consistency.
5708 : : */
2110 michael@paquier.xyz 5709 [ + + ]: 242 : if (InArchiveRecovery)
5710 : : {
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 5711 : 141 : LocalMinRecoveryPoint = ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint;
5712 : 141 : LocalMinRecoveryPointTLI = ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI;
5713 : : }
5714 : : else
5715 : : {
5716 : 101 : LocalMinRecoveryPoint = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
5717 : 101 : LocalMinRecoveryPointTLI = 0;
5718 : : }
5719 : :
5720 : : /* Check that the GUCs used to generate the WAL allow recovery */
5100 5721 : 242 : CheckRequiredParameterValues();
5722 : :
5723 : : /*
5724 : : * We're in recovery, so unlogged relations may be trashed and must be
5725 : : * reset. This should be done BEFORE allowing Hot Standby
5726 : : * connections, so that read-only backends don't try to read whatever
5727 : : * garbage is left over from before.
5728 : : */
4855 rhaas@postgresql.org 5729 : 242 : ResetUnloggedRelations(UNLOGGED_RELATION_CLEANUP);
5730 : :
5731 : : /*
5732 : : * Likewise, delete any saved transaction snapshot files that got left
5733 : : * behind by crashed backends.
5734 : : */
4558 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5735 : 242 : DeleteAllExportedSnapshotFiles();
5736 : :
5737 : : /*
5738 : : * Initialize for Hot Standby, if enabled. We won't let backends in
5739 : : * yet, not until we've reached the min recovery point specified in
5740 : : * control file and we've established a recovery snapshot from a
5741 : : * running-xacts WAL record.
5742 : : */
4069 heikki.linnakangas@i 5743 [ + + + + ]: 242 : if (ArchiveRecoveryRequested && EnableHotStandby)
5744 : : {
5745 : : TransactionId *xids;
5746 : : int nxids;
5747 : :
5175 5748 [ + + ]: 138 : ereport(DEBUG1,
5749 : : (errmsg_internal("initializing for hot standby")));
5750 : :
5230 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 5751 : 138 : InitRecoveryTransactionEnvironment();
5752 : :
5753 [ + + ]: 138 : if (wasShutdown)
5754 : 25 : oldestActiveXID = PrescanPreparedTransactions(&xids, &nxids);
5755 : : else
5756 : 113 : oldestActiveXID = checkPoint.oldestActiveXid;
5757 [ - + ]: 138 : Assert(TransactionIdIsValid(oldestActiveXID));
5758 : :
5759 : : /* Tell procarray about the range of xids it has to deal with */
128 heikki.linnakangas@i 5760 :GNC 138 : ProcArrayInitRecovery(XidFromFullTransactionId(TransamVariables->nextXid));
5761 : :
5762 : : /*
5763 : : * Startup subtrans only. CLOG, MultiXact and commit timestamp
5764 : : * have already been started up and other SLRUs are not maintained
5765 : : * during recovery and need not be started yet.
5766 : : */
5230 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 5767 :CBC 138 : StartupSUBTRANS(oldestActiveXID);
5768 : :
5769 : : /*
5770 : : * If we're beginning at a shutdown checkpoint, we know that
5771 : : * nothing was running on the primary at this point. So fake-up an
5772 : : * empty running-xacts record and use that here and now. Recover
5773 : : * additional standby state for prepared transactions.
5774 : : */
5115 heikki.linnakangas@i 5775 [ + + ]: 138 : if (wasShutdown)
5776 : : {
5777 : : RunningTransactionsData running;
5778 : : TransactionId latestCompletedXid;
5779 : :
5780 : : /*
5781 : : * Construct a RunningTransactions snapshot representing a
5782 : : * shut down server, with only prepared transactions still
5783 : : * alive. We're never overflowed at this point because all
5784 : : * subxids are listed with their parent prepared transactions.
5785 : : */
5786 : 25 : running.xcnt = nxids;
4151 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 5787 : 25 : running.subxcnt = 0;
5115 heikki.linnakangas@i 5788 : 25 : running.subxid_overflow = false;
1342 andres@anarazel.de 5789 : 25 : running.nextXid = XidFromFullTransactionId(checkPoint.nextXid);
5115 heikki.linnakangas@i 5790 : 25 : running.oldestRunningXid = oldestActiveXID;
1342 andres@anarazel.de 5791 : 25 : latestCompletedXid = XidFromFullTransactionId(checkPoint.nextXid);
5085 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 5792 [ - + ]: 25 : TransactionIdRetreat(latestCompletedXid);
5084 5793 [ - + ]: 25 : Assert(TransactionIdIsNormal(latestCompletedXid));
5085 5794 : 25 : running.latestCompletedXid = latestCompletedXid;
5115 heikki.linnakangas@i 5795 : 25 : running.xids = xids;
5796 : :
5797 : 25 : ProcArrayApplyRecoveryInfo(&running);
5798 : :
2544 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 5799 : 25 : StandbyRecoverPreparedTransactions();
5800 : : }
5801 : : }
5802 : :
5803 : : /*
5804 : : * We're all set for replaying the WAL now. Do it.
5805 : : */
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 5806 : 242 : PerformWalRecovery();
5807 : 148 : performedWalRecovery = true;
5808 : : }
5809 : : else
784 5810 : 581 : performedWalRecovery = false;
5811 : :
5812 : : /*
5813 : : * Finish WAL recovery.
5814 : : */
788 5815 : 729 : endOfRecoveryInfo = FinishWalRecovery();
5816 : 729 : EndOfLog = endOfRecoveryInfo->endOfLog;
5817 : 729 : EndOfLogTLI = endOfRecoveryInfo->endOfLogTLI;
5818 : 729 : abortedRecPtr = endOfRecoveryInfo->abortedRecPtr;
5819 : 729 : missingContrecPtr = endOfRecoveryInfo->missingContrecPtr;
5820 : :
5821 : : /*
5822 : : * Reset ps status display, so as no information related to recovery shows
5823 : : * up.
5824 : : */
570 michael@paquier.xyz 5825 : 729 : set_ps_display("");
5826 : :
5827 : : /*
5828 : : * When recovering from a backup (we are in recovery, and archive recovery
5829 : : * was requested), complain if we did not roll forward far enough to reach
5830 : : * the point where the database is consistent. For regular online
5831 : : * backup-from-primary, that means reaching the end-of-backup WAL record
5832 : : * (at which point we reset backupStartPoint to be Invalid), for
5833 : : * backup-from-replica (which can't inject records into the WAL stream),
5834 : : * that point is when we reach the minRecoveryPoint in pg_control (which
5835 : : * we purposefully copy last when backing up from a replica). For
5836 : : * pg_rewind (which creates a backup_label with a method of "pg_rewind")
5837 : : * or snapshot-style backups (which don't), backupEndRequired will be set
5838 : : * to false.
5839 : : *
5840 : : * Note: it is indeed okay to look at the local variable
5841 : : * LocalMinRecoveryPoint here, even though ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint
5842 : : * might be further ahead --- ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint cannot have
5843 : : * been advanced beyond the WAL we processed.
5844 : : */
4764 heikki.linnakangas@i 5845 [ + + ]: 729 : if (InRecovery &&
788 5846 [ + - ]: 148 : (EndOfLog < LocalMinRecoveryPoint ||
5214 5847 [ - + ]: 148 : !XLogRecPtrIsInvalid(ControlFile->backupStartPoint)))
5848 : : {
5849 : : /*
5850 : : * Ran off end of WAL before reaching end-of-backup WAL record, or
5851 : : * minRecoveryPoint. That's a bad sign, indicating that you tried to
5852 : : * recover from an online backup but never called pg_backup_stop(), or
5853 : : * you didn't archive all the WAL needed.
5854 : : */
4069 heikki.linnakangas@i 5855 [ # # # # ]:UBC 0 : if (ArchiveRecoveryRequested || ControlFile->backupEndRequired)
5856 : : {
739 sfrost@snowman.net 5857 [ # # # # ]: 0 : if (!XLogRecPtrIsInvalid(ControlFile->backupStartPoint) || ControlFile->backupEndRequired)
4631 heikki.linnakangas@i 5858 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(FATAL,
5859 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
5860 : : errmsg("WAL ends before end of online backup"),
5861 : : errhint("All WAL generated while online backup was taken must be available at recovery.")));
5862 : : else
4750 5863 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(FATAL,
5864 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
5865 : : errmsg("WAL ends before consistent recovery point")));
5866 : : }
5867 : : }
5868 : :
5869 : : /*
5870 : : * Reset unlogged relations to the contents of their INIT fork. This is
5871 : : * done AFTER recovery is complete so as to include any unlogged relations
5872 : : * created during recovery, but BEFORE recovery is marked as having
5873 : : * completed successfully. Otherwise we'd not retry if any of the post
5874 : : * end-of-recovery steps fail.
5875 : : */
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 5876 [ + + ]:CBC 729 : if (InRecovery)
5877 : 148 : ResetUnloggedRelations(UNLOGGED_RELATION_INIT);
5878 : :
5879 : : /*
5880 : : * Pre-scan prepared transactions to find out the range of XIDs present.
5881 : : * This information is not quite needed yet, but it is positioned here so
5882 : : * as potential problems are detected before any on-disk change is done.
5883 : : */
2106 michael@paquier.xyz 5884 : 729 : oldestActiveXID = PrescanPreparedTransactions(NULL, NULL);
5885 : :
5886 : : /*
5887 : : * Allow ordinary WAL segment creation before possibly switching to a new
5888 : : * timeline, which creates a new segment, and after the last ReadRecord().
5889 : : */
606 5890 : 729 : SetInstallXLogFileSegmentActive();
5891 : :
5892 : : /*
5893 : : * Consider whether we need to assign a new timeline ID.
5894 : : *
5895 : : * If we did archive recovery, we always assign a new ID. This handles a
5896 : : * couple of issues. If we stopped short of the end of WAL during
5897 : : * recovery, then we are clearly generating a new timeline and must assign
5898 : : * it a unique new ID. Even if we ran to the end, modifying the current
5899 : : * last segment is problematic because it may result in trying to
5900 : : * overwrite an already-archived copy of that segment, and we encourage
5901 : : * DBAs to make their archive_commands reject that. We can dodge the
5902 : : * problem by making the new active segment have a new timeline ID.
5903 : : *
5904 : : * In a normal crash recovery, we can just extend the timeline we were in.
5905 : : */
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 5906 : 729 : newTLI = endOfRecoveryInfo->lastRecTLI;
4069 5907 [ + + ]: 729 : if (ArchiveRecoveryRequested)
5908 : : {
886 rhaas@postgresql.org 5909 : 46 : newTLI = findNewestTimeLine(recoveryTargetTLI) + 1;
7207 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5910 [ + - ]: 46 : ereport(LOG,
5911 : : (errmsg("selected new timeline ID: %u", newTLI)));
5912 : :
5913 : : /*
5914 : : * Make a writable copy of the last WAL segment. (Note that we also
5915 : : * have a copy of the last block of the old WAL in
5916 : : * endOfRecovery->lastPage; we will use that below.)
5917 : : */
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 5918 : 46 : XLogInitNewTimeline(EndOfLogTLI, EndOfLog, newTLI);
5919 : :
5920 : : /*
5921 : : * Remove the signal files out of the way, so that we don't
5922 : : * accidentally re-enter archive recovery mode in a subsequent crash.
5923 : : */
5924 [ + + ]: 46 : if (endOfRecoveryInfo->standby_signal_file_found)
5925 : 43 : durable_unlink(STANDBY_SIGNAL_FILE, FATAL);
5926 : :
5927 [ + + ]: 46 : if (endOfRecoveryInfo->recovery_signal_file_found)
5928 : 3 : durable_unlink(RECOVERY_SIGNAL_FILE, FATAL);
5929 : :
5930 : : /*
5931 : : * Write the timeline history file, and have it archived. After this
5932 : : * point (or rather, as soon as the file is archived), the timeline
5933 : : * will appear as "taken" in the WAL archive and to any standby
5934 : : * servers. If we crash before actually switching to the new
5935 : : * timeline, standby servers will nevertheless think that we switched
5936 : : * to the new timeline, and will try to connect to the new timeline.
5937 : : * To minimize the window for that, try to do as little as possible
5938 : : * between here and writing the end-of-recovery record.
5939 : : */
886 rhaas@postgresql.org 5940 : 46 : writeTimeLineHistory(newTLI, recoveryTargetTLI,
5941 : : EndOfLog, endOfRecoveryInfo->recoveryStopReason);
5942 : :
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 5943 [ + - ]: 46 : ereport(LOG,
5944 : : (errmsg("archive recovery complete")));
5945 : : }
5946 : :
5947 : : /* Save the selected TimeLineID in shared memory, too */
886 rhaas@postgresql.org 5948 : 729 : XLogCtl->InsertTimeLineID = newTLI;
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 5949 : 729 : XLogCtl->PrevTimeLineID = endOfRecoveryInfo->lastRecTLI;
5950 : :
5951 : : /*
5952 : : * Actually, if WAL ended in an incomplete record, skip the parts that
5953 : : * made it through and start writing after the portion that persisted.
5954 : : * (It's critical to first write an OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD message, which
5955 : : * we'll do as soon as we're open for writing new WAL.)
5956 : : */
928 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 5957 [ + + ]: 729 : if (!XLogRecPtrIsInvalid(missingContrecPtr))
5958 : : {
5959 : : /*
5960 : : * We should only have a missingContrecPtr if we're not switching to a
5961 : : * new timeline. When a timeline switch occurs, WAL is copied from the
5962 : : * old timeline to the new only up to the end of the last complete
5963 : : * record, so there can't be an incomplete WAL record that we need to
5964 : : * disregard.
5965 : : */
594 rhaas@postgresql.org 5966 [ - + ]: 10 : Assert(newTLI == endOfRecoveryInfo->lastRecTLI);
928 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 5967 [ - + ]: 10 : Assert(!XLogRecPtrIsInvalid(abortedRecPtr));
5968 : 10 : EndOfLog = missingContrecPtr;
5969 : : }
5970 : :
5971 : : /*
5972 : : * Prepare to write WAL starting at EndOfLog location, and init xlog
5973 : : * buffer cache using the block containing the last record from the
5974 : : * previous incarnation.
5975 : : */
8569 vadim4o@yahoo.com 5976 : 729 : Insert = &XLogCtl->Insert;
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 5977 : 729 : Insert->PrevBytePos = XLogRecPtrToBytePos(endOfRecoveryInfo->lastRec);
3924 5978 : 729 : Insert->CurrBytePos = XLogRecPtrToBytePos(EndOfLog);
5979 : :
5980 : : /*
5981 : : * Tricky point here: lastPage contains the *last* block that the LastRec
5982 : : * record spans, not the one it starts in. The last block is indeed the
5983 : : * one we want to use.
5984 : : */
5985 [ + + ]: 729 : if (EndOfLog % XLOG_BLCKSZ != 0)
5986 : : {
5987 : : char *page;
5988 : : int len;
5989 : : int firstIdx;
5990 : :
5991 : 703 : firstIdx = XLogRecPtrToBufIdx(EndOfLog);
788 5992 : 703 : len = EndOfLog - endOfRecoveryInfo->lastPageBeginPtr;
5993 [ - + ]: 703 : Assert(len < XLOG_BLCKSZ);
5994 : :
5995 : : /* Copy the valid part of the last block, and zero the rest */
3924 5996 : 703 : page = &XLogCtl->pages[firstIdx * XLOG_BLCKSZ];
788 5997 : 703 : memcpy(page, endOfRecoveryInfo->lastPage, len);
3924 5998 : 703 : memset(page + len, 0, XLOG_BLCKSZ - len);
5999 : :
117 jdavis@postgresql.or 6000 :GNC 703 : pg_atomic_write_u64(&XLogCtl->xlblocks[firstIdx], endOfRecoveryInfo->lastPageBeginPtr + XLOG_BLCKSZ);
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 6001 :CBC 703 : XLogCtl->InitializedUpTo = endOfRecoveryInfo->lastPageBeginPtr + XLOG_BLCKSZ;
6002 : : }
6003 : : else
6004 : : {
6005 : : /*
6006 : : * There is no partial block to copy. Just set InitializedUpTo, and
6007 : : * let the first attempt to insert a log record to initialize the next
6008 : : * buffer.
6009 : : */
3924 6010 : 26 : XLogCtl->InitializedUpTo = EndOfLog;
6011 : : }
6012 : :
6013 : : /*
6014 : : * Update local and shared status. This is OK to do without any locks
6015 : : * because no other process can be reading or writing WAL yet.
6016 : : */
6017 : 729 : LogwrtResult.Write = LogwrtResult.Flush = EndOfLog;
7 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 6018 :GNC 729 : pg_atomic_write_u64(&XLogCtl->logInsertResult, EndOfLog);
9 6019 : 729 : pg_atomic_write_u64(&XLogCtl->logWriteResult, EndOfLog);
6020 : 729 : pg_atomic_write_u64(&XLogCtl->logFlushResult, EndOfLog);
3924 heikki.linnakangas@i 6021 :CBC 729 : XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Write = EndOfLog;
6022 : 729 : XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Flush = EndOfLog;
6023 : :
6024 : : /*
6025 : : * Preallocate additional log files, if wanted.
6026 : : */
886 rhaas@postgresql.org 6027 : 729 : PreallocXlogFiles(EndOfLog, newTLI);
6028 : :
6029 : : /*
6030 : : * Okay, we're officially UP.
6031 : : */
8569 vadim4o@yahoo.com 6032 : 729 : InRecovery = false;
6033 : :
6034 : : /* start the archive_timeout timer and LSN running */
3924 heikki.linnakangas@i 6035 : 729 : XLogCtl->lastSegSwitchTime = (pg_time_t) time(NULL);
2670 andres@anarazel.de 6036 : 729 : XLogCtl->lastSegSwitchLSN = EndOfLog;
6037 : :
6038 : : /* also initialize latestCompletedXid, to nextXid - 1 */
4451 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6039 : 729 : LWLockAcquire(ProcArrayLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
128 heikki.linnakangas@i 6040 :GNC 729 : TransamVariables->latestCompletedXid = TransamVariables->nextXid;
6041 : 729 : FullTransactionIdRetreat(&TransamVariables->latestCompletedXid);
4451 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6042 :CBC 729 : LWLockRelease(ProcArrayLock);
6043 : :
6044 : : /*
6045 : : * Start up subtrans, if not already done for hot standby. (commit
6046 : : * timestamps are started below, if necessary.)
6047 : : */
5230 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 6048 [ + + ]: 729 : if (standbyState == STANDBY_DISABLED)
6049 : 683 : StartupSUBTRANS(oldestActiveXID);
6050 : :
6051 : : /*
6052 : : * Perform end of recovery actions for any SLRUs that need it.
6053 : : */
4547 6054 : 729 : TrimCLOG();
3789 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 6055 : 729 : TrimMultiXact();
6056 : :
6057 : : /*
6058 : : * Reload shared-memory state for prepared transactions. This needs to
6059 : : * happen before renaming the last partial segment of the old timeline as
6060 : : * it may be possible that we have to recovery some transactions from it.
6061 : : */
6876 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6062 : 729 : RecoverPreparedTransactions();
6063 : :
6064 : : /* Shut down xlogreader */
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 6065 : 729 : ShutdownWalRecovery();
6066 : :
6067 : : /* Enable WAL writes for this backend only. */
913 rhaas@postgresql.org 6068 : 729 : LocalSetXLogInsertAllowed();
6069 : :
6070 : : /* If necessary, write overwrite-contrecord before doing anything else */
6071 [ + + ]: 729 : if (!XLogRecPtrIsInvalid(abortedRecPtr))
6072 : : {
6073 [ - + ]: 10 : Assert(!XLogRecPtrIsInvalid(missingContrecPtr));
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 6074 : 10 : CreateOverwriteContrecordRecord(abortedRecPtr, missingContrecPtr, newTLI);
6075 : : }
6076 : :
6077 : : /*
6078 : : * Update full_page_writes in shared memory and write an XLOG_FPW_CHANGE
6079 : : * record before resource manager writes cleanup WAL records or checkpoint
6080 : : * record is written.
6081 : : */
913 rhaas@postgresql.org 6082 : 729 : Insert->fullPageWrites = lastFullPageWrites;
6083 : 729 : UpdateFullPageWrites();
6084 : :
6085 : : /*
6086 : : * Emit checkpoint or end-of-recovery record in XLOG, if required.
6087 : : */
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 6088 [ + + ]: 729 : if (performedWalRecovery)
913 rhaas@postgresql.org 6089 : 148 : promoted = PerformRecoveryXLogAction();
6090 : :
6091 : : /*
6092 : : * If any of the critical GUCs have changed, log them before we allow
6093 : : * backends to write WAL.
6094 : : */
5100 heikki.linnakangas@i 6095 : 729 : XLogReportParameters();
6096 : :
6097 : : /* If this is archive recovery, perform post-recovery cleanup actions. */
902 rhaas@postgresql.org 6098 [ + + ]: 729 : if (ArchiveRecoveryRequested)
886 6099 : 46 : CleanupAfterArchiveRecovery(EndOfLogTLI, EndOfLog, newTLI);
6100 : :
6101 : : /*
6102 : : * Local WAL inserts enabled, so it's time to finish initialization of
6103 : : * commit timestamp.
6104 : : */
3420 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 6105 : 729 : CompleteCommitTsInitialization();
6106 : :
6107 : : /*
6108 : : * All done with end-of-recovery actions.
6109 : : *
6110 : : * Now allow backends to write WAL and update the control file status in
6111 : : * consequence. SharedRecoveryState, that controls if backends can write
6112 : : * WAL, is updated while holding ControlFileLock to prevent other backends
6113 : : * to look at an inconsistent state of the control file in shared memory.
6114 : : * There is still a small window during which backends can write WAL and
6115 : : * the control file is still referring to a system not in DB_IN_PRODUCTION
6116 : : * state while looking at the on-disk control file.
6117 : : *
6118 : : * Also, we use info_lck to update SharedRecoveryState to ensure that
6119 : : * there are no race conditions concerning visibility of other recent
6120 : : * updates to shared memory.
6121 : : */
2819 peter_e@gmx.net 6122 : 729 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
6123 : 729 : ControlFile->state = DB_IN_PRODUCTION;
6124 : :
3492 andres@anarazel.de 6125 [ - + ]: 729 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
1451 michael@paquier.xyz 6126 : 729 : XLogCtl->SharedRecoveryState = RECOVERY_STATE_DONE;
3492 andres@anarazel.de 6127 : 729 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
6128 : :
2819 peter_e@gmx.net 6129 : 729 : UpdateControlFile();
6130 : 729 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
6131 : :
6132 : : /*
6133 : : * Shutdown the recovery environment. This must occur after
6134 : : * RecoverPreparedTransactions() (see notes in lock_twophase_recover())
6135 : : * and after switching SharedRecoveryState to RECOVERY_STATE_DONE so as
6136 : : * any session building a snapshot will not rely on KnownAssignedXids as
6137 : : * RecoveryInProgress() would return false at this stage. This is
6138 : : * particularly critical for prepared 2PC transactions, that would still
6139 : : * need to be included in snapshots once recovery has ended.
6140 : : */
923 michael@paquier.xyz 6141 [ + + ]: 729 : if (standbyState != STANDBY_DISABLED)
6142 : 46 : ShutdownRecoveryTransactionEnvironment();
6143 : :
6144 : : /*
6145 : : * If there were cascading standby servers connected to us, nudge any wal
6146 : : * sender processes to notice that we've been promoted.
6147 : : */
372 andres@anarazel.de 6148 : 729 : WalSndWakeup(true, true);
6149 : :
6150 : : /*
6151 : : * If this was a promotion, request an (online) checkpoint now. This isn't
6152 : : * required for consistency, but the last restartpoint might be far back,
6153 : : * and in case of a crash, recovering from it might take a longer than is
6154 : : * appropriate now that we're not in standby mode anymore.
6155 : : */
1355 fujii@postgresql.org 6156 [ + + ]: 729 : if (promoted)
3981 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 6157 : 39 : RequestCheckpoint(CHECKPOINT_FORCE);
5534 heikki.linnakangas@i 6158 : 729 : }
6159 : :
6160 : : /*
6161 : : * Callback from PerformWalRecovery(), called when we switch from crash
6162 : : * recovery to archive recovery mode. Updates the control file accordingly.
6163 : : */
6164 : : void
788 6165 : 4 : SwitchIntoArchiveRecovery(XLogRecPtr EndRecPtr, TimeLineID replayTLI)
6166 : : {
6167 : : /* initialize minRecoveryPoint to this record */
6168 : 4 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
6169 : 4 : ControlFile->state = DB_IN_ARCHIVE_RECOVERY;
6170 [ + - ]: 4 : if (ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint < EndRecPtr)
6171 : : {
6172 : 4 : ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint = EndRecPtr;
6173 : 4 : ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI = replayTLI;
6174 : : }
6175 : : /* update local copy */
6176 : 4 : LocalMinRecoveryPoint = ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint;
6177 : 4 : LocalMinRecoveryPointTLI = ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI;
6178 : :
6179 : : /*
6180 : : * The startup process can update its local copy of minRecoveryPoint from
6181 : : * this point.
6182 : : */
6183 : 4 : updateMinRecoveryPoint = true;
6184 : :
6185 : 4 : UpdateControlFile();
6186 : :
6187 : : /*
6188 : : * We update SharedRecoveryState while holding the lock on ControlFileLock
6189 : : * so both states are consistent in shared memory.
6190 : : */
6191 [ - + ]: 4 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
6192 : 4 : XLogCtl->SharedRecoveryState = RECOVERY_STATE_ARCHIVE;
6193 : 4 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
6194 : :
6195 : 4 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
6196 : 4 : }
6197 : :
6198 : : /*
6199 : : * Callback from PerformWalRecovery(), called when we reach the end of backup.
6200 : : * Updates the control file accordingly.
6201 : : */
6202 : : void
6203 : 95 : ReachedEndOfBackup(XLogRecPtr EndRecPtr, TimeLineID tli)
6204 : : {
6205 : : /*
6206 : : * We have reached the end of base backup, as indicated by pg_control. The
6207 : : * data on disk is now consistent (unless minRecoveryPoint is further
6208 : : * ahead, which can happen if we crashed during previous recovery). Reset
6209 : : * backupStartPoint and backupEndPoint, and update minRecoveryPoint to
6210 : : * make sure we don't allow starting up at an earlier point even if
6211 : : * recovery is stopped and restarted soon after this.
6212 : : */
6213 : 95 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
6214 : :
6215 [ + + ]: 95 : if (ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint < EndRecPtr)
6216 : : {
6217 : 78 : ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint = EndRecPtr;
6218 : 78 : ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI = tli;
6219 : : }
6220 : :
6221 : 95 : ControlFile->backupStartPoint = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
6222 : 95 : ControlFile->backupEndPoint = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
6223 : 95 : ControlFile->backupEndRequired = false;
6224 : 95 : UpdateControlFile();
6225 : :
6226 : 95 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
5115 6227 : 95 : }
6228 : :
6229 : : /*
6230 : : * Perform whatever XLOG actions are necessary at end of REDO.
6231 : : *
6232 : : * The goal here is to make sure that we'll be able to recover properly if
6233 : : * we crash again. If we choose to write a checkpoint, we'll write a shutdown
6234 : : * checkpoint rather than an on-line one. This is not particularly critical,
6235 : : * but since we may be assigning a new TLI, using a shutdown checkpoint allows
6236 : : * us to have the rule that TLI only changes in shutdown checkpoints, which
6237 : : * allows some extra error checking in xlog_redo.
6238 : : */
6239 : : static bool
914 rhaas@postgresql.org 6240 : 148 : PerformRecoveryXLogAction(void)
6241 : : {
6242 : 148 : bool promoted = false;
6243 : :
6244 : : /*
6245 : : * Perform a checkpoint to update all our recovery activity to disk.
6246 : : *
6247 : : * Note that we write a shutdown checkpoint rather than an on-line one.
6248 : : * This is not particularly critical, but since we may be assigning a new
6249 : : * TLI, using a shutdown checkpoint allows us to have the rule that TLI
6250 : : * only changes in shutdown checkpoints, which allows some extra error
6251 : : * checking in xlog_redo.
6252 : : *
6253 : : * In promotion, only create a lightweight end-of-recovery record instead
6254 : : * of a full checkpoint. A checkpoint is requested later, after we're
6255 : : * fully out of recovery mode and already accepting queries.
6256 : : */
6257 [ + + + - : 194 : if (ArchiveRecoveryRequested && IsUnderPostmaster &&
+ + ]
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 6258 : 46 : PromoteIsTriggered())
6259 : : {
914 rhaas@postgresql.org 6260 : 39 : promoted = true;
6261 : :
6262 : : /*
6263 : : * Insert a special WAL record to mark the end of recovery, since we
6264 : : * aren't doing a checkpoint. That means that the checkpointer process
6265 : : * may likely be in the middle of a time-smoothed restartpoint and
6266 : : * could continue to be for minutes after this. That sounds strange,
6267 : : * but the effect is roughly the same and it would be stranger to try
6268 : : * to come out of the restartpoint and then checkpoint. We request a
6269 : : * checkpoint later anyway, just for safety.
6270 : : */
6271 : 39 : CreateEndOfRecoveryRecord();
6272 : : }
6273 : : else
6274 : : {
6275 : 109 : RequestCheckpoint(CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY |
6276 : : CHECKPOINT_IMMEDIATE |
6277 : : CHECKPOINT_WAIT);
6278 : : }
6279 : :
6280 : 148 : return promoted;
6281 : : }
6282 : :
6283 : : /*
6284 : : * Is the system still in recovery?
6285 : : *
6286 : : * Unlike testing InRecovery, this works in any process that's connected to
6287 : : * shared memory.
6288 : : */
6289 : : bool
5534 heikki.linnakangas@i 6290 : 80635129 : RecoveryInProgress(void)
6291 : : {
6292 : : /*
6293 : : * We check shared state each time only until we leave recovery mode. We
6294 : : * can't re-enter recovery, so there's no need to keep checking after the
6295 : : * shared variable has once been seen false.
6296 : : */
6297 [ + + ]: 80635129 : if (!LocalRecoveryInProgress)
6298 : 78518930 : return false;
6299 : : else
6300 : : {
6301 : : /*
6302 : : * use volatile pointer to make sure we make a fresh read of the
6303 : : * shared variable.
6304 : : */
6305 : 2116199 : volatile XLogCtlData *xlogctl = XLogCtl;
6306 : :
1451 michael@paquier.xyz 6307 : 2116199 : LocalRecoveryInProgress = (xlogctl->SharedRecoveryState != RECOVERY_STATE_DONE);
6308 : :
6309 : : /*
6310 : : * Note: We don't need a memory barrier when we're still in recovery.
6311 : : * We might exit recovery immediately after return, so the caller
6312 : : * can't rely on 'true' meaning that we're still in recovery anyway.
6313 : : */
6314 : :
5534 heikki.linnakangas@i 6315 : 2116199 : return LocalRecoveryInProgress;
6316 : : }
6317 : : }
6318 : :
6319 : : /*
6320 : : * Returns current recovery state from shared memory.
6321 : : *
6322 : : * This returned state is kept consistent with the contents of the control
6323 : : * file. See details about the possible values of RecoveryState in xlog.h.
6324 : : */
6325 : : RecoveryState
1451 michael@paquier.xyz 6326 : 88 : GetRecoveryState(void)
6327 : : {
6328 : : RecoveryState retval;
6329 : :
6330 [ - + ]: 88 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
6331 : 88 : retval = XLogCtl->SharedRecoveryState;
6332 : 88 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
6333 : :
6334 : 88 : return retval;
6335 : : }
6336 : :
6337 : : /*
6338 : : * Is this process allowed to insert new WAL records?
6339 : : *
6340 : : * Ordinarily this is essentially equivalent to !RecoveryInProgress().
6341 : : * But we also have provisions for forcing the result "true" or "false"
6342 : : * within specific processes regardless of the global state.
6343 : : */
6344 : : bool
5406 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6345 : 28339614 : XLogInsertAllowed(void)
6346 : : {
6347 : : /*
6348 : : * If value is "unconditionally true" or "unconditionally false", just
6349 : : * return it. This provides the normal fast path once recovery is known
6350 : : * done.
6351 : : */
6352 [ + + ]: 28339614 : if (LocalXLogInsertAllowed >= 0)
6353 : 28211705 : return (bool) LocalXLogInsertAllowed;
6354 : :
6355 : : /*
6356 : : * Else, must check to see if we're still in recovery.
6357 : : */
6358 [ + + ]: 127909 : if (RecoveryInProgress())
6359 : 120869 : return false;
6360 : :
6361 : : /*
6362 : : * On exit from recovery, reset to "unconditionally true", since there is
6363 : : * no need to keep checking.
6364 : : */
6365 : 7040 : LocalXLogInsertAllowed = 1;
6366 : 7040 : return true;
6367 : : }
6368 : :
6369 : : /*
6370 : : * Make XLogInsertAllowed() return true in the current process only.
6371 : : *
6372 : : * Note: it is allowed to switch LocalXLogInsertAllowed back to -1 later,
6373 : : * and even call LocalSetXLogInsertAllowed() again after that.
6374 : : *
6375 : : * Returns the previous value of LocalXLogInsertAllowed.
6376 : : */
6377 : : static int
6378 : 838 : LocalSetXLogInsertAllowed(void)
6379 : : {
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 6380 : 838 : int oldXLogAllowed = LocalXLogInsertAllowed;
6381 : :
5406 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6382 : 838 : LocalXLogInsertAllowed = 1;
6383 : :
902 rhaas@postgresql.org 6384 : 838 : return oldXLogAllowed;
6385 : : }
6386 : :
6387 : : /*
6388 : : * Return the current Redo pointer from shared memory.
6389 : : *
6390 : : * As a side-effect, the local RedoRecPtr copy is updated.
6391 : : */
6392 : : XLogRecPtr
8508 vadim4o@yahoo.com 6393 : 274638 : GetRedoRecPtr(void)
6394 : : {
6395 : : XLogRecPtr ptr;
6396 : :
6397 : : /*
6398 : : * The possibly not up-to-date copy in XlogCtl is enough. Even if we
6399 : : * grabbed a WAL insertion lock to read the authoritative value in
6400 : : * Insert->RedoRecPtr, someone might update it just after we've released
6401 : : * the lock.
6402 : : */
3492 andres@anarazel.de 6403 [ + + ]: 274638 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
6404 : 274638 : ptr = XLogCtl->RedoRecPtr;
6405 : 274638 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
6406 : :
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 6407 [ + + ]: 274638 : if (RedoRecPtr < ptr)
6408 : 856 : RedoRecPtr = ptr;
6409 : :
8066 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6410 : 274638 : return RedoRecPtr;
6411 : : }
6412 : :
6413 : : /*
6414 : : * Return information needed to decide whether a modified block needs a
6415 : : * full-page image to be included in the WAL record.
6416 : : *
6417 : : * The returned values are cached copies from backend-private memory, and
6418 : : * possibly out-of-date or, indeed, uninitialized, in which case they will
6419 : : * be InvalidXLogRecPtr and false, respectively. XLogInsertRecord will
6420 : : * re-check them against up-to-date values, while holding the WAL insert lock.
6421 : : */
6422 : : void
3447 heikki.linnakangas@i 6423 : 13739113 : GetFullPageWriteInfo(XLogRecPtr *RedoRecPtr_p, bool *doPageWrites_p)
6424 : : {
6425 : 13739113 : *RedoRecPtr_p = RedoRecPtr;
6426 : 13739113 : *doPageWrites_p = doPageWrites;
6427 : 13739113 : }
6428 : :
6429 : : /*
6430 : : * GetInsertRecPtr -- Returns the current insert position.
6431 : : *
6432 : : * NOTE: The value *actually* returned is the position of the last full
6433 : : * xlog page. It lags behind the real insert position by at most 1 page.
6434 : : * For that, we don't need to scan through WAL insertion locks, and an
6435 : : * approximation is enough for the current usage of this function.
6436 : : */
6437 : : XLogRecPtr
6135 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6438 : 2838 : GetInsertRecPtr(void)
6439 : : {
6440 : : XLogRecPtr recptr;
6441 : :
3492 andres@anarazel.de 6442 [ - + ]: 2838 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
6443 : 2838 : recptr = XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Write;
6444 : 2838 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
6445 : :
6135 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6446 : 2838 : return recptr;
6447 : : }
6448 : :
6449 : : /*
6450 : : * GetFlushRecPtr -- Returns the current flush position, ie, the last WAL
6451 : : * position known to be fsync'd to disk. This should only be used on a
6452 : : * system that is known not to be in recovery.
6453 : : */
6454 : : XLogRecPtr
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 6455 : 193034 : GetFlushRecPtr(TimeLineID *insertTLI)
6456 : : {
886 6457 [ - + ]: 193034 : Assert(XLogCtl->SharedRecoveryState == RECOVERY_STATE_DONE);
6458 : :
11 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 6459 :GNC 193034 : RefreshXLogWriteResult(LogwrtResult);
6460 : :
6461 : : /*
6462 : : * If we're writing and flushing WAL, the time line can't be changing, so
6463 : : * no lock is required.
6464 : : */
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 6465 [ + + ]:CBC 193034 : if (insertTLI)
886 6466 : 26055 : *insertTLI = XLogCtl->InsertTimeLineID;
6467 : :
3015 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 6468 : 193034 : return LogwrtResult.Flush;
6469 : : }
6470 : :
6471 : : /*
6472 : : * GetWALInsertionTimeLine -- Returns the current timeline of a system that
6473 : : * is not in recovery.
6474 : : */
6475 : : TimeLineID
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 6476 : 55419 : GetWALInsertionTimeLine(void)
6477 : : {
6478 [ - + ]: 55419 : Assert(XLogCtl->SharedRecoveryState == RECOVERY_STATE_DONE);
6479 : :
6480 : : /* Since the value can't be changing, no lock is required. */
886 6481 : 55419 : return XLogCtl->InsertTimeLineID;
6482 : : }
6483 : :
6484 : : /*
6485 : : * GetLastImportantRecPtr -- Returns the LSN of the last important record
6486 : : * inserted. All records not explicitly marked as unimportant are considered
6487 : : * important.
6488 : : *
6489 : : * The LSN is determined by computing the maximum of
6490 : : * WALInsertLocks[i].lastImportantAt.
6491 : : */
6492 : : XLogRecPtr
2670 andres@anarazel.de 6493 : 1201 : GetLastImportantRecPtr(void)
6494 : : {
6495 : 1201 : XLogRecPtr res = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
6496 : : int i;
6497 : :
6498 [ + + ]: 10809 : for (i = 0; i < NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS; i++)
6499 : : {
6500 : : XLogRecPtr last_important;
6501 : :
6502 : : /*
6503 : : * Need to take a lock to prevent torn reads of the LSN, which are
6504 : : * possible on some of the supported platforms. WAL insert locks only
6505 : : * support exclusive mode, so we have to use that.
6506 : : */
6507 : 9608 : LWLockAcquire(&WALInsertLocks[i].l.lock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
6508 : 9608 : last_important = WALInsertLocks[i].l.lastImportantAt;
6509 : 9608 : LWLockRelease(&WALInsertLocks[i].l.lock);
6510 : :
6511 [ + + ]: 9608 : if (res < last_important)
6512 : 1815 : res = last_important;
6513 : : }
6514 : :
6515 : 1201 : return res;
6516 : : }
6517 : :
6518 : : /*
6519 : : * Get the time and LSN of the last xlog segment switch
6520 : : */
6521 : : pg_time_t
2670 andres@anarazel.de 6522 :UBC 0 : GetLastSegSwitchData(XLogRecPtr *lastSwitchLSN)
6523 : : {
6524 : : pg_time_t result;
6525 : :
6526 : : /* Need WALWriteLock, but shared lock is sufficient */
6450 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6527 : 0 : LWLockAcquire(WALWriteLock, LW_SHARED);
3924 heikki.linnakangas@i 6528 : 0 : result = XLogCtl->lastSegSwitchTime;
2670 andres@anarazel.de 6529 : 0 : *lastSwitchLSN = XLogCtl->lastSegSwitchLSN;
6450 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6530 : 0 : LWLockRelease(WALWriteLock);
6531 : :
6532 : 0 : return result;
6533 : : }
6534 : :
6535 : : /*
6536 : : * This must be called ONCE during postmaster or standalone-backend shutdown
6537 : : */
6538 : : void
7429 peter_e@gmx.net 6539 :CBC 513 : ShutdownXLOG(int code, Datum arg)
6540 : : {
6541 : : /*
6542 : : * We should have an aux process resource owner to use, and we should not
6543 : : * be in a transaction that's installed some other resowner.
6544 : : */
2097 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6545 [ - + ]: 513 : Assert(AuxProcessResourceOwner != NULL);
6546 [ + + - + ]: 513 : Assert(CurrentResourceOwner == NULL ||
6547 : : CurrentResourceOwner == AuxProcessResourceOwner);
6548 : 513 : CurrentResourceOwner = AuxProcessResourceOwner;
6549 : :
6550 : : /* Don't be chatty in standalone mode */
3958 6551 [ + + + + ]: 513 : ereport(IsPostmasterEnvironment ? LOG : NOTICE,
6552 : : (errmsg("shutting down")));
6553 : :
6554 : : /*
6555 : : * Signal walsenders to move to stopping state.
6556 : : */
2505 andres@anarazel.de 6557 : 513 : WalSndInitStopping();
6558 : :
6559 : : /*
6560 : : * Wait for WAL senders to be in stopping state. This prevents commands
6561 : : * from writing new WAL.
6562 : : */
6563 : 513 : WalSndWaitStopping();
6564 : :
5534 heikki.linnakangas@i 6565 [ + + ]: 513 : if (RecoveryInProgress())
6566 : 47 : CreateRestartPoint(CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN | CHECKPOINT_IMMEDIATE);
6567 : : else
6568 : : {
6569 : : /*
6570 : : * If archiving is enabled, rotate the last XLOG file so that all the
6571 : : * remaining records are archived (postmaster wakes up the archiver
6572 : : * process one more time at the end of shutdown). The checkpoint
6573 : : * record will go to the next XLOG file and won't be archived (yet).
6574 : : */
801 rhaas@postgresql.org 6575 [ + + - + : 466 : if (XLogArchivingActive())
+ + ]
2670 andres@anarazel.de 6576 : 11 : RequestXLogSwitch(false);
6577 : :
5534 heikki.linnakangas@i 6578 : 466 : CreateCheckPoint(CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN | CHECKPOINT_IMMEDIATE);
6579 : : }
8957 vadim4o@yahoo.com 6580 : 513 : }
6581 : :
6582 : : /*
6583 : : * Log start of a checkpoint.
6584 : : */
6585 : : static void
5534 heikki.linnakangas@i 6586 : 927 : LogCheckpointStart(int flags, bool restartpoint)
6587 : : {
1227 peter@eisentraut.org 6588 [ + + ]: 927 : if (restartpoint)
6589 [ + - - + : 48 : ereport(LOG,
+ + + + +
+ + + + +
- + + + ]
6590 : : /* translator: the placeholders show checkpoint options */
6591 : : (errmsg("restartpoint starting:%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s",
6592 : : (flags & CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN) ? " shutdown" : "",
6593 : : (flags & CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY) ? " end-of-recovery" : "",
6594 : : (flags & CHECKPOINT_IMMEDIATE) ? " immediate" : "",
6595 : : (flags & CHECKPOINT_FORCE) ? " force" : "",
6596 : : (flags & CHECKPOINT_WAIT) ? " wait" : "",
6597 : : (flags & CHECKPOINT_CAUSE_XLOG) ? " wal" : "",
6598 : : (flags & CHECKPOINT_CAUSE_TIME) ? " time" : "",
6599 : : (flags & CHECKPOINT_FLUSH_ALL) ? " flush-all" : "")));
6600 : : else
6601 [ + - + + : 879 : ereport(LOG,
- + + + +
+ + + + +
+ + + + ]
6602 : : /* translator: the placeholders show checkpoint options */
6603 : : (errmsg("checkpoint starting:%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s",
6604 : : (flags & CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN) ? " shutdown" : "",
6605 : : (flags & CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY) ? " end-of-recovery" : "",
6606 : : (flags & CHECKPOINT_IMMEDIATE) ? " immediate" : "",
6607 : : (flags & CHECKPOINT_FORCE) ? " force" : "",
6608 : : (flags & CHECKPOINT_WAIT) ? " wait" : "",
6609 : : (flags & CHECKPOINT_CAUSE_XLOG) ? " wal" : "",
6610 : : (flags & CHECKPOINT_CAUSE_TIME) ? " time" : "",
6611 : : (flags & CHECKPOINT_FLUSH_ALL) ? " flush-all" : "")));
6133 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6612 : 927 : }
6613 : :
6614 : : /*
6615 : : * Log end of a checkpoint.
6616 : : */
6617 : : static void
5534 heikki.linnakangas@i 6618 : 1148 : LogCheckpointEnd(bool restartpoint)
6619 : : {
6620 : : long write_msecs,
6621 : : sync_msecs,
6622 : : total_msecs,
6623 : : longest_msecs,
6624 : : average_msecs;
6625 : : uint64 average_sync_time;
6626 : :
6133 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6627 : 1148 : CheckpointStats.ckpt_end_t = GetCurrentTimestamp();
6628 : :
1251 6629 : 1148 : write_msecs = TimestampDifferenceMilliseconds(CheckpointStats.ckpt_write_t,
6630 : : CheckpointStats.ckpt_sync_t);
6631 : :
6632 : 1148 : sync_msecs = TimestampDifferenceMilliseconds(CheckpointStats.ckpt_sync_t,
6633 : : CheckpointStats.ckpt_sync_end_t);
6634 : :
6635 : : /* Accumulate checkpoint timing summary data, in milliseconds. */
167 michael@paquier.xyz 6636 :GNC 1148 : PendingCheckpointerStats.write_time += write_msecs;
6637 : 1148 : PendingCheckpointerStats.sync_time += sync_msecs;
6638 : :
6639 : : /*
6640 : : * All of the published timing statistics are accounted for. Only
6641 : : * continue if a log message is to be written.
6642 : : */
4392 rhaas@postgresql.org 6643 [ + + ]:CBC 1148 : if (!log_checkpoints)
6644 : 226 : return;
6645 : :
1251 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6646 : 922 : total_msecs = TimestampDifferenceMilliseconds(CheckpointStats.ckpt_start_t,
6647 : : CheckpointStats.ckpt_end_t);
6648 : :
6649 : : /*
6650 : : * Timing values returned from CheckpointStats are in microseconds.
6651 : : * Convert to milliseconds for consistent printing.
6652 : : */
6653 : 922 : longest_msecs = (long) ((CheckpointStats.ckpt_longest_sync + 999) / 1000);
6654 : :
4870 rhaas@postgresql.org 6655 : 922 : average_sync_time = 0;
4753 bruce@momjian.us 6656 [ - + ]: 922 : if (CheckpointStats.ckpt_sync_rels > 0)
4870 rhaas@postgresql.org 6657 :UBC 0 : average_sync_time = CheckpointStats.ckpt_agg_sync_time /
6658 : 0 : CheckpointStats.ckpt_sync_rels;
1251 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6659 :CBC 922 : average_msecs = (long) ((average_sync_time + 999) / 1000);
6660 : :
6661 : : /*
6662 : : * ControlFileLock is not required to see ControlFile->checkPoint and
6663 : : * ->checkPointCopy here as we are the only updator of those variables at
6664 : : * this moment.
6665 : : */
1227 peter@eisentraut.org 6666 [ + + ]: 922 : if (restartpoint)
6667 [ + - ]: 48 : ereport(LOG,
6668 : : (errmsg("restartpoint complete: wrote %d buffers (%.1f%%); "
6669 : : "%d WAL file(s) added, %d removed, %d recycled; "
6670 : : "write=%ld.%03d s, sync=%ld.%03d s, total=%ld.%03d s; "
6671 : : "sync files=%d, longest=%ld.%03d s, average=%ld.%03d s; "
6672 : : "distance=%d kB, estimate=%d kB; "
6673 : : "lsn=%X/%X, redo lsn=%X/%X",
6674 : : CheckpointStats.ckpt_bufs_written,
6675 : : (double) CheckpointStats.ckpt_bufs_written * 100 / NBuffers,
6676 : : CheckpointStats.ckpt_segs_added,
6677 : : CheckpointStats.ckpt_segs_removed,
6678 : : CheckpointStats.ckpt_segs_recycled,
6679 : : write_msecs / 1000, (int) (write_msecs % 1000),
6680 : : sync_msecs / 1000, (int) (sync_msecs % 1000),
6681 : : total_msecs / 1000, (int) (total_msecs % 1000),
6682 : : CheckpointStats.ckpt_sync_rels,
6683 : : longest_msecs / 1000, (int) (longest_msecs % 1000),
6684 : : average_msecs / 1000, (int) (average_msecs % 1000),
6685 : : (int) (PrevCheckPointDistance / 1024.0),
6686 : : (int) (CheckPointDistanceEstimate / 1024.0),
6687 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(ControlFile->checkPoint),
6688 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(ControlFile->checkPointCopy.redo))));
6689 : : else
6690 [ + - ]: 874 : ereport(LOG,
6691 : : (errmsg("checkpoint complete: wrote %d buffers (%.1f%%); "
6692 : : "%d WAL file(s) added, %d removed, %d recycled; "
6693 : : "write=%ld.%03d s, sync=%ld.%03d s, total=%ld.%03d s; "
6694 : : "sync files=%d, longest=%ld.%03d s, average=%ld.%03d s; "
6695 : : "distance=%d kB, estimate=%d kB; "
6696 : : "lsn=%X/%X, redo lsn=%X/%X",
6697 : : CheckpointStats.ckpt_bufs_written,
6698 : : (double) CheckpointStats.ckpt_bufs_written * 100 / NBuffers,
6699 : : CheckpointStats.ckpt_segs_added,
6700 : : CheckpointStats.ckpt_segs_removed,
6701 : : CheckpointStats.ckpt_segs_recycled,
6702 : : write_msecs / 1000, (int) (write_msecs % 1000),
6703 : : sync_msecs / 1000, (int) (sync_msecs % 1000),
6704 : : total_msecs / 1000, (int) (total_msecs % 1000),
6705 : : CheckpointStats.ckpt_sync_rels,
6706 : : longest_msecs / 1000, (int) (longest_msecs % 1000),
6707 : : average_msecs / 1000, (int) (average_msecs % 1000),
6708 : : (int) (PrevCheckPointDistance / 1024.0),
6709 : : (int) (CheckPointDistanceEstimate / 1024.0),
6710 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(ControlFile->checkPoint),
6711 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(ControlFile->checkPointCopy.redo))));
6712 : : }
6713 : :
6714 : : /*
6715 : : * Update the estimate of distance between checkpoints.
6716 : : *
6717 : : * The estimate is used to calculate the number of WAL segments to keep
6718 : : * preallocated, see XLOGfileslop().
6719 : : */
6720 : : static void
3338 heikki.linnakangas@i 6721 : 1148 : UpdateCheckPointDistanceEstimate(uint64 nbytes)
6722 : : {
6723 : : /*
6724 : : * To estimate the number of segments consumed between checkpoints, keep a
6725 : : * moving average of the amount of WAL generated in previous checkpoint
6726 : : * cycles. However, if the load is bursty, with quiet periods and busy
6727 : : * periods, we want to cater for the peak load. So instead of a plain
6728 : : * moving average, let the average decline slowly if the previous cycle
6729 : : * used less WAL than estimated, but bump it up immediately if it used
6730 : : * more.
6731 : : *
6732 : : * When checkpoints are triggered by max_wal_size, this should converge to
6733 : : * CheckpointSegments * wal_segment_size,
6734 : : *
6735 : : * Note: This doesn't pay any attention to what caused the checkpoint.
6736 : : * Checkpoints triggered manually with CHECKPOINT command, or by e.g.
6737 : : * starting a base backup, are counted the same as those created
6738 : : * automatically. The slow-decline will largely mask them out, if they are
6739 : : * not frequent. If they are frequent, it seems reasonable to count them
6740 : : * in as any others; if you issue a manual checkpoint every 5 minutes and
6741 : : * never let a timed checkpoint happen, it makes sense to base the
6742 : : * preallocation on that 5 minute interval rather than whatever
6743 : : * checkpoint_timeout is set to.
6744 : : */
6745 : 1148 : PrevCheckPointDistance = nbytes;
6746 [ + + ]: 1148 : if (CheckPointDistanceEstimate < nbytes)
6747 : 765 : CheckPointDistanceEstimate = nbytes;
6748 : : else
6749 : 383 : CheckPointDistanceEstimate =
6750 : 383 : (0.90 * CheckPointDistanceEstimate + 0.10 * (double) nbytes);
6133 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6751 : 1148 : }
6752 : :
6753 : : /*
6754 : : * Update the ps display for a process running a checkpoint. Note that
6755 : : * this routine should not do any allocations so as it can be called
6756 : : * from a critical section.
6757 : : */
6758 : : static void
1217 michael@paquier.xyz 6759 : 2301 : update_checkpoint_display(int flags, bool restartpoint, bool reset)
6760 : : {
6761 : : /*
6762 : : * The status is reported only for end-of-recovery and shutdown
6763 : : * checkpoints or shutdown restartpoints. Updating the ps display is
6764 : : * useful in those situations as it may not be possible to rely on
6765 : : * pg_stat_activity to see the status of the checkpointer or the startup
6766 : : * process.
6767 : : */
6768 [ + + ]: 2301 : if ((flags & (CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY | CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN)) == 0)
6769 : 1111 : return;
6770 : :
6771 [ + + ]: 1190 : if (reset)
6772 : 595 : set_ps_display("");
6773 : : else
6774 : : {
6775 : : char activitymsg[128];
6776 : :
6777 [ + + ]: 1785 : snprintf(activitymsg, sizeof(activitymsg), "performing %s%s%s",
6778 [ + + ]: 595 : (flags & CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY) ? "end-of-recovery " : "",
6779 [ + + ]: 595 : (flags & CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN) ? "shutdown " : "",
6780 : : restartpoint ? "restartpoint" : "checkpoint");
6781 : 595 : set_ps_display(activitymsg);
6782 : : }
6783 : : }
6784 : :
6785 : :
6786 : : /*
6787 : : * Perform a checkpoint --- either during shutdown, or on-the-fly
6788 : : *
6789 : : * flags is a bitwise OR of the following:
6790 : : * CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN: checkpoint is for database shutdown.
6791 : : * CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY: checkpoint is for end of WAL recovery.
6792 : : * CHECKPOINT_IMMEDIATE: finish the checkpoint ASAP,
6793 : : * ignoring checkpoint_completion_target parameter.
6794 : : * CHECKPOINT_FORCE: force a checkpoint even if no XLOG activity has occurred
6795 : : * since the last one (implied by CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN or
6796 : : * CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY).
6797 : : * CHECKPOINT_FLUSH_ALL: also flush buffers of unlogged tables.
6798 : : *
6799 : : * Note: flags contains other bits, of interest here only for logging purposes.
6800 : : * In particular note that this routine is synchronous and does not pay
6801 : : * attention to CHECKPOINT_WAIT.
6802 : : *
6803 : : * If !shutdown then we are writing an online checkpoint. An XLOG_CHECKPOINT_REDO
6804 : : * record is inserted into WAL at the logical location of the checkpoint, before
6805 : : * flushing anything to disk, and when the checkpoint is eventually completed,
6806 : : * and it is from this point that WAL replay will begin in the case of a recovery
6807 : : * from this checkpoint. Once everything is written to disk, an
6808 : : * XLOG_CHECKPOINT_ONLINE record is written to complete the checkpoint, and
6809 : : * points back to the earlier XLOG_CHECKPOINT_REDO record. This mechanism allows
6810 : : * other write-ahead log records to be written while the checkpoint is in
6811 : : * progress, but we must be very careful about order of operations. This function
6812 : : * may take many minutes to execute on a busy system.
6813 : : *
6814 : : * On the other hand, when shutdown is true, concurrent insertion into the
6815 : : * write-ahead log is impossible, so there is no need for two separate records.
6816 : : * In this case, we only insert an XLOG_CHECKPOINT_SHUTDOWN record, and it's
6817 : : * both the record marking the completion of the checkpoint and the location
6818 : : * from which WAL replay would begin if needed.
6819 : : */
6820 : : void
6135 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6821 : 1105 : CreateCheckPoint(int flags)
6822 : : {
6823 : : bool shutdown;
6824 : : CheckPoint checkPoint;
6825 : : XLogRecPtr recptr;
6826 : : XLogSegNo _logSegNo;
8768 bruce@momjian.us 6827 : 1105 : XLogCtlInsert *Insert = &XLogCtl->Insert;
6828 : : uint32 freespace;
6829 : : XLogRecPtr PriorRedoPtr;
6830 : : XLogRecPtr last_important_lsn;
6831 : : VirtualTransactionId *vxids;
6832 : : int nvxids;
902 rhaas@postgresql.org 6833 : 1105 : int oldXLogAllowed = 0;
6834 : :
6835 : : /*
6836 : : * An end-of-recovery checkpoint is really a shutdown checkpoint, just
6837 : : * issued at a different time.
6838 : : */
5406 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6839 [ + + ]: 1105 : if (flags & (CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN | CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY))
5407 heikki.linnakangas@i 6840 : 575 : shutdown = true;
6841 : : else
6842 : 530 : shutdown = false;
6843 : :
6844 : : /* sanity check */
5406 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6845 [ + + - + ]: 1105 : if (RecoveryInProgress() && (flags & CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY) == 0)
5406 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6846 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : elog(ERROR, "can't create a checkpoint during recovery");
6847 : :
6848 : : /*
6849 : : * Prepare to accumulate statistics.
6850 : : *
6851 : : * Note: because it is possible for log_checkpoints to change while a
6852 : : * checkpoint proceeds, we always accumulate stats, even if
6853 : : * log_checkpoints is currently off.
6854 : : */
6133 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6855 [ + - + - :CBC 12155 : MemSet(&CheckpointStats, 0, sizeof(CheckpointStats));
+ - + - +
+ ]
6856 : 1105 : CheckpointStats.ckpt_start_t = GetCurrentTimestamp();
6857 : :
6858 : : /*
6859 : : * Let smgr prepare for checkpoint; this has to happen outside the
6860 : : * critical section and before we determine the REDO pointer. Note that
6861 : : * smgr must not do anything that'd have to be undone if we decide no
6862 : : * checkpoint is needed.
6863 : : */
760 tmunro@postgresql.or 6864 : 1105 : SyncPreCheckpoint();
6865 : :
6866 : : /*
6867 : : * Use a critical section to force system panic if we have trouble.
6868 : : */
8233 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6869 : 1105 : START_CRIT_SECTION();
6870 : :
8966 vadim4o@yahoo.com 6871 [ + + ]: 1105 : if (shutdown)
6872 : : {
5534 heikki.linnakangas@i 6873 : 575 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
8966 vadim4o@yahoo.com 6874 : 575 : ControlFile->state = DB_SHUTDOWNING;
6875 : 575 : UpdateControlFile();
5534 heikki.linnakangas@i 6876 : 575 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
6877 : : }
6878 : :
6879 : : /* Begin filling in the checkpoint WAL record */
7633 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6880 [ + - + - : 13260 : MemSet(&checkPoint, 0, sizeof(checkPoint));
+ - + - +
+ ]
5901 6881 : 1105 : checkPoint.time = (pg_time_t) time(NULL);
6882 : :
6883 : : /*
6884 : : * For Hot Standby, derive the oldestActiveXid before we fix the redo
6885 : : * pointer. This allows us to begin accumulating changes to assemble our
6886 : : * starting snapshot of locks and transactions.
6887 : : */
4547 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 6888 [ + + + + ]: 1105 : if (!shutdown && XLogStandbyInfoActive())
6889 : 490 : checkPoint.oldestActiveXid = GetOldestActiveTransactionId();
6890 : : else
6891 : 615 : checkPoint.oldestActiveXid = InvalidTransactionId;
6892 : :
6893 : : /*
6894 : : * Get location of last important record before acquiring insert locks (as
6895 : : * GetLastImportantRecPtr() also locks WAL locks).
6896 : : */
2670 andres@anarazel.de 6897 : 1105 : last_important_lsn = GetLastImportantRecPtr();
6898 : :
6899 : : /*
6900 : : * If this isn't a shutdown or forced checkpoint, and if there has been no
6901 : : * WAL activity requiring a checkpoint, skip it. The idea here is to
6902 : : * avoid inserting duplicate checkpoints when the system is idle.
6903 : : */
5407 heikki.linnakangas@i 6904 [ + + ]: 1105 : if ((flags & (CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN | CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY |
6905 : : CHECKPOINT_FORCE)) == 0)
6906 : : {
2670 andres@anarazel.de 6907 [ - + ]: 25 : if (last_important_lsn == ControlFile->checkPoint)
6908 : : {
8433 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6909 [ # # ]:LBC (5) : END_CRIT_SECTION();
2670 andres@anarazel.de 6910 [ # # ]: (5) : ereport(DEBUG1,
6911 : : (errmsg_internal("checkpoint skipped because system is idle")));
8433 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6912 : (5) : return;
6913 : : }
6914 : : }
6915 : :
6916 : : /*
6917 : : * An end-of-recovery checkpoint is created before anyone is allowed to
6918 : : * write WAL. To allow us to write the checkpoint record, temporarily
6919 : : * enable XLogInsertAllowed.
6920 : : */
5344 heikki.linnakangas@i 6921 [ + + ]:CBC 1105 : if (flags & CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY)
902 rhaas@postgresql.org 6922 : 109 : oldXLogAllowed = LocalSetXLogInsertAllowed();
6923 : :
886 6924 : 1105 : checkPoint.ThisTimeLineID = XLogCtl->InsertTimeLineID;
4080 heikki.linnakangas@i 6925 [ + + ]: 1105 : if (flags & CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY)
6926 : 109 : checkPoint.PrevTimeLineID = XLogCtl->PrevTimeLineID;
6927 : : else
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 6928 : 996 : checkPoint.PrevTimeLineID = checkPoint.ThisTimeLineID;
6929 : :
6930 : : /*
6931 : : * We must block concurrent insertions while examining insert state.
6932 : : */
178 rhaas@postgresql.org 6933 :GNC 1105 : WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive();
6934 : :
178 rhaas@postgresql.org 6935 :CBC 1105 : checkPoint.fullPageWrites = Insert->fullPageWrites;
6936 : :
178 rhaas@postgresql.org 6937 [ + + ]:GNC 1105 : if (shutdown)
6938 : : {
6939 : 575 : XLogRecPtr curInsert = XLogBytePosToRecPtr(Insert->CurrBytePos);
6940 : :
6941 : : /*
6942 : : * Compute new REDO record ptr = location of next XLOG record.
6943 : : *
6944 : : * Since this is a shutdown checkpoint, there can't be any concurrent
6945 : : * WAL insertion.
6946 : : */
6947 [ + - ]: 575 : freespace = INSERT_FREESPACE(curInsert);
6948 [ - + ]: 575 : if (freespace == 0)
6949 : : {
178 rhaas@postgresql.org 6950 [ # # ]:UNC 0 : if (XLogSegmentOffset(curInsert, wal_segment_size) == 0)
6951 : 0 : curInsert += SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
6952 : : else
6953 : 0 : curInsert += SizeOfXLogShortPHD;
6954 : : }
178 rhaas@postgresql.org 6955 :GNC 575 : checkPoint.redo = curInsert;
6956 : :
6957 : : /*
6958 : : * Here we update the shared RedoRecPtr for future XLogInsert calls;
6959 : : * this must be done while holding all the insertion locks.
6960 : : *
6961 : : * Note: if we fail to complete the checkpoint, RedoRecPtr will be
6962 : : * left pointing past where it really needs to point. This is okay;
6963 : : * the only consequence is that XLogInsert might back up whole buffers
6964 : : * that it didn't really need to. We can't postpone advancing
6965 : : * RedoRecPtr because XLogInserts that happen while we are dumping
6966 : : * buffers must assume that their buffer changes are not included in
6967 : : * the checkpoint.
6968 : : */
6969 : 575 : RedoRecPtr = XLogCtl->Insert.RedoRecPtr = checkPoint.redo;
6970 : : }
6971 : :
6972 : : /*
6973 : : * Now we can release the WAL insertion locks, allowing other xacts to
6974 : : * proceed while we are flushing disk buffers.
6975 : : */
3677 heikki.linnakangas@i 6976 :CBC 1105 : WALInsertLockRelease();
6977 : :
6978 : : /*
6979 : : * If this is an online checkpoint, we have not yet determined the redo
6980 : : * point. We do so now by inserting the special XLOG_CHECKPOINT_REDO
6981 : : * record; the LSN at which it starts becomes the new redo pointer. We
6982 : : * don't do this for a shutdown checkpoint, because in that case no WAL
6983 : : * can be written between the redo point and the insertion of the
6984 : : * checkpoint record itself, so the checkpoint record itself serves to
6985 : : * mark the redo point.
6986 : : */
178 rhaas@postgresql.org 6987 [ + + ]:GNC 1105 : if (!shutdown)
6988 : : {
6989 : 530 : int dummy = 0;
6990 : :
6991 : : /* Record must have payload to avoid assertion failure. */
6992 : 530 : XLogBeginInsert();
6993 : 530 : XLogRegisterData((char *) &dummy, sizeof(dummy));
6994 : 530 : (void) XLogInsert(RM_XLOG_ID, XLOG_CHECKPOINT_REDO);
6995 : :
6996 : : /*
6997 : : * XLogInsertRecord will have updated XLogCtl->Insert.RedoRecPtr in
6998 : : * shared memory and RedoRecPtr in backend-local memory, but we need
6999 : : * to copy that into the record that will be inserted when the
7000 : : * checkpoint is complete.
7001 : : */
7002 : 530 : checkPoint.redo = RedoRecPtr;
7003 : : }
7004 : :
7005 : : /* Update the info_lck-protected copy of RedoRecPtr as well */
3492 andres@anarazel.de 7006 [ - + ]:CBC 1105 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
7007 : 1105 : XLogCtl->RedoRecPtr = checkPoint.redo;
7008 : 1105 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
7009 : :
7010 : : /*
7011 : : * If enabled, log checkpoint start. We postpone this until now so as not
7012 : : * to log anything if we decided to skip the checkpoint.
7013 : : */
6133 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7014 [ + + ]: 1105 : if (log_checkpoints)
5534 heikki.linnakangas@i 7015 : 879 : LogCheckpointStart(flags, false);
7016 : :
7017 : : /* Update the process title */
1217 michael@paquier.xyz 7018 : 1105 : update_checkpoint_display(flags, false, false);
7019 : :
7020 : : TRACE_POSTGRESQL_CHECKPOINT_START(flags);
7021 : :
7022 : : /*
7023 : : * Get the other info we need for the checkpoint record.
7024 : : *
7025 : : * We don't need to save oldestClogXid in the checkpoint, it only matters
7026 : : * for the short period in which clog is being truncated, and if we crash
7027 : : * during that we'll redo the clog truncation and fix up oldestClogXid
7028 : : * there.
7029 : : */
3663 heikki.linnakangas@i 7030 : 1105 : LWLockAcquire(XidGenLock, LW_SHARED);
128 heikki.linnakangas@i 7031 :GNC 1105 : checkPoint.nextXid = TransamVariables->nextXid;
7032 : 1105 : checkPoint.oldestXid = TransamVariables->oldestXid;
7033 : 1105 : checkPoint.oldestXidDB = TransamVariables->oldestXidDB;
3663 heikki.linnakangas@i 7034 :CBC 1105 : LWLockRelease(XidGenLock);
7035 : :
3420 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 7036 : 1105 : LWLockAcquire(CommitTsLock, LW_SHARED);
128 heikki.linnakangas@i 7037 :GNC 1105 : checkPoint.oldestCommitTsXid = TransamVariables->oldestCommitTsXid;
7038 : 1105 : checkPoint.newestCommitTsXid = TransamVariables->newestCommitTsXid;
3420 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 7039 :CBC 1105 : LWLockRelease(CommitTsLock);
7040 : :
3663 heikki.linnakangas@i 7041 : 1105 : LWLockAcquire(OidGenLock, LW_SHARED);
128 heikki.linnakangas@i 7042 :GNC 1105 : checkPoint.nextOid = TransamVariables->nextOid;
3663 heikki.linnakangas@i 7043 [ + + ]:CBC 1105 : if (!shutdown)
128 heikki.linnakangas@i 7044 :GNC 530 : checkPoint.nextOid += TransamVariables->oidCount;
3663 heikki.linnakangas@i 7045 :CBC 1105 : LWLockRelease(OidGenLock);
7046 : :
7047 : 1105 : MultiXactGetCheckptMulti(shutdown,
7048 : : &checkPoint.nextMulti,
7049 : : &checkPoint.nextMultiOffset,
7050 : : &checkPoint.oldestMulti,
7051 : : &checkPoint.oldestMultiDB);
7052 : :
7053 : : /*
7054 : : * Having constructed the checkpoint record, ensure all shmem disk buffers
7055 : : * and commit-log buffers are flushed to disk.
7056 : : *
7057 : : * This I/O could fail for various reasons. If so, we will fail to
7058 : : * complete the checkpoint, but there is no reason to force a system
7059 : : * panic. Accordingly, exit critical section while doing it.
7060 : : */
7061 [ - + ]: 1105 : END_CRIT_SECTION();
7062 : :
7063 : : /*
7064 : : * In some cases there are groups of actions that must all occur on one
7065 : : * side or the other of a checkpoint record. Before flushing the
7066 : : * checkpoint record we must explicitly wait for any backend currently
7067 : : * performing those groups of actions.
7068 : : *
7069 : : * One example is end of transaction, so we must wait for any transactions
7070 : : * that are currently in commit critical sections. If an xact inserted
7071 : : * its commit record into XLOG just before the REDO point, then a crash
7072 : : * restart from the REDO point would not replay that record, which means
7073 : : * that our flushing had better include the xact's update of pg_xact. So
7074 : : * we wait till he's out of his commit critical section before proceeding.
7075 : : * See notes in RecordTransactionCommit().
7076 : : *
7077 : : * Because we've already released the insertion locks, this test is a bit
7078 : : * fuzzy: it is possible that we will wait for xacts we didn't really need
7079 : : * to wait for. But the delay should be short and it seems better to make
7080 : : * checkpoint take a bit longer than to hold off insertions longer than
7081 : : * necessary. (In fact, the whole reason we have this issue is that xact.c
7082 : : * does commit record XLOG insertion and clog update as two separate steps
7083 : : * protected by different locks, but again that seems best on grounds of
7084 : : * minimizing lock contention.)
7085 : : *
7086 : : * A transaction that has not yet set delayChkptFlags when we look cannot
7087 : : * be at risk, since it has not inserted its commit record yet; and one
7088 : : * that's already cleared it is not at risk either, since it's done fixing
7089 : : * clog and we will correctly flush the update below. So we cannot miss
7090 : : * any xacts we need to wait for.
7091 : : */
752 rhaas@postgresql.org 7092 : 1105 : vxids = GetVirtualXIDsDelayingChkpt(&nvxids, DELAY_CHKPT_START);
4150 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 7093 [ + + ]: 1105 : if (nvxids > 0)
7094 : : {
7095 : : do
7096 : : {
184 tmunro@postgresql.or 7097 :GNC 1 : pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_CHECKPOINT_DELAY_START);
5995 bruce@momjian.us 7098 :CBC 1 : pg_usleep(10000L); /* wait for 10 msec */
184 tmunro@postgresql.or 7099 :GNC 1 : pgstat_report_wait_end();
752 rhaas@postgresql.org 7100 [ - + ]:CBC 1 : } while (HaveVirtualXIDsDelayingChkpt(vxids, nvxids,
7101 : : DELAY_CHKPT_START));
7102 : : }
4150 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 7103 : 1105 : pfree(vxids);
7104 : :
6135 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7105 : 1105 : CheckPointGuts(checkPoint.redo, flags);
7106 : :
752 rhaas@postgresql.org 7107 : 1100 : vxids = GetVirtualXIDsDelayingChkpt(&nvxids, DELAY_CHKPT_COMPLETE);
7108 [ - + ]: 1100 : if (nvxids > 0)
7109 : : {
7110 : : do
7111 : : {
184 tmunro@postgresql.or 7112 :UNC 0 : pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_CHECKPOINT_DELAY_COMPLETE);
752 rhaas@postgresql.org 7113 :UBC 0 : pg_usleep(10000L); /* wait for 10 msec */
184 tmunro@postgresql.or 7114 :UNC 0 : pgstat_report_wait_end();
752 rhaas@postgresql.org 7115 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : } while (HaveVirtualXIDsDelayingChkpt(vxids, nvxids,
7116 : : DELAY_CHKPT_COMPLETE));
7117 : : }
752 rhaas@postgresql.org 7118 :CBC 1100 : pfree(vxids);
7119 : :
7120 : : /*
7121 : : * Take a snapshot of running transactions and write this to WAL. This
7122 : : * allows us to reconstruct the state of running transactions during
7123 : : * archive recovery, if required. Skip, if this info disabled.
7124 : : *
7125 : : * If we are shutting down, or Startup process is completing crash
7126 : : * recovery we don't need to write running xact data.
7127 : : */
5230 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 7128 [ + + + + ]: 1100 : if (!shutdown && XLogStandbyInfoActive())
4151 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7129 : 485 : LogStandbySnapshot();
7130 : :
7645 7131 : 1100 : START_CRIT_SECTION();
7132 : :
7133 : : /*
7134 : : * Now insert the checkpoint record into XLOG.
7135 : : */
3433 heikki.linnakangas@i 7136 : 1100 : XLogBeginInsert();
7137 : 1100 : XLogRegisterData((char *) (&checkPoint), sizeof(checkPoint));
8433 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7138 [ + + ]: 1100 : recptr = XLogInsert(RM_XLOG_ID,
7139 : : shutdown ? XLOG_CHECKPOINT_SHUTDOWN :
7140 : : XLOG_CHECKPOINT_ONLINE);
7141 : :
7142 : 1100 : XLogFlush(recptr);
7143 : :
7144 : : /*
7145 : : * We mustn't write any new WAL after a shutdown checkpoint, or it will be
7146 : : * overwritten at next startup. No-one should even try, this just allows
7147 : : * sanity-checking. In the case of an end-of-recovery checkpoint, we want
7148 : : * to just temporarily disable writing until the system has exited
7149 : : * recovery.
7150 : : */
5406 7151 [ + + ]: 1100 : if (shutdown)
7152 : : {
7153 [ + + ]: 575 : if (flags & CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY)
902 rhaas@postgresql.org 7154 : 109 : LocalXLogInsertAllowed = oldXLogAllowed;
7155 : : else
5161 bruce@momjian.us 7156 : 466 : LocalXLogInsertAllowed = 0; /* never again write WAL */
7157 : : }
7158 : :
7159 : : /*
7160 : : * We now have ProcLastRecPtr = start of actual checkpoint record, recptr
7161 : : * = end of actual checkpoint record.
7162 : : */
4125 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 7163 [ + + - + ]: 1100 : if (shutdown && checkPoint.redo != ProcLastRecPtr)
7573 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7164 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(PANIC,
7165 : : (errmsg("concurrent write-ahead log activity while database system is shutting down")));
7166 : :
7167 : : /*
7168 : : * Remember the prior checkpoint's redo ptr for
7169 : : * UpdateCheckPointDistanceEstimate()
7170 : : */
3338 heikki.linnakangas@i 7171 :CBC 1100 : PriorRedoPtr = ControlFile->checkPointCopy.redo;
7172 : :
7173 : : /*
7174 : : * Update the control file.
7175 : : */
8233 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7176 : 1100 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
8966 vadim4o@yahoo.com 7177 [ + + ]: 1100 : if (shutdown)
7178 : 575 : ControlFile->state = DB_SHUTDOWNED;
8433 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7179 : 1100 : ControlFile->checkPoint = ProcLastRecPtr;
7180 : 1100 : ControlFile->checkPointCopy = checkPoint;
7181 : : /* crash recovery should always recover to the end of WAL */
4126 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 7182 : 1100 : ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
4149 heikki.linnakangas@i 7183 : 1100 : ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI = 0;
7184 : :
7185 : : /*
7186 : : * Persist unloggedLSN value. It's reset on crash recovery, so this goes
7187 : : * unused on non-shutdown checkpoints, but seems useful to store it always
7188 : : * for debugging purposes.
7189 : : */
45 nathan@postgresql.or 7190 :GNC 1100 : ControlFile->unloggedLSN = pg_atomic_read_membarrier_u64(&XLogCtl->unloggedLSN);
7191 : :
8966 vadim4o@yahoo.com 7192 :CBC 1100 : UpdateControlFile();
8233 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7193 : 1100 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
7194 : :
7195 : : /* Update shared-memory copy of checkpoint XID/epoch */
3492 andres@anarazel.de 7196 [ - + ]: 1100 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
1342 7197 : 1100 : XLogCtl->ckptFullXid = checkPoint.nextXid;
3492 7198 : 1100 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
7199 : :
7200 : : /*
7201 : : * We are now done with critical updates; no need for system panic if we
7202 : : * have trouble while fooling with old log segments.
7203 : : */
7645 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7204 [ - + ]: 1100 : END_CRIT_SECTION();
7205 : :
7206 : : /*
7207 : : * WAL summaries end when the next XLOG_CHECKPOINT_REDO or
7208 : : * XLOG_CHECKPOINT_SHUTDOWN record is reached. This is the first point
7209 : : * where (a) we're not inside of a critical section and (b) we can be
7210 : : * certain that the relevant record has been flushed to disk, which must
7211 : : * happen before it can be summarized.
7212 : : *
7213 : : * If this is a shutdown checkpoint, then this happens reasonably
7214 : : * promptly: we've only just inserted and flushed the
7215 : : * XLOG_CHECKPOINT_SHUTDOWN record. If this is not a shutdown checkpoint,
7216 : : * then this might not be very prompt at all: the XLOG_CHECKPOINT_REDO
7217 : : * record was written before we began flushing data to disk, and that
7218 : : * could be many minutes ago at this point. However, we don't XLogFlush()
7219 : : * after inserting that record, so we're not guaranteed that it's on disk
7220 : : * until after the above call that flushes the XLOG_CHECKPOINT_ONLINE
7221 : : * record.
7222 : : */
116 rhaas@postgresql.org 7223 :GNC 1100 : SetWalSummarizerLatch();
7224 : :
7225 : : /*
7226 : : * Let smgr do post-checkpoint cleanup (eg, deleting old files).
7227 : : */
1837 tmunro@postgresql.or 7228 :CBC 1100 : SyncPostCheckpoint();
7229 : :
7230 : : /*
7231 : : * Update the average distance between checkpoints if the prior checkpoint
7232 : : * exists.
7233 : : */
3338 heikki.linnakangas@i 7234 [ + - ]: 1100 : if (PriorRedoPtr != InvalidXLogRecPtr)
7235 : 1100 : UpdateCheckPointDistanceEstimate(RedoRecPtr - PriorRedoPtr);
7236 : :
7237 : : /*
7238 : : * Delete old log files, those no longer needed for last checkpoint to
7239 : : * prevent the disk holding the xlog from growing full.
7240 : : */
2091 michael@paquier.xyz 7241 : 1100 : XLByteToSeg(RedoRecPtr, _logSegNo, wal_segment_size);
7242 : 1100 : KeepLogSeg(recptr, &_logSegNo);
373 andres@anarazel.de 7243 [ + + ]: 1100 : if (InvalidateObsoleteReplicationSlots(RS_INVAL_WAL_REMOVED,
7244 : : _logSegNo, InvalidOid,
7245 : : InvalidTransactionId))
7246 : : {
7247 : : /*
7248 : : * Some slots have been invalidated; recalculate the old-segment
7249 : : * horizon, starting again from RedoRecPtr.
7250 : : */
1003 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 7251 : 2 : XLByteToSeg(RedoRecPtr, _logSegNo, wal_segment_size);
7252 : 2 : KeepLogSeg(recptr, &_logSegNo);
7253 : : }
2091 michael@paquier.xyz 7254 : 1100 : _logSegNo--;
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 7255 : 1100 : RemoveOldXlogFiles(_logSegNo, RedoRecPtr, recptr,
7256 : : checkPoint.ThisTimeLineID);
7257 : :
7258 : : /*
7259 : : * Make more log segments if needed. (Do this after recycling old log
7260 : : * segments, since that may supply some of the needed files.)
7261 : : */
8433 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7262 [ + + ]: 1100 : if (!shutdown)
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 7263 : 525 : PreallocXlogFiles(recptr, checkPoint.ThisTimeLineID);
7264 : :
7265 : : /*
7266 : : * Truncate pg_subtrans if possible. We can throw away all data before
7267 : : * the oldest XMIN of any running transaction. No future transaction will
7268 : : * attempt to reference any pg_subtrans entry older than that (see Asserts
7269 : : * in subtrans.c). During recovery, though, we mustn't do this because
7270 : : * StartupSUBTRANS hasn't been called yet.
7271 : : */
5406 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7272 [ + + ]: 1100 : if (!RecoveryInProgress())
1341 andres@anarazel.de 7273 : 991 : TruncateSUBTRANS(GetOldestTransactionIdConsideredRunning());
7274 : :
7275 : : /* Real work is done; log and update stats. */
4392 rhaas@postgresql.org 7276 : 1100 : LogCheckpointEnd(false);
7277 : :
7278 : : /* Reset the process title */
1217 michael@paquier.xyz 7279 : 1100 : update_checkpoint_display(flags, false, true);
7280 : :
7281 : : TRACE_POSTGRESQL_CHECKPOINT_DONE(CheckpointStats.ckpt_bufs_written,
7282 : : NBuffers,
7283 : : CheckpointStats.ckpt_segs_added,
7284 : : CheckpointStats.ckpt_segs_removed,
7285 : : CheckpointStats.ckpt_segs_recycled);
7286 : : }
7287 : :
7288 : : /*
7289 : : * Mark the end of recovery in WAL though without running a full checkpoint.
7290 : : * We can expect that a restartpoint is likely to be in progress as we
7291 : : * do this, though we are unwilling to wait for it to complete.
7292 : : *
7293 : : * CreateRestartPoint() allows for the case where recovery may end before
7294 : : * the restartpoint completes so there is no concern of concurrent behaviour.
7295 : : */
7296 : : static void
4093 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 7297 : 39 : CreateEndOfRecoveryRecord(void)
7298 : : {
7299 : : xl_end_of_recovery xlrec;
7300 : : XLogRecPtr recptr;
7301 : :
7302 : : /* sanity check */
7303 [ - + ]: 39 : if (!RecoveryInProgress())
4093 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 7304 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : elog(ERROR, "can only be used to end recovery");
7305 : :
3404 heikki.linnakangas@i 7306 :CBC 39 : xlrec.end_time = GetCurrentTimestamp();
7307 : :
3677 7308 : 39 : WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive();
886 rhaas@postgresql.org 7309 : 39 : xlrec.ThisTimeLineID = XLogCtl->InsertTimeLineID;
4080 heikki.linnakangas@i 7310 : 39 : xlrec.PrevTimeLineID = XLogCtl->PrevTimeLineID;
3677 7311 : 39 : WALInsertLockRelease();
7312 : :
4093 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 7313 : 39 : START_CRIT_SECTION();
7314 : :
3433 heikki.linnakangas@i 7315 : 39 : XLogBeginInsert();
7316 : 39 : XLogRegisterData((char *) &xlrec, sizeof(xl_end_of_recovery));
7317 : 39 : recptr = XLogInsert(RM_XLOG_ID, XLOG_END_OF_RECOVERY);
7318 : :
4091 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 7319 : 39 : XLogFlush(recptr);
7320 : :
7321 : : /*
7322 : : * Update the control file so that crash recovery can follow the timeline
7323 : : * changes to this point.
7324 : : */
7325 : 39 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
7326 : 39 : ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint = recptr;
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 7327 : 39 : ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI = xlrec.ThisTimeLineID;
4091 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 7328 : 39 : UpdateControlFile();
7329 : 39 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
7330 : :
4093 7331 [ - + ]: 39 : END_CRIT_SECTION();
7332 : 39 : }
7333 : :
7334 : : /*
7335 : : * Write an OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD message.
7336 : : *
7337 : : * When on WAL replay we expect a continuation record at the start of a page
7338 : : * that is not there, recovery ends and WAL writing resumes at that point.
7339 : : * But it's wrong to resume writing new WAL back at the start of the record
7340 : : * that was broken, because downstream consumers of that WAL (physical
7341 : : * replicas) are not prepared to "rewind". So the first action after
7342 : : * finishing replay of all valid WAL must be to write a record of this type
7343 : : * at the point where the contrecord was missing; to support xlogreader
7344 : : * detecting the special case, XLP_FIRST_IS_OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD is also added
7345 : : * to the page header where the record occurs. xlogreader has an ad-hoc
7346 : : * mechanism to report metadata about the broken record, which is what we
7347 : : * use here.
7348 : : *
7349 : : * At replay time, XLP_FIRST_IS_OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD instructs xlogreader to
7350 : : * skip the record it was reading, and pass back the LSN of the skipped
7351 : : * record, so that its caller can verify (on "replay" of that record) that the
7352 : : * XLOG_OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD matches what was effectively overwritten.
7353 : : *
7354 : : * 'aborted_lsn' is the beginning position of the record that was incomplete.
7355 : : * It is included in the WAL record. 'pagePtr' and 'newTLI' point to the
7356 : : * beginning of the XLOG page where the record is to be inserted. They must
7357 : : * match the current WAL insert position, they're passed here just so that we
7358 : : * can verify that.
7359 : : */
7360 : : static XLogRecPtr
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 7361 : 10 : CreateOverwriteContrecordRecord(XLogRecPtr aborted_lsn, XLogRecPtr pagePtr,
7362 : : TimeLineID newTLI)
7363 : : {
7364 : : xl_overwrite_contrecord xlrec;
7365 : : XLogRecPtr recptr;
7366 : : XLogPageHeader pagehdr;
7367 : : XLogRecPtr startPos;
7368 : :
7369 : : /* sanity checks */
928 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 7370 [ - + ]: 10 : if (!RecoveryInProgress())
928 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 7371 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : elog(ERROR, "can only be used at end of recovery");
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 7372 [ - + ]:CBC 10 : if (pagePtr % XLOG_BLCKSZ != 0)
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 7373 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : elog(ERROR, "invalid position for missing continuation record %X/%X",
7374 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(pagePtr));
7375 : :
7376 : : /* The current WAL insert position should be right after the page header */
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 7377 :CBC 10 : startPos = pagePtr;
7378 [ + + ]: 10 : if (XLogSegmentOffset(startPos, wal_segment_size) == 0)
7379 : 1 : startPos += SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
7380 : : else
7381 : 9 : startPos += SizeOfXLogShortPHD;
7382 : 10 : recptr = GetXLogInsertRecPtr();
7383 [ - + ]: 10 : if (recptr != startPos)
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 7384 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : elog(ERROR, "invalid WAL insert position %X/%X for OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD",
7385 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(recptr));
7386 : :
928 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 7387 :CBC 10 : START_CRIT_SECTION();
7388 : :
7389 : : /*
7390 : : * Initialize the XLOG page header (by GetXLogBuffer), and set the
7391 : : * XLP_FIRST_IS_OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD flag.
7392 : : *
7393 : : * No other backend is allowed to write WAL yet, so acquiring the WAL
7394 : : * insertion lock is just pro forma.
7395 : : */
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 7396 : 10 : WALInsertLockAcquire();
7397 : 10 : pagehdr = (XLogPageHeader) GetXLogBuffer(pagePtr, newTLI);
7398 : 10 : pagehdr->xlp_info |= XLP_FIRST_IS_OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD;
7399 : 10 : WALInsertLockRelease();
7400 : :
7401 : : /*
7402 : : * Insert the XLOG_OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD record as the first record on the
7403 : : * page. We know it becomes the first record, because no other backend is
7404 : : * allowed to write WAL yet.
7405 : : */
928 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 7406 : 10 : XLogBeginInsert();
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 7407 : 10 : xlrec.overwritten_lsn = aborted_lsn;
7408 : 10 : xlrec.overwrite_time = GetCurrentTimestamp();
928 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 7409 : 10 : XLogRegisterData((char *) &xlrec, sizeof(xl_overwrite_contrecord));
7410 : 10 : recptr = XLogInsert(RM_XLOG_ID, XLOG_OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD);
7411 : :
7412 : : /* check that the record was inserted to the right place */
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 7413 [ - + ]: 10 : if (ProcLastRecPtr != startPos)
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 7414 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : elog(ERROR, "OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD was inserted to unexpected position %X/%X",
7415 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(ProcLastRecPtr));
7416 : :
928 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 7417 :CBC 10 : XLogFlush(recptr);
7418 : :
7419 [ - + ]: 10 : END_CRIT_SECTION();
7420 : :
7421 : 10 : return recptr;
7422 : : }
7423 : :
7424 : : /*
7425 : : * Flush all data in shared memory to disk, and fsync
7426 : : *
7427 : : * This is the common code shared between regular checkpoints and
7428 : : * recovery restartpoints.
7429 : : */
7430 : : static void
6135 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7431 : 1153 : CheckPointGuts(XLogRecPtr checkPointRedo, int flags)
7432 : : {
5180 7433 : 1153 : CheckPointRelationMap();
213 akapila@postgresql.o 7434 :GNC 1153 : CheckPointReplicationSlots(flags & CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN);
3695 rhaas@postgresql.org 7435 :CBC 1153 : CheckPointSnapBuild();
7436 : 1153 : CheckPointLogicalRewriteHeap();
3273 andres@anarazel.de 7437 : 1153 : CheckPointReplicationOrigin();
7438 : :
7439 : : /* Write out all dirty data in SLRUs and the main buffer pool */
7440 : : TRACE_POSTGRESQL_BUFFER_CHECKPOINT_START(flags);
1297 tmunro@postgresql.or 7441 : 1153 : CheckpointStats.ckpt_write_t = GetCurrentTimestamp();
7442 : 1153 : CheckPointCLOG();
7443 : 1153 : CheckPointCommitTs();
7444 : 1153 : CheckPointSUBTRANS();
7445 : 1153 : CheckPointMultiXact();
7446 : 1153 : CheckPointPredicate();
7447 : 1153 : CheckPointBuffers(flags);
7448 : :
7449 : : /* Perform all queued up fsyncs */
7450 : : TRACE_POSTGRESQL_BUFFER_CHECKPOINT_SYNC_START();
7451 : 1148 : CheckpointStats.ckpt_sync_t = GetCurrentTimestamp();
7452 : 1148 : ProcessSyncRequests();
7453 : 1148 : CheckpointStats.ckpt_sync_end_t = GetCurrentTimestamp();
7454 : : TRACE_POSTGRESQL_BUFFER_CHECKPOINT_DONE();
7455 : :
7456 : : /* We deliberately delay 2PC checkpointing as long as possible */
6460 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7457 : 1148 : CheckPointTwoPhase(checkPointRedo);
7458 : 1148 : }
7459 : :
7460 : : /*
7461 : : * Save a checkpoint for recovery restart if appropriate
7462 : : *
7463 : : * This function is called each time a checkpoint record is read from XLOG.
7464 : : * It must determine whether the checkpoint represents a safe restartpoint or
7465 : : * not. If so, the checkpoint record is stashed in shared memory so that
7466 : : * CreateRestartPoint can consult it. (Note that the latter function is
7467 : : * executed by the checkpointer, while this one will be executed by the
7468 : : * startup process.)
7469 : : */
7470 : : static void
872 rhaas@postgresql.org 7471 : 326 : RecoveryRestartPoint(const CheckPoint *checkPoint, XLogReaderState *record)
7472 : : {
7473 : : /*
7474 : : * Also refrain from creating a restartpoint if we have seen any
7475 : : * references to non-existent pages. Restarting recovery from the
7476 : : * restartpoint would not see the references, so we would lose the
7477 : : * cross-check that the pages belonged to a relation that was dropped
7478 : : * later.
7479 : : */
4517 heikki.linnakangas@i 7480 [ - + ]: 326 : if (XLogHaveInvalidPages())
7481 : : {
125 michael@paquier.xyz 7482 [ # # ]:UNC 0 : elog(DEBUG2,
7483 : : "could not record restart point at %X/%X because there "
7484 : : "are unresolved references to invalid pages",
7485 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(checkPoint->redo));
4517 heikki.linnakangas@i 7486 :UBC 0 : return;
7487 : : }
7488 : :
7489 : : /*
7490 : : * Copy the checkpoint record to shared memory, so that checkpointer can
7491 : : * work out the next time it wants to perform a restartpoint.
7492 : : */
3492 andres@anarazel.de 7493 [ - + ]:CBC 326 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
872 rhaas@postgresql.org 7494 : 326 : XLogCtl->lastCheckPointRecPtr = record->ReadRecPtr;
7495 : 326 : XLogCtl->lastCheckPointEndPtr = record->EndRecPtr;
3492 andres@anarazel.de 7496 : 326 : XLogCtl->lastCheckPoint = *checkPoint;
7497 : 326 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
7498 : : }
7499 : :
7500 : : /*
7501 : : * Establish a restartpoint if possible.
7502 : : *
7503 : : * This is similar to CreateCheckPoint, but is used during WAL recovery
7504 : : * to establish a point from which recovery can roll forward without
7505 : : * replaying the entire recovery log.
7506 : : *
7507 : : * Returns true if a new restartpoint was established. We can only establish
7508 : : * a restartpoint if we have replayed a safe checkpoint record since last
7509 : : * restartpoint.
7510 : : */
7511 : : bool
5534 heikki.linnakangas@i 7512 : 97 : CreateRestartPoint(int flags)
7513 : : {
7514 : : XLogRecPtr lastCheckPointRecPtr;
7515 : : XLogRecPtr lastCheckPointEndPtr;
7516 : : CheckPoint lastCheckPoint;
7517 : : XLogRecPtr PriorRedoPtr;
7518 : : XLogRecPtr receivePtr;
7519 : : XLogRecPtr replayPtr;
7520 : : TimeLineID replayTLI;
7521 : : XLogRecPtr endptr;
7522 : : XLogSegNo _logSegNo;
7523 : : TimestampTz xtime;
7524 : :
7525 : : /* Concurrent checkpoint/restartpoint cannot happen */
706 michael@paquier.xyz 7526 [ + - - + ]: 97 : Assert(!IsUnderPostmaster || MyBackendType == B_CHECKPOINTER);
7527 : :
7528 : : /* Get a local copy of the last safe checkpoint record. */
3492 andres@anarazel.de 7529 [ - + ]: 97 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
7530 : 97 : lastCheckPointRecPtr = XLogCtl->lastCheckPointRecPtr;
2726 rhaas@postgresql.org 7531 : 97 : lastCheckPointEndPtr = XLogCtl->lastCheckPointEndPtr;
3492 andres@anarazel.de 7532 : 97 : lastCheckPoint = XLogCtl->lastCheckPoint;
7533 : 97 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
7534 : :
7535 : : /*
7536 : : * Check that we're still in recovery mode. It's ok if we exit recovery
7537 : : * mode after this check, the restart point is valid anyway.
7538 : : */
5534 heikki.linnakangas@i 7539 [ - + ]: 97 : if (!RecoveryInProgress())
7540 : : {
5534 heikki.linnakangas@i 7541 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(DEBUG2,
7542 : : (errmsg_internal("skipping restartpoint, recovery has already ended")));
7543 : 0 : return false;
7544 : : }
7545 : :
7546 : : /*
7547 : : * If the last checkpoint record we've replayed is already our last
7548 : : * restartpoint, we can't perform a new restart point. We still update
7549 : : * minRecoveryPoint in that case, so that if this is a shutdown restart
7550 : : * point, we won't start up earlier than before. That's not strictly
7551 : : * necessary, but when hot standby is enabled, it would be rather weird if
7552 : : * the database opened up for read-only connections at a point-in-time
7553 : : * before the last shutdown. Such time travel is still possible in case of
7554 : : * immediate shutdown, though.
7555 : : *
7556 : : * We don't explicitly advance minRecoveryPoint when we do create a
7557 : : * restartpoint. It's assumed that flushing the buffers will do that as a
7558 : : * side-effect.
7559 : : */
5534 heikki.linnakangas@i 7560 [ + + ]:CBC 97 : if (XLogRecPtrIsInvalid(lastCheckPointRecPtr) ||
4125 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 7561 [ + + ]: 88 : lastCheckPoint.redo <= ControlFile->checkPointCopy.redo)
7562 : : {
5534 heikki.linnakangas@i 7563 [ - + ]: 49 : ereport(DEBUG2,
7564 : : (errmsg_internal("skipping restartpoint, already performed at %X/%X",
7565 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lastCheckPoint.redo))));
7566 : :
7567 : 49 : UpdateMinRecoveryPoint(InvalidXLogRecPtr, true);
5064 rhaas@postgresql.org 7568 [ + + ]: 49 : if (flags & CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN)
7569 : : {
7570 : 27 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
7571 : 27 : ControlFile->state = DB_SHUTDOWNED_IN_RECOVERY;
7572 : 27 : UpdateControlFile();
7573 : 27 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
7574 : : }
5534 heikki.linnakangas@i 7575 : 49 : return false;
7576 : : }
7577 : :
7578 : : /*
7579 : : * Update the shared RedoRecPtr so that the startup process can calculate
7580 : : * the number of segments replayed since last restartpoint, and request a
7581 : : * restartpoint if it exceeds CheckPointSegments.
7582 : : *
7583 : : * Like in CreateCheckPoint(), hold off insertions to update it, although
7584 : : * during recovery this is just pro forma, because no WAL insertions are
7585 : : * happening.
7586 : : */
3677 7587 : 48 : WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive();
3338 7588 : 48 : RedoRecPtr = XLogCtl->Insert.RedoRecPtr = lastCheckPoint.redo;
3677 7589 : 48 : WALInsertLockRelease();
7590 : :
7591 : : /* Also update the info_lck-protected copy */
3492 andres@anarazel.de 7592 [ - + ]: 48 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
7593 : 48 : XLogCtl->RedoRecPtr = lastCheckPoint.redo;
7594 : 48 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
7595 : :
7596 : : /*
7597 : : * Prepare to accumulate statistics.
7598 : : *
7599 : : * Note: because it is possible for log_checkpoints to change while a
7600 : : * checkpoint proceeds, we always accumulate stats, even if
7601 : : * log_checkpoints is currently off.
7602 : : */
4820 rhaas@postgresql.org 7603 [ + - + - : 528 : MemSet(&CheckpointStats, 0, sizeof(CheckpointStats));
+ - + - +
+ ]
7604 : 48 : CheckpointStats.ckpt_start_t = GetCurrentTimestamp();
7605 : :
7606 [ + - ]: 48 : if (log_checkpoints)
5534 heikki.linnakangas@i 7607 : 48 : LogCheckpointStart(flags, true);
7608 : :
7609 : : /* Update the process title */
1217 michael@paquier.xyz 7610 : 48 : update_checkpoint_display(flags, true, false);
7611 : :
5534 heikki.linnakangas@i 7612 : 48 : CheckPointGuts(lastCheckPoint.redo, flags);
7613 : :
7614 : : /*
7615 : : * This location needs to be after CheckPointGuts() to ensure that some
7616 : : * work has already happened during this checkpoint.
7617 : : */
41 michael@paquier.xyz 7618 :GNC 48 : INJECTION_POINT("create-restart-point");
7619 : :
7620 : : /*
7621 : : * Remember the prior checkpoint's redo ptr for
7622 : : * UpdateCheckPointDistanceEstimate()
7623 : : */
3338 heikki.linnakangas@i 7624 :CBC 48 : PriorRedoPtr = ControlFile->checkPointCopy.redo;
7625 : :
7626 : : /*
7627 : : * Update pg_control, using current time. Check that it still shows an
7628 : : * older checkpoint, else do nothing; this is a quick hack to make sure
7629 : : * nothing really bad happens if somehow we get here after the
7630 : : * end-of-recovery checkpoint.
7631 : : */
5534 7632 : 48 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
706 michael@paquier.xyz 7633 [ + - ]: 48 : if (ControlFile->checkPointCopy.redo < lastCheckPoint.redo)
7634 : : {
7635 : : /*
7636 : : * Update the checkpoint information. We do this even if the cluster
7637 : : * does not show DB_IN_ARCHIVE_RECOVERY to match with the set of WAL
7638 : : * segments recycled below.
7639 : : */
5406 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7640 : 48 : ControlFile->checkPoint = lastCheckPointRecPtr;
7641 : 48 : ControlFile->checkPointCopy = lastCheckPoint;
7642 : :
7643 : : /*
7644 : : * Ensure minRecoveryPoint is past the checkpoint record and update it
7645 : : * if the control file still shows DB_IN_ARCHIVE_RECOVERY. Normally,
7646 : : * this will have happened already while writing out dirty buffers,
7647 : : * but not necessarily - e.g. because no buffers were dirtied. We do
7648 : : * this because a backup performed in recovery uses minRecoveryPoint
7649 : : * to determine which WAL files must be included in the backup, and
7650 : : * the file (or files) containing the checkpoint record must be
7651 : : * included, at a minimum. Note that for an ordinary restart of
7652 : : * recovery there's no value in having the minimum recovery point any
7653 : : * earlier than this anyway, because redo will begin just after the
7654 : : * checkpoint record.
7655 : : */
706 michael@paquier.xyz 7656 [ + + ]: 48 : if (ControlFile->state == DB_IN_ARCHIVE_RECOVERY)
7657 : : {
7658 [ + + ]: 47 : if (ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint < lastCheckPointEndPtr)
7659 : : {
7660 : 20 : ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint = lastCheckPointEndPtr;
7661 : 20 : ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI = lastCheckPoint.ThisTimeLineID;
7662 : :
7663 : : /* update local copy */
7664 : 20 : LocalMinRecoveryPoint = ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint;
7665 : 20 : LocalMinRecoveryPointTLI = ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI;
7666 : : }
7667 [ + + ]: 47 : if (flags & CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN)
7668 : 20 : ControlFile->state = DB_SHUTDOWNED_IN_RECOVERY;
7669 : : }
5406 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7670 : 48 : UpdateControlFile();
7671 : : }
5534 heikki.linnakangas@i 7672 : 48 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
7673 : :
7674 : : /*
7675 : : * Update the average distance between checkpoints/restartpoints if the
7676 : : * prior checkpoint exists.
7677 : : */
3338 7678 [ + - ]: 48 : if (PriorRedoPtr != InvalidXLogRecPtr)
7679 : 48 : UpdateCheckPointDistanceEstimate(RedoRecPtr - PriorRedoPtr);
7680 : :
7681 : : /*
7682 : : * Delete old log files, those no longer needed for last restartpoint to
7683 : : * prevent the disk holding the xlog from growing full.
7684 : : */
2091 michael@paquier.xyz 7685 : 48 : XLByteToSeg(RedoRecPtr, _logSegNo, wal_segment_size);
7686 : :
7687 : : /*
7688 : : * Retreat _logSegNo using the current end of xlog replayed or received,
7689 : : * whichever is later.
7690 : : */
1467 tmunro@postgresql.or 7691 : 48 : receivePtr = GetWalRcvFlushRecPtr(NULL, NULL);
2091 michael@paquier.xyz 7692 : 48 : replayPtr = GetXLogReplayRecPtr(&replayTLI);
7693 : 48 : endptr = (receivePtr < replayPtr) ? replayPtr : receivePtr;
7694 : 48 : KeepLogSeg(endptr, &_logSegNo);
373 andres@anarazel.de 7695 [ + + ]: 48 : if (InvalidateObsoleteReplicationSlots(RS_INVAL_WAL_REMOVED,
7696 : : _logSegNo, InvalidOid,
7697 : : InvalidTransactionId))
7698 : : {
7699 : : /*
7700 : : * Some slots have been invalidated; recalculate the old-segment
7701 : : * horizon, starting again from RedoRecPtr.
7702 : : */
1003 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 7703 :GBC 1 : XLByteToSeg(RedoRecPtr, _logSegNo, wal_segment_size);
7704 : 1 : KeepLogSeg(endptr, &_logSegNo);
7705 : : }
2091 michael@paquier.xyz 7706 :CBC 48 : _logSegNo--;
7707 : :
7708 : : /*
7709 : : * Try to recycle segments on a useful timeline. If we've been promoted
7710 : : * since the beginning of this restartpoint, use the new timeline chosen
7711 : : * at end of recovery. If we're still in recovery, use the timeline we're
7712 : : * currently replaying.
7713 : : *
7714 : : * There is no guarantee that the WAL segments will be useful on the
7715 : : * current timeline; if recovery proceeds to a new timeline right after
7716 : : * this, the pre-allocated WAL segments on this timeline will not be used,
7717 : : * and will go wasted until recycled on the next restartpoint. We'll live
7718 : : * with that.
7719 : : */
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 7720 [ + + ]: 48 : if (!RecoveryInProgress())
886 rhaas@postgresql.org 7721 :GBC 1 : replayTLI = XLogCtl->InsertTimeLineID;
7722 : :
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 7723 :CBC 48 : RemoveOldXlogFiles(_logSegNo, RedoRecPtr, endptr, replayTLI);
7724 : :
7725 : : /*
7726 : : * Make more log segments if needed. (Do this after recycling old log
7727 : : * segments, since that may supply some of the needed files.)
7728 : : */
7729 : 48 : PreallocXlogFiles(endptr, replayTLI);
7730 : :
7731 : : /*
7732 : : * Truncate pg_subtrans if possible. We can throw away all data before
7733 : : * the oldest XMIN of any running transaction. No future transaction will
7734 : : * attempt to reference any pg_subtrans entry older than that (see Asserts
7735 : : * in subtrans.c). When hot standby is disabled, though, we mustn't do
7736 : : * this because StartupSUBTRANS hasn't been called yet.
7737 : : */
4976 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 7738 [ + - ]: 48 : if (EnableHotStandby)
1341 andres@anarazel.de 7739 : 48 : TruncateSUBTRANS(GetOldestTransactionIdConsideredRunning());
7740 : :
7741 : : /* Real work is done; log and update stats. */
4392 rhaas@postgresql.org 7742 : 48 : LogCheckpointEnd(true);
7743 : :
7744 : : /* Reset the process title */
1217 michael@paquier.xyz 7745 : 48 : update_checkpoint_display(flags, true, true);
7746 : :
5034 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7747 : 48 : xtime = GetLatestXTime();
5534 heikki.linnakangas@i 7748 [ + - + - : 48 : ereport((log_checkpoints ? LOG : DEBUG2),
+ + ]
7749 : : (errmsg("recovery restart point at %X/%X",
7750 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lastCheckPoint.redo)),
7751 : : xtime ? errdetail("Last completed transaction was at log time %s.",
7752 : : timestamptz_to_str(xtime)) : 0));
7753 : :
7754 : : /*
7755 : : * Finally, execute archive_cleanup_command, if any.
7756 : : */
1967 peter_e@gmx.net 7757 [ + - + + ]: 48 : if (archiveCleanupCommand && strcmp(archiveCleanupCommand, "") != 0)
433 michael@paquier.xyz 7758 : 1 : ExecuteRecoveryCommand(archiveCleanupCommand,
7759 : : "archive_cleanup_command",
7760 : : false,
7761 : : WAIT_EVENT_ARCHIVE_CLEANUP_COMMAND);
7762 : :
5534 heikki.linnakangas@i 7763 : 48 : return true;
7764 : : }
7765 : :
7766 : : /*
7767 : : * Report availability of WAL for the given target LSN
7768 : : * (typically a slot's restart_lsn)
7769 : : *
7770 : : * Returns one of the following enum values:
7771 : : *
7772 : : * * WALAVAIL_RESERVED means targetLSN is available and it is in the range of
7773 : : * max_wal_size.
7774 : : *
7775 : : * * WALAVAIL_EXTENDED means it is still available by preserving extra
7776 : : * segments beyond max_wal_size. If max_slot_wal_keep_size is smaller
7777 : : * than max_wal_size, this state is not returned.
7778 : : *
7779 : : * * WALAVAIL_UNRESERVED means it is being lost and the next checkpoint will
7780 : : * remove reserved segments. The walsender using this slot may return to the
7781 : : * above.
7782 : : *
7783 : : * * WALAVAIL_REMOVED means it has been removed. A replication stream on
7784 : : * a slot with this LSN cannot continue. (Any associated walsender
7785 : : * processes should have been terminated already.)
7786 : : *
7787 : : * * WALAVAIL_INVALID_LSN means the slot hasn't been set to reserve WAL.
7788 : : */
7789 : : WALAvailability
1468 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 7790 : 429 : GetWALAvailability(XLogRecPtr targetLSN)
7791 : : {
7792 : : XLogRecPtr currpos; /* current write LSN */
7793 : : XLogSegNo currSeg; /* segid of currpos */
7794 : : XLogSegNo targetSeg; /* segid of targetLSN */
7795 : : XLogSegNo oldestSeg; /* actual oldest segid */
7796 : : XLogSegNo oldestSegMaxWalSize; /* oldest segid kept by max_wal_size */
7797 : : XLogSegNo oldestSlotSeg; /* oldest segid kept by slot */
7798 : : uint64 keepSegs;
7799 : :
7800 : : /*
7801 : : * slot does not reserve WAL. Either deactivated, or has never been active
7802 : : */
7803 [ + + ]: 429 : if (XLogRecPtrIsInvalid(targetLSN))
7804 : 14 : return WALAVAIL_INVALID_LSN;
7805 : :
7806 : : /*
7807 : : * Calculate the oldest segment currently reserved by all slots,
7808 : : * considering wal_keep_size and max_slot_wal_keep_size. Initialize
7809 : : * oldestSlotSeg to the current segment.
7810 : : */
1371 7811 : 415 : currpos = GetXLogWriteRecPtr();
7812 : 415 : XLByteToSeg(currpos, oldestSlotSeg, wal_segment_size);
1468 7813 : 415 : KeepLogSeg(currpos, &oldestSlotSeg);
7814 : :
7815 : : /*
7816 : : * Find the oldest extant segment file. We get 1 until checkpoint removes
7817 : : * the first WAL segment file since startup, which causes the status being
7818 : : * wrong under certain abnormal conditions but that doesn't actually harm.
7819 : : */
7820 : 415 : oldestSeg = XLogGetLastRemovedSegno() + 1;
7821 : :
7822 : : /* calculate oldest segment by max_wal_size */
7823 : 415 : XLByteToSeg(currpos, currSeg, wal_segment_size);
1390 7824 : 415 : keepSegs = ConvertToXSegs(max_wal_size_mb, wal_segment_size) + 1;
7825 : :
1468 7826 [ + + ]: 415 : if (currSeg > keepSegs)
7827 : 8 : oldestSegMaxWalSize = currSeg - keepSegs;
7828 : : else
7829 : 407 : oldestSegMaxWalSize = 1;
7830 : :
7831 : : /* the segment we care about */
1371 7832 : 415 : XLByteToSeg(targetLSN, targetSeg, wal_segment_size);
7833 : :
7834 : : /*
7835 : : * No point in returning reserved or extended status values if the
7836 : : * targetSeg is known to be lost.
7837 : : */
1390 7838 [ + + ]: 415 : if (targetSeg >= oldestSlotSeg)
7839 : : {
7840 : : /* show "reserved" when targetSeg is within max_wal_size */
7841 [ + + ]: 414 : if (targetSeg >= oldestSegMaxWalSize)
1468 7842 : 412 : return WALAVAIL_RESERVED;
7843 : :
7844 : : /* being retained by slots exceeding max_wal_size */
1390 7845 : 2 : return WALAVAIL_EXTENDED;
7846 : : }
7847 : :
7848 : : /* WAL segments are no longer retained but haven't been removed yet */
7849 [ + - ]: 1 : if (targetSeg >= oldestSeg)
7850 : 1 : return WALAVAIL_UNRESERVED;
7851 : :
7852 : : /* Definitely lost */
1468 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 7853 :UBC 0 : return WALAVAIL_REMOVED;
7854 : : }
7855 : :
7856 : :
7857 : : /*
7858 : : * Retreat *logSegNo to the last segment that we need to retain because of
7859 : : * either wal_keep_size or replication slots.
7860 : : *
7861 : : * This is calculated by subtracting wal_keep_size from the given xlog
7862 : : * location, recptr and by making sure that that result is below the
7863 : : * requirement of replication slots. For the latter criterion we do consider
7864 : : * the effects of max_slot_wal_keep_size: reserve at most that much space back
7865 : : * from recptr.
7866 : : *
7867 : : * Note about replication slots: if this function calculates a value
7868 : : * that's further ahead than what slots need reserved, then affected
7869 : : * slots need to be invalidated and this function invoked again.
7870 : : * XXX it might be a good idea to rewrite this function so that
7871 : : * invalidation is optionally done here, instead.
7872 : : */
7873 : : static void
4312 heikki.linnakangas@i 7874 :CBC 1566 : KeepLogSeg(XLogRecPtr recptr, XLogSegNo *logSegNo)
7875 : : {
7876 : : XLogSegNo currSegNo;
7877 : : XLogSegNo segno;
7878 : : XLogRecPtr keep;
7879 : :
1468 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 7880 : 1566 : XLByteToSeg(recptr, currSegNo, wal_segment_size);
7881 : 1566 : segno = currSegNo;
7882 : :
7883 : : /*
7884 : : * Calculate how many segments are kept by slots first, adjusting for
7885 : : * max_slot_wal_keep_size.
7886 : : */
7887 : 1566 : keep = XLogGetReplicationSlotMinimumLSN();
353 nathan@postgresql.or 7888 [ + + + + ]: 1566 : if (keep != InvalidXLogRecPtr && keep < recptr)
7889 : : {
1468 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 7890 : 400 : XLByteToSeg(keep, segno, wal_segment_size);
7891 : :
7892 : : /* Cap by max_slot_wal_keep_size ... */
7893 [ + + ]: 400 : if (max_slot_wal_keep_size_mb >= 0)
7894 : : {
7895 : : uint64 slot_keep_segs;
7896 : :
7897 : 22 : slot_keep_segs =
7898 : 22 : ConvertToXSegs(max_slot_wal_keep_size_mb, wal_segment_size);
7899 : :
7900 [ + + ]: 22 : if (currSegNo - segno > slot_keep_segs)
7901 : 4 : segno = currSegNo - slot_keep_segs;
7902 : : }
7903 : : }
7904 : :
7905 : : /*
7906 : : * If WAL summarization is in use, don't remove WAL that has yet to be
7907 : : * summarized.
7908 : : */
116 rhaas@postgresql.org 7909 :GNC 1566 : keep = GetOldestUnsummarizedLSN(NULL, NULL, false);
7910 [ + + ]: 1566 : if (keep != InvalidXLogRecPtr)
7911 : : {
7912 : : XLogSegNo unsummarized_segno;
7913 : :
7914 : 26 : XLByteToSeg(keep, unsummarized_segno, wal_segment_size);
7915 [ + + ]: 26 : if (unsummarized_segno < segno)
7916 : 18 : segno = unsummarized_segno;
7917 : : }
7918 : :
7919 : : /* but, keep at least wal_keep_size if that's set */
1364 fujii@postgresql.org 7920 [ + + ]:CBC 1566 : if (wal_keep_size_mb > 0)
7921 : : {
7922 : : uint64 keep_segs;
7923 : :
7924 : 85 : keep_segs = ConvertToXSegs(wal_keep_size_mb, wal_segment_size);
7925 [ + - ]: 85 : if (currSegNo - segno < keep_segs)
7926 : : {
7927 : : /* avoid underflow, don't go below 1 */
7928 [ + + ]: 85 : if (currSegNo <= keep_segs)
7929 : 81 : segno = 1;
7930 : : else
7931 : 4 : segno = currSegNo - keep_segs;
7932 : : }
7933 : : }
7934 : :
7935 : : /* don't delete WAL segments newer than the calculated segment */
1371 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 7936 [ + + ]: 1566 : if (segno < *logSegNo)
4312 heikki.linnakangas@i 7937 : 228 : *logSegNo = segno;
4653 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 7938 : 1566 : }
7939 : :
7940 : : /*
7941 : : * Write a NEXTOID log record
7942 : : */
7943 : : void
8563 vadim4o@yahoo.com 7944 : 505 : XLogPutNextOid(Oid nextOid)
7945 : : {
3433 heikki.linnakangas@i 7946 : 505 : XLogBeginInsert();
7947 : 505 : XLogRegisterData((char *) (&nextOid), sizeof(Oid));
7948 : 505 : (void) XLogInsert(RM_XLOG_ID, XLOG_NEXTOID);
7949 : :
7950 : : /*
7951 : : * We need not flush the NEXTOID record immediately, because any of the
7952 : : * just-allocated OIDs could only reach disk as part of a tuple insert or
7953 : : * update that would have its own XLOG record that must follow the NEXTOID
7954 : : * record. Therefore, the standard buffer LSN interlock applied to those
7955 : : * records will ensure no such OID reaches disk before the NEXTOID record
7956 : : * does.
7957 : : *
7958 : : * Note, however, that the above statement only covers state "within" the
7959 : : * database. When we use a generated OID as a file or directory name, we
7960 : : * are in a sense violating the basic WAL rule, because that filesystem
7961 : : * change may reach disk before the NEXTOID WAL record does. The impact
7962 : : * of this is that if a database crash occurs immediately afterward, we
7963 : : * might after restart re-generate the same OID and find that it conflicts
7964 : : * with the leftover file or directory. But since for safety's sake we
7965 : : * always loop until finding a nonconflicting filename, this poses no real
7966 : : * problem in practice. See pgsql-hackers discussion 27-Sep-2006.
7967 : : */
6926 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7968 : 505 : }
7969 : :
7970 : : /*
7971 : : * Write an XLOG SWITCH record.
7972 : : *
7973 : : * Here we just blindly issue an XLogInsert request for the record.
7974 : : * All the magic happens inside XLogInsert.
7975 : : *
7976 : : * The return value is either the end+1 address of the switch record,
7977 : : * or the end+1 address of the prior segment if we did not need to
7978 : : * write a switch record because we are already at segment start.
7979 : : */
7980 : : XLogRecPtr
2670 andres@anarazel.de 7981 : 350 : RequestXLogSwitch(bool mark_unimportant)
7982 : : {
7983 : : XLogRecPtr RecPtr;
7984 : :
7985 : : /* XLOG SWITCH has no data */
3433 heikki.linnakangas@i 7986 : 350 : XLogBeginInsert();
7987 : :
2670 andres@anarazel.de 7988 [ - + ]: 350 : if (mark_unimportant)
2670 andres@anarazel.de 7989 :UBC 0 : XLogSetRecordFlags(XLOG_MARK_UNIMPORTANT);
3433 heikki.linnakangas@i 7990 :CBC 350 : RecPtr = XLogInsert(RM_XLOG_ID, XLOG_SWITCH);
7991 : :
6461 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7992 : 350 : return RecPtr;
7993 : : }
7994 : :
7995 : : /*
7996 : : * Write a RESTORE POINT record
7997 : : */
7998 : : XLogRecPtr
4814 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 7999 : 3 : XLogRestorePoint(const char *rpName)
8000 : : {
8001 : : XLogRecPtr RecPtr;
8002 : : xl_restore_point xlrec;
8003 : :
8004 : 3 : xlrec.rp_time = GetCurrentTimestamp();
3709 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8005 : 3 : strlcpy(xlrec.rp_name, rpName, MAXFNAMELEN);
8006 : :
3433 heikki.linnakangas@i 8007 : 3 : XLogBeginInsert();
8008 : 3 : XLogRegisterData((char *) &xlrec, sizeof(xl_restore_point));
8009 : :
8010 : 3 : RecPtr = XLogInsert(RM_XLOG_ID, XLOG_RESTORE_POINT);
8011 : :
4798 rhaas@postgresql.org 8012 [ + - ]: 3 : ereport(LOG,
8013 : : (errmsg("restore point \"%s\" created at %X/%X",
8014 : : rpName, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(RecPtr))));
8015 : :
4814 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 8016 : 3 : return RecPtr;
8017 : : }
8018 : :
8019 : : /*
8020 : : * Check if any of the GUC parameters that are critical for hot standby
8021 : : * have changed, and update the value in pg_control file if necessary.
8022 : : */
8023 : : static void
5100 heikki.linnakangas@i 8024 : 729 : XLogReportParameters(void)
8025 : : {
8026 [ + + ]: 729 : if (wal_level != ControlFile->wal_level ||
3756 rhaas@postgresql.org 8027 [ + + ]: 534 : wal_log_hints != ControlFile->wal_log_hints ||
5100 heikki.linnakangas@i 8028 [ + + ]: 462 : MaxConnections != ControlFile->MaxConnections ||
3937 rhaas@postgresql.org 8029 [ + + ]: 461 : max_worker_processes != ControlFile->max_worker_processes ||
1888 michael@paquier.xyz 8030 [ + + ]: 460 : max_wal_senders != ControlFile->max_wal_senders ||
5100 heikki.linnakangas@i 8031 [ + + ]: 449 : max_prepared_xacts != ControlFile->max_prepared_xacts ||
3420 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 8032 [ + - ]: 366 : max_locks_per_xact != ControlFile->max_locks_per_xact ||
8033 [ + + ]: 366 : track_commit_timestamp != ControlFile->track_commit_timestamp)
8034 : : {
8035 : : /*
8036 : : * The change in number of backend slots doesn't need to be WAL-logged
8037 : : * if archiving is not enabled, as you can't start archive recovery
8038 : : * with wal_level=minimal anyway. We don't really care about the
8039 : : * values in pg_control either if wal_level=minimal, but seems better
8040 : : * to keep them up-to-date to avoid confusion.
8041 : : */
5100 heikki.linnakangas@i 8042 [ + + + + ]: 370 : if (wal_level != ControlFile->wal_level || XLogIsNeeded())
8043 : : {
8044 : : xl_parameter_change xlrec;
8045 : : XLogRecPtr recptr;
8046 : :
8047 : 362 : xlrec.MaxConnections = MaxConnections;
3937 rhaas@postgresql.org 8048 : 362 : xlrec.max_worker_processes = max_worker_processes;
1888 michael@paquier.xyz 8049 : 362 : xlrec.max_wal_senders = max_wal_senders;
5100 heikki.linnakangas@i 8050 : 362 : xlrec.max_prepared_xacts = max_prepared_xacts;
8051 : 362 : xlrec.max_locks_per_xact = max_locks_per_xact;
8052 : 362 : xlrec.wal_level = wal_level;
3756 rhaas@postgresql.org 8053 : 362 : xlrec.wal_log_hints = wal_log_hints;
3420 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 8054 : 362 : xlrec.track_commit_timestamp = track_commit_timestamp;
8055 : :
3433 heikki.linnakangas@i 8056 : 362 : XLogBeginInsert();
8057 : 362 : XLogRegisterData((char *) &xlrec, sizeof(xlrec));
8058 : :
8059 : 362 : recptr = XLogInsert(RM_XLOG_ID, XLOG_PARAMETER_CHANGE);
3672 fujii@postgresql.org 8060 : 362 : XLogFlush(recptr);
8061 : : }
8062 : :
1406 tmunro@postgresql.or 8063 : 370 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
8064 : :
5100 heikki.linnakangas@i 8065 : 370 : ControlFile->MaxConnections = MaxConnections;
3937 rhaas@postgresql.org 8066 : 370 : ControlFile->max_worker_processes = max_worker_processes;
1888 michael@paquier.xyz 8067 : 370 : ControlFile->max_wal_senders = max_wal_senders;
5100 heikki.linnakangas@i 8068 : 370 : ControlFile->max_prepared_xacts = max_prepared_xacts;
8069 : 370 : ControlFile->max_locks_per_xact = max_locks_per_xact;
8070 : 370 : ControlFile->wal_level = wal_level;
3756 rhaas@postgresql.org 8071 : 370 : ControlFile->wal_log_hints = wal_log_hints;
3420 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 8072 : 370 : ControlFile->track_commit_timestamp = track_commit_timestamp;
5100 heikki.linnakangas@i 8073 : 370 : UpdateControlFile();
8074 : :
1406 tmunro@postgresql.or 8075 : 370 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
8076 : : }
5198 heikki.linnakangas@i 8077 : 729 : }
8078 : :
8079 : : /*
8080 : : * Update full_page_writes in shared memory, and write an
8081 : : * XLOG_FPW_CHANGE record if necessary.
8082 : : *
8083 : : * Note: this function assumes there is no other process running
8084 : : * concurrently that could update it.
8085 : : */
8086 : : void
4463 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 8087 : 1592 : UpdateFullPageWrites(void)
8088 : : {
8089 : 1592 : XLogCtlInsert *Insert = &XLogCtl->Insert;
8090 : : bool recoveryInProgress;
8091 : :
8092 : : /*
8093 : : * Do nothing if full_page_writes has not been changed.
8094 : : *
8095 : : * It's safe to check the shared full_page_writes without the lock,
8096 : : * because we assume that there is no concurrently running process which
8097 : : * can update it.
8098 : : */
8099 [ + + ]: 1592 : if (fullPageWrites == Insert->fullPageWrites)
8100 : 865 : return;
8101 : :
8102 : : /*
8103 : : * Perform this outside critical section so that the WAL insert
8104 : : * initialization done by RecoveryInProgress() doesn't trigger an
8105 : : * assertion failure.
8106 : : */
2025 akapila@postgresql.o 8107 : 727 : recoveryInProgress = RecoveryInProgress();
8108 : :
4422 heikki.linnakangas@i 8109 : 727 : START_CRIT_SECTION();
8110 : :
8111 : : /*
8112 : : * It's always safe to take full page images, even when not strictly
8113 : : * required, but not the other round. So if we're setting full_page_writes
8114 : : * to true, first set it true and then write the WAL record. If we're
8115 : : * setting it to false, first write the WAL record and then set the global
8116 : : * flag.
8117 : : */
8118 [ + + ]: 727 : if (fullPageWrites)
8119 : : {
3677 8120 : 723 : WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive();
4422 8121 : 723 : Insert->fullPageWrites = true;
3677 8122 : 723 : WALInsertLockRelease();
8123 : : }
8124 : :
8125 : : /*
8126 : : * Write an XLOG_FPW_CHANGE record. This allows us to keep track of
8127 : : * full_page_writes during archive recovery, if required.
8128 : : */
2025 akapila@postgresql.o 8129 [ + + - + ]: 727 : if (XLogStandbyInfoActive() && !recoveryInProgress)
8130 : : {
3433 heikki.linnakangas@i 8131 :UBC 0 : XLogBeginInsert();
8132 : 0 : XLogRegisterData((char *) (&fullPageWrites), sizeof(bool));
8133 : :
8134 : 0 : XLogInsert(RM_XLOG_ID, XLOG_FPW_CHANGE);
8135 : : }
8136 : :
4422 heikki.linnakangas@i 8137 [ + + ]:CBC 727 : if (!fullPageWrites)
8138 : : {
3677 8139 : 4 : WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive();
4422 8140 : 4 : Insert->fullPageWrites = false;
3677 8141 : 4 : WALInsertLockRelease();
8142 : : }
4422 8143 [ - + ]: 727 : END_CRIT_SECTION();
8144 : : }
8145 : :
8146 : : /*
8147 : : * XLOG resource manager's routines
8148 : : *
8149 : : * Definitions of info values are in include/catalog/pg_control.h, though
8150 : : * not all record types are related to control file updates.
8151 : : *
8152 : : * NOTE: Some XLOG record types that are directly related to WAL recovery
8153 : : * are handled in xlogrecovery_redo().
8154 : : */
8155 : : void
3433 8156 : 42783 : xlog_redo(XLogReaderState *record)
8157 : : {
8158 : 42783 : uint8 info = XLogRecGetInfo(record) & ~XLR_INFO_MASK;
8159 : 42783 : XLogRecPtr lsn = record->EndRecPtr;
8160 : :
8161 : : /*
8162 : : * In XLOG rmgr, backup blocks are only used by XLOG_FPI and
8163 : : * XLOG_FPI_FOR_HINT records.
8164 : : */
3429 8165 [ + + + + : 42783 : Assert(info == XLOG_FPI || info == XLOG_FPI_FOR_HINT ||
- + ]
8166 : : !XLogRecHasAnyBlockRefs(record));
8167 : :
8428 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8168 [ + + ]: 42783 : if (info == XLOG_NEXTOID)
8169 : : {
8170 : : Oid nextOid;
8171 : :
8172 : : /*
8173 : : * We used to try to take the maximum of TransamVariables->nextOid and
8174 : : * the recorded nextOid, but that fails if the OID counter wraps
8175 : : * around. Since no OID allocation should be happening during replay
8176 : : * anyway, better to just believe the record exactly. We still take
8177 : : * OidGenLock while setting the variable, just in case.
8178 : : */
8563 vadim4o@yahoo.com 8179 : 91 : memcpy(&nextOid, XLogRecGetData(record), sizeof(Oid));
4451 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8180 : 91 : LWLockAcquire(OidGenLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
128 heikki.linnakangas@i 8181 :GNC 91 : TransamVariables->nextOid = nextOid;
8182 : 91 : TransamVariables->oidCount = 0;
4451 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8183 :CBC 91 : LWLockRelease(OidGenLock);
8184 : : }
8433 8185 [ + + ]: 42692 : else if (info == XLOG_CHECKPOINT_SHUTDOWN)
8186 : : {
8187 : : CheckPoint checkPoint;
8188 : : TimeLineID replayTLI;
8189 : :
8190 : 46 : memcpy(&checkPoint, XLogRecGetData(record), sizeof(CheckPoint));
8191 : : /* In a SHUTDOWN checkpoint, believe the counters exactly */
4451 8192 : 46 : LWLockAcquire(XidGenLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
128 heikki.linnakangas@i 8193 :GNC 46 : TransamVariables->nextXid = checkPoint.nextXid;
4451 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8194 :CBC 46 : LWLockRelease(XidGenLock);
8195 : 46 : LWLockAcquire(OidGenLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
128 heikki.linnakangas@i 8196 :GNC 46 : TransamVariables->nextOid = checkPoint.nextOid;
8197 : 46 : TransamVariables->oidCount = 0;
4451 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8198 :CBC 46 : LWLockRelease(OidGenLock);
6885 8199 : 46 : MultiXactSetNextMXact(checkPoint.nextMulti,
8200 : : checkPoint.nextMultiOffset);
8201 : :
3123 andres@anarazel.de 8202 : 46 : MultiXactAdvanceOldest(checkPoint.oldestMulti,
8203 : : checkPoint.oldestMultiDB);
8204 : :
8205 : : /*
8206 : : * No need to set oldestClogXid here as well; it'll be set when we
8207 : : * redo an xl_clog_truncate if it changed since initialization.
8208 : : */
5170 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8209 : 46 : SetTransactionIdLimit(checkPoint.oldestXid, checkPoint.oldestXidDB);
8210 : :
8211 : : /*
8212 : : * If we see a shutdown checkpoint while waiting for an end-of-backup
8213 : : * record, the backup was canceled and the end-of-backup record will
8214 : : * never arrive.
8215 : : */
4069 heikki.linnakangas@i 8216 [ + + ]: 46 : if (ArchiveRecoveryRequested &&
4463 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 8217 [ + + ]: 45 : !XLogRecPtrIsInvalid(ControlFile->backupStartPoint) &&
8218 [ - + ]: 1 : XLogRecPtrIsInvalid(ControlFile->backupEndPoint))
4451 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8219 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(PANIC,
8220 : : (errmsg("online backup was canceled, recovery cannot continue")));
8221 : :
8222 : : /*
8223 : : * If we see a shutdown checkpoint, we know that nothing was running
8224 : : * on the primary at this point. So fake-up an empty running-xacts
8225 : : * record and use that here and now. Recover additional standby state
8226 : : * for prepared transactions.
8227 : : */
5230 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 8228 [ + + ]:CBC 46 : if (standbyState >= STANDBY_INITIALIZED)
8229 : : {
8230 : : TransactionId *xids;
8231 : : int nxids;
8232 : : TransactionId oldestActiveXID;
8233 : : TransactionId latestCompletedXid;
8234 : : RunningTransactionsData running;
8235 : :
5115 heikki.linnakangas@i 8236 : 43 : oldestActiveXID = PrescanPreparedTransactions(&xids, &nxids);
8237 : :
8238 : : /*
8239 : : * Construct a RunningTransactions snapshot representing a shut
8240 : : * down server, with only prepared transactions still alive. We're
8241 : : * never overflowed at this point because all subxids are listed
8242 : : * with their parent prepared transactions.
8243 : : */
8244 : 43 : running.xcnt = nxids;
4151 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 8245 : 43 : running.subxcnt = 0;
5115 heikki.linnakangas@i 8246 : 43 : running.subxid_overflow = false;
1342 andres@anarazel.de 8247 : 43 : running.nextXid = XidFromFullTransactionId(checkPoint.nextXid);
5115 heikki.linnakangas@i 8248 : 43 : running.oldestRunningXid = oldestActiveXID;
1342 andres@anarazel.de 8249 : 43 : latestCompletedXid = XidFromFullTransactionId(checkPoint.nextXid);
5085 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 8250 [ - + ]: 43 : TransactionIdRetreat(latestCompletedXid);
5084 8251 [ - + ]: 43 : Assert(TransactionIdIsNormal(latestCompletedXid));
5085 8252 : 43 : running.latestCompletedXid = latestCompletedXid;
5115 heikki.linnakangas@i 8253 : 43 : running.xids = xids;
8254 : :
8255 : 43 : ProcArrayApplyRecoveryInfo(&running);
8256 : :
2544 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 8257 : 43 : StandbyRecoverPreparedTransactions();
8258 : : }
8259 : :
8260 : : /* ControlFile->checkPointCopy always tracks the latest ckpt XID */
1406 tmunro@postgresql.or 8261 : 46 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
1342 andres@anarazel.de 8262 : 46 : ControlFile->checkPointCopy.nextXid = checkPoint.nextXid;
1406 tmunro@postgresql.or 8263 : 46 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
8264 : :
8265 : : /* Update shared-memory copy of checkpoint XID/epoch */
3492 andres@anarazel.de 8266 [ - + ]: 46 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
1342 8267 : 46 : XLogCtl->ckptFullXid = checkPoint.nextXid;
3492 8268 : 46 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
8269 : :
8270 : : /*
8271 : : * We should've already switched to the new TLI before replaying this
8272 : : * record.
8273 : : */
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 8274 : 46 : (void) GetCurrentReplayRecPtr(&replayTLI);
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 8275 [ - + ]: 46 : if (checkPoint.ThisTimeLineID != replayTLI)
4146 heikki.linnakangas@i 8276 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(PANIC,
8277 : : (errmsg("unexpected timeline ID %u (should be %u) in shutdown checkpoint record",
8278 : : checkPoint.ThisTimeLineID, replayTLI)));
8279 : :
872 rhaas@postgresql.org 8280 :CBC 46 : RecoveryRestartPoint(&checkPoint, record);
8281 : : }
8433 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8282 [ + + ]: 42646 : else if (info == XLOG_CHECKPOINT_ONLINE)
8283 : : {
8284 : : CheckPoint checkPoint;
8285 : : TimeLineID replayTLI;
8286 : :
8287 : 280 : memcpy(&checkPoint, XLogRecGetData(record), sizeof(CheckPoint));
8288 : : /* In an ONLINE checkpoint, treat the XID counter as a minimum */
4451 8289 : 280 : LWLockAcquire(XidGenLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
128 heikki.linnakangas@i 8290 [ - + ]:GNC 280 : if (FullTransactionIdPrecedes(TransamVariables->nextXid,
8291 : : checkPoint.nextXid))
128 heikki.linnakangas@i 8292 :UNC 0 : TransamVariables->nextXid = checkPoint.nextXid;
4451 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8293 :CBC 280 : LWLockRelease(XidGenLock);
8294 : :
8295 : : /*
8296 : : * We ignore the nextOid counter in an ONLINE checkpoint, preferring
8297 : : * to track OID assignment through XLOG_NEXTOID records. The nextOid
8298 : : * counter is from the start of the checkpoint and might well be stale
8299 : : * compared to later XLOG_NEXTOID records. We could try to take the
8300 : : * maximum of the nextOid counter and our latest value, but since
8301 : : * there's no particular guarantee about the speed with which the OID
8302 : : * counter wraps around, that's a risky thing to do. In any case,
8303 : : * users of the nextOid counter are required to avoid assignment of
8304 : : * duplicates, so that a somewhat out-of-date value should be safe.
8305 : : */
8306 : :
8307 : : /* Handle multixact */
6885 8308 : 280 : MultiXactAdvanceNextMXact(checkPoint.nextMulti,
8309 : : checkPoint.nextMultiOffset);
8310 : :
8311 : : /*
8312 : : * NB: This may perform multixact truncation when replaying WAL
8313 : : * generated by an older primary.
8314 : : */
3123 andres@anarazel.de 8315 : 280 : MultiXactAdvanceOldest(checkPoint.oldestMulti,
8316 : : checkPoint.oldestMultiDB);
128 heikki.linnakangas@i 8317 [ - + ]:GNC 280 : if (TransactionIdPrecedes(TransamVariables->oldestXid,
8318 : : checkPoint.oldestXid))
5170 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8319 :UBC 0 : SetTransactionIdLimit(checkPoint.oldestXid,
8320 : : checkPoint.oldestXidDB);
8321 : : /* ControlFile->checkPointCopy always tracks the latest ckpt XID */
1406 tmunro@postgresql.or 8322 :CBC 280 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
1342 andres@anarazel.de 8323 : 280 : ControlFile->checkPointCopy.nextXid = checkPoint.nextXid;
1406 tmunro@postgresql.or 8324 : 280 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
8325 : :
8326 : : /* Update shared-memory copy of checkpoint XID/epoch */
3492 andres@anarazel.de 8327 [ - + ]: 280 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
1342 8328 : 280 : XLogCtl->ckptFullXid = checkPoint.nextXid;
3492 8329 : 280 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
8330 : :
8331 : : /* TLI should not change in an on-line checkpoint */
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 8332 : 280 : (void) GetCurrentReplayRecPtr(&replayTLI);
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 8333 [ - + ]: 280 : if (checkPoint.ThisTimeLineID != replayTLI)
7368 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8334 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(PANIC,
8335 : : (errmsg("unexpected timeline ID %u (should be %u) in online checkpoint record",
8336 : : checkPoint.ThisTimeLineID, replayTLI)));
8337 : :
872 rhaas@postgresql.org 8338 :CBC 280 : RecoveryRestartPoint(&checkPoint, record);
8339 : : }
928 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 8340 [ + + ]: 42366 : else if (info == XLOG_OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD)
8341 : : {
8342 : : /* nothing to do here, handled in xlogrecovery_redo() */
8343 : : }
4093 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 8344 [ + + ]: 42365 : else if (info == XLOG_END_OF_RECOVERY)
8345 : : {
8346 : : xl_end_of_recovery xlrec;
8347 : : TimeLineID replayTLI;
8348 : :
8349 : 25 : memcpy(&xlrec, XLogRecGetData(record), sizeof(xl_end_of_recovery));
8350 : :
8351 : : /*
8352 : : * For Hot Standby, we could treat this like a Shutdown Checkpoint,
8353 : : * but this case is rarer and harder to test, so the benefit doesn't
8354 : : * outweigh the potential extra cost of maintenance.
8355 : : */
8356 : :
8357 : : /*
8358 : : * We should've already switched to the new TLI before replaying this
8359 : : * record.
8360 : : */
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 8361 : 25 : (void) GetCurrentReplayRecPtr(&replayTLI);
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 8362 [ - + ]: 25 : if (xlrec.ThisTimeLineID != replayTLI)
4093 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 8363 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(PANIC,
8364 : : (errmsg("unexpected timeline ID %u (should be %u) in end-of-recovery record",
8365 : : xlrec.ThisTimeLineID, replayTLI)));
8366 : : }
6174 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8367 [ + - ]:CBC 42340 : else if (info == XLOG_NOOP)
8368 : : {
8369 : : /* nothing to do here */
8370 : : }
6461 8371 [ + + ]: 42340 : else if (info == XLOG_SWITCH)
8372 : : {
8373 : : /* nothing to do here */
8374 : : }
4814 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 8375 [ + + ]: 42190 : else if (info == XLOG_RESTORE_POINT)
8376 : : {
8377 : : /* nothing to do here, handled in xlogrecovery.c */
8378 : : }
3429 heikki.linnakangas@i 8379 [ + + + + ]: 42183 : else if (info == XLOG_FPI || info == XLOG_FPI_FOR_HINT)
8380 : : {
8381 : : /*
8382 : : * XLOG_FPI records contain nothing else but one or more block
8383 : : * references. Every block reference must include a full-page image
8384 : : * even if full_page_writes was disabled when the record was generated
8385 : : * - otherwise there would be no point in this record.
8386 : : *
8387 : : * XLOG_FPI_FOR_HINT records are generated when a page needs to be
8388 : : * WAL-logged because of a hint bit update. They are only generated
8389 : : * when checksums and/or wal_log_hints are enabled. They may include
8390 : : * no full-page images if full_page_writes was disabled when they were
8391 : : * generated. In this case there is nothing to do here.
8392 : : *
8393 : : * No recovery conflicts are generated by these generic records - if a
8394 : : * resource manager needs to generate conflicts, it has to define a
8395 : : * separate WAL record type and redo routine.
8396 : : */
758 tmunro@postgresql.or 8397 [ + + ]: 88313 : for (uint8 block_id = 0; block_id <= XLogRecMaxBlockId(record); block_id++)
8398 : : {
8399 : : Buffer buffer;
8400 : :
998 fujii@postgresql.org 8401 [ + + ]: 46556 : if (!XLogRecHasBlockImage(record, block_id))
8402 : : {
8403 [ - + ]: 68 : if (info == XLOG_FPI)
998 fujii@postgresql.org 8404 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : elog(ERROR, "XLOG_FPI record did not contain a full-page image");
998 fujii@postgresql.org 8405 :CBC 68 : continue;
8406 : : }
8407 : :
1838 heikki.linnakangas@i 8408 [ - + ]: 46488 : if (XLogReadBufferForRedo(record, block_id, &buffer) != BLK_RESTORED)
1838 heikki.linnakangas@i 8409 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : elog(ERROR, "unexpected XLogReadBufferForRedo result when restoring backup block");
1838 heikki.linnakangas@i 8410 :CBC 46488 : UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer);
8411 : : }
8412 : : }
5214 8413 [ + + ]: 426 : else if (info == XLOG_BACKUP_END)
8414 : : {
8415 : : /* nothing to do here, handled in xlogrecovery_redo() */
8416 : : }
5100 8417 [ + + ]: 315 : else if (info == XLOG_PARAMETER_CHANGE)
8418 : : {
8419 : : xl_parameter_change xlrec;
8420 : :
8421 : : /* Update our copy of the parameters in pg_control */
8422 : 31 : memcpy(&xlrec, XLogRecGetData(record), sizeof(xl_parameter_change));
8423 : :
8424 : : /*
8425 : : * Invalidate logical slots if we are in hot standby and the primary
8426 : : * does not have a WAL level sufficient for logical decoding. No need
8427 : : * to search for potentially conflicting logically slots if standby is
8428 : : * running with wal_level lower than logical, because in that case, we
8429 : : * would have either disallowed creation of logical slots or
8430 : : * invalidated existing ones.
8431 : : */
373 andres@anarazel.de 8432 [ + - + + ]: 31 : if (InRecovery && InHotStandby &&
8433 [ + + ]: 15 : xlrec.wal_level < WAL_LEVEL_LOGICAL &&
8434 [ + + ]: 7 : wal_level >= WAL_LEVEL_LOGICAL)
8435 : 4 : InvalidateObsoleteReplicationSlots(RS_INVAL_WAL_LEVEL,
8436 : : 0, InvalidOid,
8437 : : InvalidTransactionId);
8438 : :
5095 heikki.linnakangas@i 8439 : 31 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
5100 8440 : 31 : ControlFile->MaxConnections = xlrec.MaxConnections;
3937 rhaas@postgresql.org 8441 : 31 : ControlFile->max_worker_processes = xlrec.max_worker_processes;
1888 michael@paquier.xyz 8442 : 31 : ControlFile->max_wal_senders = xlrec.max_wal_senders;
5100 heikki.linnakangas@i 8443 : 31 : ControlFile->max_prepared_xacts = xlrec.max_prepared_xacts;
8444 : 31 : ControlFile->max_locks_per_xact = xlrec.max_locks_per_xact;
8445 : 31 : ControlFile->wal_level = xlrec.wal_level;
3377 8446 : 31 : ControlFile->wal_log_hints = xlrec.wal_log_hints;
8447 : :
8448 : : /*
8449 : : * Update minRecoveryPoint to ensure that if recovery is aborted, we
8450 : : * recover back up to this point before allowing hot standby again.
8451 : : * This is important if the max_* settings are decreased, to ensure
8452 : : * you don't run queries against the WAL preceding the change. The
8453 : : * local copies cannot be updated as long as crash recovery is
8454 : : * happening and we expect all the WAL to be replayed.
8455 : : */
2110 michael@paquier.xyz 8456 [ + + ]: 31 : if (InArchiveRecovery)
8457 : : {
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 8458 : 16 : LocalMinRecoveryPoint = ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint;
8459 : 16 : LocalMinRecoveryPointTLI = ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI;
8460 : : }
8461 [ + + + + ]: 31 : if (LocalMinRecoveryPoint != InvalidXLogRecPtr && LocalMinRecoveryPoint < lsn)
8462 : : {
8463 : : TimeLineID replayTLI;
8464 : :
8465 : 8 : (void) GetCurrentReplayRecPtr(&replayTLI);
5095 8466 : 8 : ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint = lsn;
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 8467 : 8 : ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI = replayTLI;
8468 : : }
8469 : :
3118 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 8470 : 31 : CommitTsParameterChange(xlrec.track_commit_timestamp,
8471 : 31 : ControlFile->track_commit_timestamp);
8472 : 31 : ControlFile->track_commit_timestamp = xlrec.track_commit_timestamp;
8473 : :
5100 heikki.linnakangas@i 8474 : 31 : UpdateControlFile();
5095 8475 : 31 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
8476 : :
8477 : : /* Check to see if any parameter change gives a problem on recovery */
5100 8478 : 31 : CheckRequiredParameterValues();
8479 : : }
4463 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 8480 [ - + ]:GBC 284 : else if (info == XLOG_FPW_CHANGE)
8481 : : {
8482 : : bool fpw;
8483 : :
4463 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 8484 :UBC 0 : memcpy(&fpw, XLogRecGetData(record), sizeof(bool));
8485 : :
8486 : : /*
8487 : : * Update the LSN of the last replayed XLOG_FPW_CHANGE record so that
8488 : : * do_pg_backup_start() and do_pg_backup_stop() can check whether
8489 : : * full_page_writes has been disabled during online backup.
8490 : : */
8491 [ # # ]: 0 : if (!fpw)
8492 : : {
3492 andres@anarazel.de 8493 [ # # ]: 0 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
872 rhaas@postgresql.org 8494 [ # # ]: 0 : if (XLogCtl->lastFpwDisableRecPtr < record->ReadRecPtr)
8495 : 0 : XLogCtl->lastFpwDisableRecPtr = record->ReadRecPtr;
3492 andres@anarazel.de 8496 : 0 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
8497 : : }
8498 : :
8499 : : /* Keep track of full_page_writes */
4463 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 8500 : 0 : lastFullPageWrites = fpw;
8501 : : }
8502 : : else if (info == XLOG_CHECKPOINT_REDO)
8503 : : {
8504 : : /* nothing to do here, just for informational purposes */
8505 : : }
8576 vadim4o@yahoo.com 8506 :CBC 42781 : }
8507 : :
8508 : : /*
8509 : : * Return the extra open flags used for opening a file, depending on the
8510 : : * value of the GUCs wal_sync_method, fsync and io_direct.
8511 : : */
8512 : : static int
5814 magnus@hagander.net 8513 : 8982 : get_sync_bit(int method)
8514 : : {
5161 bruce@momjian.us 8515 : 8982 : int o_direct_flag = 0;
8516 : :
8517 : : /*
8518 : : * Use O_DIRECT if requested, except in walreceiver process. The WAL
8519 : : * written by walreceiver is normally read by the startup process soon
8520 : : * after it's written. Also, walreceiver performs unaligned writes, which
8521 : : * don't work with O_DIRECT, so it is required for correctness too.
8522 : : */
372 tmunro@postgresql.or 8523 [ + + + - ]: 8982 : if ((io_direct_flags & IO_DIRECT_WAL) && !AmWalReceiverProcess())
5168 heikki.linnakangas@i 8524 : 8 : o_direct_flag = PG_O_DIRECT;
8525 : :
8526 : : /* If fsync is disabled, never open in sync mode */
372 tmunro@postgresql.or 8527 [ + - ]: 8982 : if (!enableFsync)
8528 : 8982 : return o_direct_flag;
8529 : :
5814 magnus@hagander.net 8530 [ # # # # ]:UBC 0 : switch (method)
8531 : : {
8532 : : /*
8533 : : * enum values for all sync options are defined even if they are
8534 : : * not supported on the current platform. But if not, they are
8535 : : * not included in the enum option array, and therefore will never
8536 : : * be seen here.
8537 : : */
184 nathan@postgresql.or 8538 :UNC 0 : case WAL_SYNC_METHOD_FSYNC:
8539 : : case WAL_SYNC_METHOD_FSYNC_WRITETHROUGH:
8540 : : case WAL_SYNC_METHOD_FDATASYNC:
372 tmunro@postgresql.or 8541 :UBC 0 : return o_direct_flag;
8542 : : #ifdef O_SYNC
184 nathan@postgresql.or 8543 :UNC 0 : case WAL_SYNC_METHOD_OPEN:
632 tmunro@postgresql.or 8544 :UBC 0 : return O_SYNC | o_direct_flag;
8545 : : #endif
8546 : : #ifdef O_DSYNC
184 nathan@postgresql.or 8547 :UNC 0 : case WAL_SYNC_METHOD_OPEN_DSYNC:
632 tmunro@postgresql.or 8548 :UBC 0 : return O_DSYNC | o_direct_flag;
8549 : : #endif
5816 magnus@hagander.net 8550 : 0 : default:
8551 : : /* can't happen (unless we are out of sync with option array) */
5812 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8552 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(ERROR, "unrecognized wal_sync_method: %d", method);
8553 : : return 0; /* silence warning */
8554 : : }
8555 : : }
8556 : :
8557 : : /*
8558 : : * GUC support
8559 : : */
8560 : : void
184 nathan@postgresql.or 8561 :GNC 928 : assign_wal_sync_method(int new_wal_sync_method, void *extra)
8562 : : {
8563 [ - + ]: 928 : if (wal_sync_method != new_wal_sync_method)
8564 : : {
8565 : : /*
8566 : : * To ensure that no blocks escape unsynced, force an fsync on the
8567 : : * currently open log segment (if any). Also, if the open flag is
8568 : : * changing, close the log file so it will be reopened (with new flag
8569 : : * bit) at next use.
8570 : : */
8430 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8571 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : if (openLogFile >= 0)
8572 : : {
2584 rhaas@postgresql.org 8573 : 0 : pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_WAL_SYNC_METHOD_ASSIGN);
8430 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8574 [ # # ]: 0 : if (pg_fsync(openLogFile) != 0)
8575 : : {
8576 : : char xlogfname[MAXFNAMELEN];
8577 : : int save_errno;
8578 : :
1594 michael@paquier.xyz 8579 : 0 : save_errno = errno;
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 8580 : 0 : XLogFileName(xlogfname, openLogTLI, openLogSegNo,
8581 : : wal_segment_size);
1594 michael@paquier.xyz 8582 : 0 : errno = save_errno;
7573 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8583 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(PANIC,
8584 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
8585 : : errmsg("could not fsync file \"%s\": %m", xlogfname)));
8586 : : }
8587 : :
2584 rhaas@postgresql.org 8588 : 0 : pgstat_report_wait_end();
184 nathan@postgresql.or 8589 [ # # ]:UNC 0 : if (get_sync_bit(wal_sync_method) != get_sync_bit(new_wal_sync_method))
6513 bruce@momjian.us 8590 :UBC 0 : XLogFileClose();
8591 : : }
8592 : : }
8430 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8593 :CBC 928 : }
8594 : :
8595 : :
8596 : : /*
8597 : : * Issue appropriate kind of fsync (if any) for an XLOG output file.
8598 : : *
8599 : : * 'fd' is a file descriptor for the XLOG file to be fsync'd.
8600 : : * 'segno' is for error reporting purposes.
8601 : : */
8602 : : void
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 8603 : 136682 : issue_xlog_fsync(int fd, XLogSegNo segno, TimeLineID tli)
8604 : : {
1594 michael@paquier.xyz 8605 : 136682 : char *msg = NULL;
8606 : : instr_time start;
8607 : :
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 8608 [ - + ]: 136682 : Assert(tli != 0);
8609 : :
8610 : : /*
8611 : : * Quick exit if fsync is disabled or write() has already synced the WAL
8612 : : * file.
8613 : : */
1132 fujii@postgresql.org 8614 [ - + ]: 136682 : if (!enableFsync ||
184 nathan@postgresql.or 8615 [ # # ]:UNC 0 : wal_sync_method == WAL_SYNC_METHOD_OPEN ||
8616 [ # # ]: 0 : wal_sync_method == WAL_SYNC_METHOD_OPEN_DSYNC)
1132 fujii@postgresql.org 8617 :CBC 136682 : return;
8618 : :
8619 : : /* Measure I/O timing to sync the WAL file */
1132 fujii@postgresql.org 8620 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : if (track_wal_io_timing)
8621 : 0 : INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(start);
8622 : : else
450 andres@anarazel.de 8623 : 0 : INSTR_TIME_SET_ZERO(start);
8624 : :
2113 michael@paquier.xyz 8625 : 0 : pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_WAL_SYNC);
184 nathan@postgresql.or 8626 [ # # # # ]:UNC 0 : switch (wal_sync_method)
8627 : : {
8628 : 0 : case WAL_SYNC_METHOD_FSYNC:
5203 heikki.linnakangas@i 8629 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : if (pg_fsync_no_writethrough(fd) != 0)
1594 michael@paquier.xyz 8630 : 0 : msg = _("could not fsync file \"%s\": %m");
8430 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8631 : 0 : break;
8632 : : #ifdef HAVE_FSYNC_WRITETHROUGH
8633 : : case WAL_SYNC_METHOD_FSYNC_WRITETHROUGH:
8634 : : if (pg_fsync_writethrough(fd) != 0)
8635 : : msg = _("could not fsync write-through file \"%s\": %m");
8636 : : break;
8637 : : #endif
184 nathan@postgresql.or 8638 :UNC 0 : case WAL_SYNC_METHOD_FDATASYNC:
5203 heikki.linnakangas@i 8639 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : if (pg_fdatasync(fd) != 0)
1594 michael@paquier.xyz 8640 : 0 : msg = _("could not fdatasync file \"%s\": %m");
8430 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8641 : 0 : break;
184 nathan@postgresql.or 8642 :UNC 0 : case WAL_SYNC_METHOD_OPEN:
8643 : : case WAL_SYNC_METHOD_OPEN_DSYNC:
8644 : : /* not reachable */
1132 fujii@postgresql.org 8645 :UBC 0 : Assert(false);
8646 : : break;
8430 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8647 : 0 : default:
11 dgustafsson@postgres 8648 [ # # ]:UNC 0 : ereport(PANIC,
8649 : : errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
8650 : : errmsg_internal("unrecognized wal_sync_method: %d", wal_sync_method));
8651 : : break;
8652 : : }
8653 : :
8654 : : /* PANIC if failed to fsync */
1594 michael@paquier.xyz 8655 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : if (msg)
8656 : : {
8657 : : char xlogfname[MAXFNAMELEN];
8658 : 0 : int save_errno = errno;
8659 : :
891 rhaas@postgresql.org 8660 : 0 : XLogFileName(xlogfname, tli, segno, wal_segment_size);
1594 michael@paquier.xyz 8661 : 0 : errno = save_errno;
8662 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(PANIC,
8663 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
8664 : : errmsg(msg, xlogfname)));
8665 : : }
8666 : :
8667 : 0 : pgstat_report_wait_end();
8668 : :
8669 : : /*
8670 : : * Increment the I/O timing and the number of times WAL files were synced.
8671 : : */
1132 fujii@postgresql.org 8672 [ # # ]: 0 : if (track_wal_io_timing)
8673 : : {
8674 : : instr_time end;
8675 : :
212 dgustafsson@postgres 8676 :UNC 0 : INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(end);
8677 : 0 : INSTR_TIME_ACCUM_DIFF(PendingWalStats.wal_sync_time, end, start);
8678 : : }
8679 : :
739 andres@anarazel.de 8680 :UBC 0 : PendingWalStats.wal_sync++;
8681 : : }
8682 : :
8683 : : /*
8684 : : * do_pg_backup_start is the workhorse of the user-visible pg_backup_start()
8685 : : * function. It creates the necessary starting checkpoint and constructs the
8686 : : * backup state and tablespace map.
8687 : : *
8688 : : * Input parameters are "state" (the backup state), "fast" (if true, we do
8689 : : * the checkpoint in immediate mode to make it faster), and "tablespaces"
8690 : : * (if non-NULL, indicates a list of tablespaceinfo structs describing the
8691 : : * cluster's tablespaces.).
8692 : : *
8693 : : * The tablespace map contents are appended to passed-in parameter
8694 : : * tablespace_map and the caller is responsible for including it in the backup
8695 : : * archive as 'tablespace_map'. The tablespace_map file is required mainly for
8696 : : * tar format in windows as native windows utilities are not able to create
8697 : : * symlinks while extracting files from tar. However for consistency and
8698 : : * platform-independence, we do it the same way everywhere.
8699 : : *
8700 : : * It fills in "state" with the information required for the backup, such
8701 : : * as the minimum WAL location that must be present to restore from this
8702 : : * backup (starttli) and the corresponding timeline ID (starttli).
8703 : : *
8704 : : * Every successfully started backup must be stopped by calling
8705 : : * do_pg_backup_stop() or do_pg_abort_backup(). There can be many
8706 : : * backups active at the same time.
8707 : : *
8708 : : * It is the responsibility of the caller of this function to verify the
8709 : : * permissions of the calling user!
8710 : : */
8711 : : void
566 michael@paquier.xyz 8712 :CBC 153 : do_pg_backup_start(const char *backupidstr, bool fast, List **tablespaces,
8713 : : BackupState *state, StringInfo tblspcmapfile)
8714 : : {
8715 : : bool backup_started_in_recovery;
8716 : :
8717 [ - + ]: 153 : Assert(state != NULL);
4463 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 8718 : 153 : backup_started_in_recovery = RecoveryInProgress();
8719 : :
8720 : : /*
8721 : : * During recovery, we don't need to check WAL level. Because, if WAL
8722 : : * level is not sufficient, it's impossible to get here during recovery.
8723 : : */
8724 [ + + - + ]: 153 : if (!backup_started_in_recovery && !XLogIsNeeded())
6045 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8725 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(ERROR,
8726 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
8727 : : errmsg("WAL level not sufficient for making an online backup"),
8728 : : errhint("wal_level must be set to \"replica\" or \"logical\" at server start.")));
8729 : :
4822 heikki.linnakangas@i 8730 [ + + ]:CBC 153 : if (strlen(backupidstr) > MAXPGPATH)
8731 [ + - ]: 1 : ereport(ERROR,
8732 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
8733 : : errmsg("backup label too long (max %d bytes)",
8734 : : MAXPGPATH)));
8735 : :
566 michael@paquier.xyz 8736 : 152 : memcpy(state->name, backupidstr, strlen(backupidstr));
8737 : :
8738 : : /*
8739 : : * Mark backup active in shared memory. We must do full-page WAL writes
8740 : : * during an on-line backup even if not doing so at other times, because
8741 : : * it's quite possible for the backup dump to obtain a "torn" (partially
8742 : : * written) copy of a database page if it reads the page concurrently with
8743 : : * our write to the same page. This can be fixed as long as the first
8744 : : * write to the page in the WAL sequence is a full-page write. Hence, we
8745 : : * increment runningBackups then force a CHECKPOINT, to ensure there are
8746 : : * no dirty pages in shared memory that might get dumped while the backup
8747 : : * is in progress without having a corresponding WAL record. (Once the
8748 : : * backup is complete, we need not force full-page writes anymore, since
8749 : : * we expect that any pages not modified during the backup interval must
8750 : : * have been correctly captured by the backup.)
8751 : : *
8752 : : * Note that forcing full-page writes has no effect during an online
8753 : : * backup from the standby.
8754 : : *
8755 : : * We must hold all the insertion locks to change the value of
8756 : : * runningBackups, to ensure adequate interlocking against
8757 : : * XLogInsertRecord().
8758 : : */
3677 heikki.linnakangas@i 8759 : 152 : WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive();
739 sfrost@snowman.net 8760 : 152 : XLogCtl->Insert.runningBackups++;
3677 heikki.linnakangas@i 8761 : 152 : WALInsertLockRelease();
8762 : :
8763 : : /*
8764 : : * Ensure we decrement runningBackups if we fail below. NB -- for this to
8765 : : * work correctly, it is critical that sessionBackupState is only updated
8766 : : * after this block is over.
8767 : : */
543 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 8768 [ + - ]: 152 : PG_ENSURE_ERROR_CLEANUP(do_pg_abort_backup, DatumGetBool(true));
8769 : : {
4753 bruce@momjian.us 8770 : 152 : bool gotUniqueStartpoint = false;
8771 : : DIR *tblspcdir;
8772 : : struct dirent *de;
8773 : : tablespaceinfo *ti;
8774 : : int datadirpathlen;
8775 : :
8776 : : /*
8777 : : * Force an XLOG file switch before the checkpoint, to ensure that the
8778 : : * WAL segment the checkpoint is written to doesn't contain pages with
8779 : : * old timeline IDs. That would otherwise happen if you called
8780 : : * pg_backup_start() right after restoring from a PITR archive: the
8781 : : * first WAL segment containing the startup checkpoint has pages in
8782 : : * the beginning with the old timeline ID. That can cause trouble at
8783 : : * recovery: we won't have a history file covering the old timeline if
8784 : : * pg_wal directory was not included in the base backup and the WAL
8785 : : * archive was cleared too before starting the backup.
8786 : : *
8787 : : * This also ensures that we have emitted a WAL page header that has
8788 : : * XLP_BKP_REMOVABLE off before we emit the checkpoint record.
8789 : : * Therefore, if a WAL archiver (such as pglesslog) is trying to
8790 : : * compress out removable backup blocks, it won't remove any that
8791 : : * occur after this point.
8792 : : *
8793 : : * During recovery, we skip forcing XLOG file switch, which means that
8794 : : * the backup taken during recovery is not available for the special
8795 : : * recovery case described above.
8796 : : */
4463 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 8797 [ + + ]: 152 : if (!backup_started_in_recovery)
2670 andres@anarazel.de 8798 : 145 : RequestXLogSwitch(false);
8799 : :
8800 : : do
8801 : : {
8802 : : bool checkpointfpw;
8803 : :
8804 : : /*
8805 : : * Force a CHECKPOINT. Aside from being necessary to prevent torn
8806 : : * page problems, this guarantees that two successive backup runs
8807 : : * will have different checkpoint positions and hence different
8808 : : * history file names, even if nothing happened in between.
8809 : : *
8810 : : * During recovery, establish a restartpoint if possible. We use
8811 : : * the last restartpoint as the backup starting checkpoint. This
8812 : : * means that two successive backup runs can have same checkpoint
8813 : : * positions.
8814 : : *
8815 : : * Since the fact that we are executing do_pg_backup_start()
8816 : : * during recovery means that checkpointer is running, we can use
8817 : : * RequestCheckpoint() to establish a restartpoint.
8818 : : *
8819 : : * We use CHECKPOINT_IMMEDIATE only if requested by user (via
8820 : : * passing fast = true). Otherwise this can take awhile.
8821 : : */
4773 heikki.linnakangas@i 8822 [ + + ]: 152 : RequestCheckpoint(CHECKPOINT_FORCE | CHECKPOINT_WAIT |
8823 : : (fast ? CHECKPOINT_IMMEDIATE : 0));
8824 : :
8825 : : /*
8826 : : * Now we need to fetch the checkpoint record location, and also
8827 : : * its REDO pointer. The oldest point in WAL that would be needed
8828 : : * to restore starting from the checkpoint is precisely the REDO
8829 : : * pointer.
8830 : : */
8831 : 152 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_SHARED);
566 michael@paquier.xyz 8832 : 152 : state->checkpointloc = ControlFile->checkPoint;
8833 : 152 : state->startpoint = ControlFile->checkPointCopy.redo;
8834 : 152 : state->starttli = ControlFile->checkPointCopy.ThisTimeLineID;
4463 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 8835 : 152 : checkpointfpw = ControlFile->checkPointCopy.fullPageWrites;
4773 heikki.linnakangas@i 8836 : 152 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
8837 : :
4463 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 8838 [ + + ]: 152 : if (backup_started_in_recovery)
8839 : : {
8840 : : XLogRecPtr recptr;
8841 : :
8842 : : /*
8843 : : * Check to see if all WAL replayed during online backup
8844 : : * (i.e., since last restartpoint used as backup starting
8845 : : * checkpoint) contain full-page writes.
8846 : : */
3492 andres@anarazel.de 8847 [ - + ]: 7 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
8848 : 7 : recptr = XLogCtl->lastFpwDisableRecPtr;
8849 : 7 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
8850 : :
566 michael@paquier.xyz 8851 [ + - - + ]: 7 : if (!checkpointfpw || state->startpoint <= recptr)
4463 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 8852 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(ERROR,
8853 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
8854 : : errmsg("WAL generated with full_page_writes=off was replayed "
8855 : : "since last restartpoint"),
8856 : : errhint("This means that the backup being taken on the standby "
8857 : : "is corrupt and should not be used. "
8858 : : "Enable full_page_writes and run CHECKPOINT on the primary, "
8859 : : "and then try an online backup again.")));
8860 : :
8861 : : /*
8862 : : * During recovery, since we don't use the end-of-backup WAL
8863 : : * record and don't write the backup history file, the
8864 : : * starting WAL location doesn't need to be unique. This means
8865 : : * that two base backups started at the same time might use
8866 : : * the same checkpoint as starting locations.
8867 : : */
4463 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 8868 :CBC 7 : gotUniqueStartpoint = true;
8869 : : }
8870 : :
8871 : : /*
8872 : : * If two base backups are started at the same time (in WAL sender
8873 : : * processes), we need to make sure that they use different
8874 : : * checkpoints as starting locations, because we use the starting
8875 : : * WAL location as a unique identifier for the base backup in the
8876 : : * end-of-backup WAL record and when we write the backup history
8877 : : * file. Perhaps it would be better generate a separate unique ID
8878 : : * for each backup instead of forcing another checkpoint, but
8879 : : * taking a checkpoint right after another is not that expensive
8880 : : * either because only few buffers have been dirtied yet.
8881 : : */
3677 heikki.linnakangas@i 8882 : 152 : WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive();
566 michael@paquier.xyz 8883 [ + - ]: 152 : if (XLogCtl->Insert.lastBackupStart < state->startpoint)
8884 : : {
8885 : 152 : XLogCtl->Insert.lastBackupStart = state->startpoint;
4773 heikki.linnakangas@i 8886 : 152 : gotUniqueStartpoint = true;
8887 : : }
3677 8888 : 152 : WALInsertLockRelease();
4753 bruce@momjian.us 8889 [ - + ]: 152 : } while (!gotUniqueStartpoint);
8890 : :
8891 : : /*
8892 : : * Construct tablespace_map file.
8893 : : */
3260 andrew@dunslane.net 8894 : 152 : datadirpathlen = strlen(DataDir);
8895 : :
8896 : : /* Collect information about all tablespaces */
2323 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8897 : 152 : tblspcdir = AllocateDir("pg_tblspc");
3260 andrew@dunslane.net 8898 [ + + ]: 487 : while ((de = ReadDir(tblspcdir, "pg_tblspc")) != NULL)
8899 : : {
8900 : : char fullpath[MAXPGPATH + 10];
8901 : : char linkpath[MAXPGPATH];
8902 : 335 : char *relpath = NULL;
8903 : : char *s;
8904 : : PGFileType de_type;
8905 : : char *badp;
8906 : : Oid tsoid;
8907 : :
8908 : : /*
8909 : : * Try to parse the directory name as an unsigned integer.
8910 : : *
8911 : : * Tablespace directories should be positive integers that can be
8912 : : * represented in 32 bits, with no leading zeroes or trailing
8913 : : * garbage. If we come across a name that doesn't meet those
8914 : : * criteria, skip it.
8915 : : */
174 rhaas@postgresql.org 8916 [ + + - + ]:GNC 335 : if (de->d_name[0] < '1' || de->d_name[1] > '9')
8917 : 304 : continue;
8918 : 31 : errno = 0;
8919 : 31 : tsoid = strtoul(de->d_name, &badp, 10);
8920 [ + - + - : 31 : if (*badp != '\0' || errno == EINVAL || errno == ERANGE)
- + ]
3260 andrew@dunslane.net 8921 :LBC (258) : continue;
8922 : :
3260 andrew@dunslane.net 8923 :CBC 31 : snprintf(fullpath, sizeof(fullpath), "pg_tblspc/%s", de->d_name);
8924 : :
362 rhaas@postgresql.org 8925 : 31 : de_type = get_dirent_type(fullpath, de, false, ERROR);
8926 : :
8927 [ + + ]: 31 : if (de_type == PGFILETYPE_LNK)
8928 : : {
8929 : : StringInfoData escapedpath;
8930 : : int rllen;
8931 : :
8932 : 17 : rllen = readlink(fullpath, linkpath, sizeof(linkpath));
8933 [ - + ]: 17 : if (rllen < 0)
8934 : : {
362 rhaas@postgresql.org 8935 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(WARNING,
8936 : : (errmsg("could not read symbolic link \"%s\": %m",
8937 : : fullpath)));
8938 : 0 : continue;
8939 : : }
362 rhaas@postgresql.org 8940 [ - + ]:CBC 17 : else if (rllen >= sizeof(linkpath))
8941 : : {
362 rhaas@postgresql.org 8942 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(WARNING,
8943 : : (errmsg("symbolic link \"%s\" target is too long",
8944 : : fullpath)));
8945 : 0 : continue;
8946 : : }
362 rhaas@postgresql.org 8947 :CBC 17 : linkpath[rllen] = '\0';
8948 : :
8949 : : /*
8950 : : * Relpath holds the relative path of the tablespace directory
8951 : : * when it's located within PGDATA, or NULL if it's located
8952 : : * elsewhere.
8953 : : */
8954 [ + + ]: 17 : if (rllen > datadirpathlen &&
8955 [ - + ]: 1 : strncmp(linkpath, DataDir, datadirpathlen) == 0 &&
331 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8956 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : IS_DIR_SEP(linkpath[datadirpathlen]))
362 rhaas@postgresql.org 8957 : 0 : relpath = pstrdup(linkpath + datadirpathlen + 1);
8958 : :
8959 : : /*
8960 : : * Add a backslash-escaped version of the link path to the
8961 : : * tablespace map file.
8962 : : */
362 rhaas@postgresql.org 8963 :CBC 17 : initStringInfo(&escapedpath);
8964 [ + + ]: 460 : for (s = linkpath; *s; s++)
8965 : : {
8966 [ + - + - : 443 : if (*s == '\n' || *s == '\r' || *s == '\\')
- + ]
362 rhaas@postgresql.org 8967 :UBC 0 : appendStringInfoChar(&escapedpath, '\\');
362 rhaas@postgresql.org 8968 :CBC 443 : appendStringInfoChar(&escapedpath, *s);
8969 : : }
8970 : 17 : appendStringInfo(tblspcmapfile, "%s %s\n",
8971 : 17 : de->d_name, escapedpath.data);
8972 : 17 : pfree(escapedpath.data);
8973 : : }
8974 [ + - ]: 14 : else if (de_type == PGFILETYPE_DIR)
8975 : : {
8976 : : /*
8977 : : * It's possible to use allow_in_place_tablespaces to create
8978 : : * directories directly under pg_tblspc, for testing purposes
8979 : : * only.
8980 : : *
8981 : : * In this case, we store a relative path rather than an
8982 : : * absolute path into the tablespaceinfo.
8983 : : */
8984 : 14 : snprintf(linkpath, sizeof(linkpath), "pg_tblspc/%s",
8985 : 14 : de->d_name);
8986 : 14 : relpath = pstrdup(linkpath);
8987 : : }
8988 : : else
8989 : : {
8990 : : /* Skip any other file type that appears here. */
362 rhaas@postgresql.org 8991 :UBC 0 : continue;
8992 : : }
8993 : :
3260 andrew@dunslane.net 8994 :CBC 31 : ti = palloc(sizeof(tablespaceinfo));
174 rhaas@postgresql.org 8995 :GNC 31 : ti->oid = tsoid;
1124 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8996 :CBC 31 : ti->path = pstrdup(linkpath);
362 rhaas@postgresql.org 8997 : 31 : ti->rpath = relpath;
1397 8998 : 31 : ti->size = -1;
8999 : :
3249 bruce@momjian.us 9000 [ + - ]: 31 : if (tablespaces)
9001 : 31 : *tablespaces = lappend(*tablespaces, ti);
9002 : : }
2323 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 9003 : 152 : FreeDir(tblspcdir);
9004 : :
566 michael@paquier.xyz 9005 : 152 : state->starttime = (pg_time_t) time(NULL);
9006 : : }
543 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 9007 [ - + ]: 152 : PG_END_ENSURE_ERROR_CLEANUP(do_pg_abort_backup, DatumGetBool(true));
9008 : :
566 michael@paquier.xyz 9009 : 152 : state->started_in_recovery = backup_started_in_recovery;
9010 : :
9011 : : /*
9012 : : * Mark that the start phase has correctly finished for the backup.
9013 : : */
739 sfrost@snowman.net 9014 : 152 : sessionBackupState = SESSION_BACKUP_RUNNING;
7194 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 9015 : 152 : }
9016 : :
9017 : : /*
9018 : : * Utility routine to fetch the session-level status of a backup running.
9019 : : */
9020 : : SessionBackupState
2578 teodor@sigaev.ru 9021 : 172 : get_backup_status(void)
9022 : : {
9023 : 172 : return sessionBackupState;
9024 : : }
9025 : :
9026 : : /*
9027 : : * do_pg_backup_stop
9028 : : *
9029 : : * Utility function called at the end of an online backup. It creates history
9030 : : * file (if required), resets sessionBackupState and so on. It can optionally
9031 : : * wait for WAL segments to be archived.
9032 : : *
9033 : : * "state" is filled with the information necessary to restore from this
9034 : : * backup with its stop LSN (stoppoint), its timeline ID (stoptli), etc.
9035 : : *
9036 : : * It is the responsibility of the caller of this function to verify the
9037 : : * permissions of the calling user!
9038 : : */
9039 : : void
566 michael@paquier.xyz 9040 : 145 : do_pg_backup_stop(BackupState *state, bool waitforarchive)
9041 : : {
9042 : 145 : bool backup_stopped_in_recovery = false;
9043 : : char histfilepath[MAXPGPATH];
9044 : : char lastxlogfilename[MAXFNAMELEN];
9045 : : char histfilename[MAXFNAMELEN];
9046 : : XLogSegNo _logSegNo;
9047 : : FILE *fp;
9048 : : int seconds_before_warning;
5853 bruce@momjian.us 9049 : 145 : int waits = 0;
5110 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 9050 : 145 : bool reported_waiting = false;
9051 : :
566 michael@paquier.xyz 9052 [ - + ]: 145 : Assert(state != NULL);
9053 : :
9054 : 145 : backup_stopped_in_recovery = RecoveryInProgress();
9055 : :
9056 : : /*
9057 : : * During recovery, we don't need to check WAL level. Because, if WAL
9058 : : * level is not sufficient, it's impossible to get here during recovery.
9059 : : */
9060 [ + + - + ]: 145 : if (!backup_stopped_in_recovery && !XLogIsNeeded())
5697 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 9061 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(ERROR,
9062 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
9063 : : errmsg("WAL level not sufficient for making an online backup"),
9064 : : errhint("wal_level must be set to \"replica\" or \"logical\" at server start.")));
9065 : :
9066 : : /*
9067 : : * OK to update backup counter and session-level lock.
9068 : : *
9069 : : * Note that CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS() must not occur while updating them,
9070 : : * otherwise they can be updated inconsistently, which might cause
9071 : : * do_pg_abort_backup() to fail.
9072 : : */
2644 fujii@postgresql.org 9073 :CBC 145 : WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive();
9074 : :
9075 : : /*
9076 : : * It is expected that each do_pg_backup_start() call is matched by
9077 : : * exactly one do_pg_backup_stop() call.
9078 : : */
739 sfrost@snowman.net 9079 [ - + ]: 145 : Assert(XLogCtl->Insert.runningBackups > 0);
9080 : 145 : XLogCtl->Insert.runningBackups--;
9081 : :
9082 : : /*
9083 : : * Clean up session-level lock.
9084 : : *
9085 : : * You might think that WALInsertLockRelease() can be called before
9086 : : * cleaning up session-level lock because session-level lock doesn't need
9087 : : * to be protected with WAL insertion lock. But since
9088 : : * CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS() can occur in it, session-level lock must be
9089 : : * cleaned up before it.
9090 : : */
2578 teodor@sigaev.ru 9091 : 145 : sessionBackupState = SESSION_BACKUP_NONE;
9092 : :
2308 fujii@postgresql.org 9093 : 145 : WALInsertLockRelease();
9094 : :
9095 : : /*
9096 : : * If we are taking an online backup from the standby, we confirm that the
9097 : : * standby has not been promoted during the backup.
9098 : : */
566 michael@paquier.xyz 9099 [ + + - + ]: 145 : if (state->started_in_recovery && !backup_stopped_in_recovery)
4463 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 9100 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(ERROR,
9101 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
9102 : : errmsg("the standby was promoted during online backup"),
9103 : : errhint("This means that the backup being taken is corrupt "
9104 : : "and should not be used. "
9105 : : "Try taking another online backup.")));
9106 : :
9107 : : /*
9108 : : * During recovery, we don't write an end-of-backup record. We assume that
9109 : : * pg_control was backed up last and its minimum recovery point can be
9110 : : * available as the backup end location. Since we don't have an
9111 : : * end-of-backup record, we use the pg_control value to check whether
9112 : : * we've reached the end of backup when starting recovery from this
9113 : : * backup. We have no way of checking if pg_control wasn't backed up last
9114 : : * however.
9115 : : *
9116 : : * We don't force a switch to new WAL file but it is still possible to
9117 : : * wait for all the required files to be archived if waitforarchive is
9118 : : * true. This is okay if we use the backup to start a standby and fetch
9119 : : * the missing WAL using streaming replication. But in the case of an
9120 : : * archive recovery, a user should set waitforarchive to true and wait for
9121 : : * them to be archived to ensure that all the required files are
9122 : : * available.
9123 : : *
9124 : : * We return the current minimum recovery point as the backup end
9125 : : * location. Note that it can be greater than the exact backup end
9126 : : * location if the minimum recovery point is updated after the backup of
9127 : : * pg_control. This is harmless for current uses.
9128 : : *
9129 : : * XXX currently a backup history file is for informational and debug
9130 : : * purposes only. It's not essential for an online backup. Furthermore,
9131 : : * even if it's created, it will not be archived during recovery because
9132 : : * an archiver is not invoked. So it doesn't seem worthwhile to write a
9133 : : * backup history file during recovery.
9134 : : */
566 michael@paquier.xyz 9135 [ + + ]:CBC 145 : if (backup_stopped_in_recovery)
9136 : : {
9137 : : XLogRecPtr recptr;
9138 : :
9139 : : /*
9140 : : * Check to see if all WAL replayed during online backup contain
9141 : : * full-page writes.
9142 : : */
3492 andres@anarazel.de 9143 [ - + ]: 7 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
9144 : 7 : recptr = XLogCtl->lastFpwDisableRecPtr;
9145 : 7 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
9146 : :
566 michael@paquier.xyz 9147 [ - + ]: 7 : if (state->startpoint <= recptr)
4463 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 9148 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(ERROR,
9149 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
9150 : : errmsg("WAL generated with full_page_writes=off was replayed "
9151 : : "during online backup"),
9152 : : errhint("This means that the backup being taken on the standby "
9153 : : "is corrupt and should not be used. "
9154 : : "Enable full_page_writes and run CHECKPOINT on the primary, "
9155 : : "and then try an online backup again.")));
9156 : :
9157 : :
4463 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 9158 :CBC 7 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_SHARED);
566 michael@paquier.xyz 9159 : 7 : state->stoppoint = ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint;
9160 : 7 : state->stoptli = ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI;
4463 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 9161 : 7 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
9162 : : }
9163 : : else
9164 : : {
9165 : : char *history_file;
9166 : :
9167 : : /*
9168 : : * Write the backup-end xlog record
9169 : : */
2444 rhaas@postgresql.org 9170 : 138 : XLogBeginInsert();
566 michael@paquier.xyz 9171 : 138 : XLogRegisterData((char *) (&state->startpoint),
9172 : : sizeof(state->startpoint));
9173 : 138 : state->stoppoint = XLogInsert(RM_XLOG_ID, XLOG_BACKUP_END);
9174 : :
9175 : : /*
9176 : : * Given that we're not in recovery, InsertTimeLineID is set and can't
9177 : : * change, so we can read it without a lock.
9178 : : */
9179 : 138 : state->stoptli = XLogCtl->InsertTimeLineID;
9180 : :
9181 : : /*
9182 : : * Force a switch to a new xlog segment file, so that the backup is
9183 : : * valid as soon as archiver moves out the current segment file.
9184 : : */
2444 rhaas@postgresql.org 9185 : 138 : RequestXLogSwitch(false);
9186 : :
566 michael@paquier.xyz 9187 : 138 : state->stoptime = (pg_time_t) time(NULL);
9188 : :
9189 : : /*
9190 : : * Write the backup history file
9191 : : */
9192 : 138 : XLByteToSeg(state->startpoint, _logSegNo, wal_segment_size);
9193 : 138 : BackupHistoryFilePath(histfilepath, state->stoptli, _logSegNo,
9194 : : state->startpoint, wal_segment_size);
2444 rhaas@postgresql.org 9195 : 138 : fp = AllocateFile(histfilepath, "w");
9196 [ - + ]: 138 : if (!fp)
2444 rhaas@postgresql.org 9197 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(ERROR,
9198 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
9199 : : errmsg("could not create file \"%s\": %m",
9200 : : histfilepath)));
9201 : :
9202 : : /* Build and save the contents of the backup history file */
566 michael@paquier.xyz 9203 :CBC 138 : history_file = build_backup_content(state, true);
565 9204 : 138 : fprintf(fp, "%s", history_file);
566 9205 : 138 : pfree(history_file);
9206 : :
2444 rhaas@postgresql.org 9207 [ + - + - : 138 : if (fflush(fp) || ferror(fp) || FreeFile(fp))
- + ]
2444 rhaas@postgresql.org 9208 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(ERROR,
9209 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
9210 : : errmsg("could not write file \"%s\": %m",
9211 : : histfilepath)));
9212 : :
9213 : : /*
9214 : : * Clean out any no-longer-needed history files. As a side effect,
9215 : : * this will post a .ready file for the newly created history file,
9216 : : * notifying the archiver that history file may be archived
9217 : : * immediately.
9218 : : */
2444 rhaas@postgresql.org 9219 :CBC 138 : CleanupBackupHistory();
9220 : : }
9221 : :
9222 : : /*
9223 : : * If archiving is enabled, wait for all the required WAL files to be
9224 : : * archived before returning. If archiving isn't enabled, the required WAL
9225 : : * needs to be transported via streaming replication (hopefully with
9226 : : * wal_keep_size set high enough), or some more exotic mechanism like
9227 : : * polling and copying files from pg_wal with script. We have no knowledge
9228 : : * of those mechanisms, so it's up to the user to ensure that he gets all
9229 : : * the required WAL.
9230 : : *
9231 : : * We wait until both the last WAL file filled during backup and the
9232 : : * history file have been archived, and assume that the alphabetic sorting
9233 : : * property of the WAL files ensures any earlier WAL files are safely
9234 : : * archived as well.
9235 : : *
9236 : : * We wait forever, since archive_command is supposed to work and we
9237 : : * assume the admin wanted his backup to work completely. If you don't
9238 : : * wish to wait, then either waitforarchive should be passed in as false,
9239 : : * or you can set statement_timeout. Also, some notices are issued to
9240 : : * clue in anyone who might be doing this interactively.
9241 : : */
9242 : :
9243 [ + + ]: 145 : if (waitforarchive &&
566 michael@paquier.xyz 9244 [ + + + + : 8 : ((!backup_stopped_in_recovery && XLogArchivingActive()) ||
- + + + +
+ ]
9245 [ + - - + : 1 : (backup_stopped_in_recovery && XLogArchivingAlways())))
- + ]
9246 : : {
9247 : 2 : XLByteToPrevSeg(state->stoppoint, _logSegNo, wal_segment_size);
9248 : 2 : XLogFileName(lastxlogfilename, state->stoptli, _logSegNo,
9249 : : wal_segment_size);
9250 : :
9251 : 2 : XLByteToSeg(state->startpoint, _logSegNo, wal_segment_size);
9252 : 2 : BackupHistoryFileName(histfilename, state->stoptli, _logSegNo,
9253 : : state->startpoint, wal_segment_size);
9254 : :
5031 bruce@momjian.us 9255 : 2 : seconds_before_warning = 60;
9256 : 2 : waits = 0;
9257 : :
9258 [ + + - + ]: 6 : while (XLogArchiveIsBusy(lastxlogfilename) ||
9259 : 2 : XLogArchiveIsBusy(histfilename))
9260 : : {
9261 [ - + ]: 2 : CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS();
9262 : :
9263 [ + - - + ]: 2 : if (!reported_waiting && waits > 5)
9264 : : {
5031 bruce@momjian.us 9265 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(NOTICE,
9266 : : (errmsg("base backup done, waiting for required WAL segments to be archived")));
9267 : 0 : reported_waiting = true;
9268 : : }
9269 : :
1013 michael@paquier.xyz 9270 :CBC 2 : (void) WaitLatch(MyLatch,
9271 : : WL_LATCH_SET | WL_TIMEOUT | WL_EXIT_ON_PM_DEATH,
9272 : : 1000L,
9273 : : WAIT_EVENT_BACKUP_WAIT_WAL_ARCHIVE);
9274 : 2 : ResetLatch(MyLatch);
9275 : :
5031 bruce@momjian.us 9276 [ - + ]: 2 : if (++waits >= seconds_before_warning)
9277 : : {
5031 bruce@momjian.us 9278 :UBC 0 : seconds_before_warning *= 2; /* This wraps in >10 years... */
9279 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(WARNING,
9280 : : (errmsg("still waiting for all required WAL segments to be archived (%d seconds elapsed)",
9281 : : waits),
9282 : : errhint("Check that your archive_command is executing properly. "
9283 : : "You can safely cancel this backup, "
9284 : : "but the database backup will not be usable without all the WAL segments.")));
9285 : : }
9286 : : }
9287 : :
5031 bruce@momjian.us 9288 [ + + ]:CBC 2 : ereport(NOTICE,
9289 : : (errmsg("all required WAL segments have been archived")));
9290 : : }
4813 magnus@hagander.net 9291 [ + + ]: 143 : else if (waitforarchive)
5099 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 9292 [ + - ]: 6 : ereport(NOTICE,
9293 : : (errmsg("WAL archiving is not enabled; you must ensure that all required WAL segments are copied through other means to complete the backup")));
4844 magnus@hagander.net 9294 : 145 : }
9295 : :
9296 : :
9297 : : /*
9298 : : * do_pg_abort_backup: abort a running backup
9299 : : *
9300 : : * This does just the most basic steps of do_pg_backup_stop(), by taking the
9301 : : * system out of backup mode, thus making it a lot more safe to call from
9302 : : * an error handler.
9303 : : *
9304 : : * 'arg' indicates that it's being called during backup setup; so
9305 : : * sessionBackupState has not been modified yet, but runningBackups has
9306 : : * already been incremented. When it's false, then it's invoked as a
9307 : : * before_shmem_exit handler, and therefore we must not change state
9308 : : * unless sessionBackupState indicates that a backup is actually running.
9309 : : *
9310 : : * NB: This gets used as a PG_ENSURE_ERROR_CLEANUP callback and
9311 : : * before_shmem_exit handler, hence the odd-looking signature.
9312 : : */
9313 : : void
1578 rhaas@postgresql.org 9314 : 9 : do_pg_abort_backup(int code, Datum arg)
9315 : : {
543 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 9316 : 9 : bool during_backup_start = DatumGetBool(arg);
9317 : :
9318 : : /* If called during backup start, there shouldn't be one already running */
538 9319 [ - + - - ]: 9 : Assert(!during_backup_start || sessionBackupState == SESSION_BACKUP_NONE);
9320 : :
543 9321 [ + - + + ]: 9 : if (during_backup_start || sessionBackupState != SESSION_BACKUP_NONE)
9322 : : {
9323 : 7 : WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive();
9324 [ - + ]: 7 : Assert(XLogCtl->Insert.runningBackups > 0);
9325 : 7 : XLogCtl->Insert.runningBackups--;
9326 : :
9327 : 7 : sessionBackupState = SESSION_BACKUP_NONE;
9328 : 7 : WALInsertLockRelease();
9329 : :
9330 [ + - ]: 7 : if (!during_backup_start)
9331 [ + - ]: 7 : ereport(WARNING,
9332 : : errmsg("aborting backup due to backend exiting before pg_backup_stop was called"));
9333 : : }
1578 rhaas@postgresql.org 9334 : 9 : }
9335 : :
9336 : : /*
9337 : : * Register a handler that will warn about unterminated backups at end of
9338 : : * session, unless this has already been done.
9339 : : */
9340 : : void
9341 : 4 : register_persistent_abort_backup_handler(void)
9342 : : {
9343 : : static bool already_done = false;
9344 : :
9345 [ + + ]: 4 : if (already_done)
9346 : 1 : return;
543 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 9347 : 3 : before_shmem_exit(do_pg_abort_backup, DatumGetBool(false));
1578 rhaas@postgresql.org 9348 : 3 : already_done = true;
9349 : : }
9350 : :
9351 : : /*
9352 : : * Get latest WAL insert pointer
9353 : : */
9354 : : XLogRecPtr
4477 heikki.linnakangas@i 9355 : 2296 : GetXLogInsertRecPtr(void)
9356 : : {
3492 andres@anarazel.de 9357 : 2296 : XLogCtlInsert *Insert = &XLogCtl->Insert;
9358 : : uint64 current_bytepos;
9359 : :
3933 heikki.linnakangas@i 9360 [ - + ]: 2296 : SpinLockAcquire(&Insert->insertpos_lck);
9361 : 2296 : current_bytepos = Insert->CurrBytePos;
9362 : 2296 : SpinLockRelease(&Insert->insertpos_lck);
9363 : :
9364 : 2296 : return XLogBytePosToRecPtr(current_bytepos);
9365 : : }
9366 : :
9367 : : /*
9368 : : * Get latest WAL write pointer
9369 : : */
9370 : : XLogRecPtr
788 9371 : 1302 : GetXLogWriteRecPtr(void)
9372 : : {
11 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 9373 :GNC 1302 : RefreshXLogWriteResult(LogwrtResult);
9374 : :
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 9375 :CBC 1302 : return LogwrtResult.Write;
9376 : : }
9377 : :
9378 : : /*
9379 : : * Returns the redo pointer of the last checkpoint or restartpoint. This is
9380 : : * the oldest point in WAL that we still need, if we have to restart recovery.
9381 : : */
9382 : : void
9383 : 127 : GetOldestRestartPoint(XLogRecPtr *oldrecptr, TimeLineID *oldtli)
9384 : : {
9385 : 127 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_SHARED);
9386 : 127 : *oldrecptr = ControlFile->checkPointCopy.redo;
9387 : 127 : *oldtli = ControlFile->checkPointCopy.ThisTimeLineID;
9388 : 127 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
6596 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 9389 : 127 : }
9390 : :
9391 : : /* Thin wrapper around ShutdownWalRcv(). */
9392 : : void
1021 noah@leadboat.com 9393 : 1063 : XLogShutdownWalRcv(void)
9394 : : {
9395 : 1063 : ShutdownWalRcv();
9396 : :
9397 : 1063 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
9398 : 1063 : XLogCtl->InstallXLogFileSegmentActive = false;
9399 : 1063 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
9400 : 1063 : }
9401 : :
9402 : : /* Enable WAL file recycling and preallocation. */
9403 : : void
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 9404 : 1089 : SetInstallXLogFileSegmentActive(void)
9405 : : {
9406 : 1089 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
9407 : 1089 : XLogCtl->InstallXLogFileSegmentActive = true;
9408 : 1089 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
3140 fujii@postgresql.org 9409 : 1089 : }
9410 : :
9411 : : bool
788 heikki.linnakangas@i 9412 : 51 : IsInstallXLogFileSegmentActive(void)
9413 : : {
9414 : : bool result;
9415 : :
9416 : 51 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_SHARED);
9417 : 51 : result = XLogCtl->InstallXLogFileSegmentActive;
9418 : 51 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
9419 : :
9420 : 51 : return result;
9421 : : }
9422 : :
9423 : : /*
9424 : : * Update the WalWriterSleeping flag.
9425 : : */
9426 : : void
4359 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 9427 : 692 : SetWalWriterSleeping(bool sleeping)
9428 : : {
3492 andres@anarazel.de 9429 [ - + ]: 692 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
9430 : 692 : XLogCtl->WalWriterSleeping = sleeping;
9431 : 692 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
4359 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 9432 : 692 : }
|
